|
|
|
1 Semester - 2021 - Batch | Course Code |
Course |
Type |
Hours Per Week |
Credits |
Marks |
AEN121 | ADDITIONAL ENGLISH | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA111 | FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 0 | 100 |
BBA131 | PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA132 | FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA133 | MICROECONOMICS | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA134 | BUSINESS MATHEMATICS | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA161A | BASIC PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESS | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA161B | THE DYNAMICS OF INDIAN SOCIETY | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA161C | INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA PRODUCTION | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA161D | HUMAN RIGHTS LAW | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA161E | GRAPHIC DESIGNING | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA161F | ECLECTIC THOUGHTS | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
ENG121 | ENGLISH - I | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 2 | 100 |
FRN121 | FRENCH | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
HIN122 | HINDI | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
KAN122 | KANNADA | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 03 | 100 |
SAN122 | SANSKRIT | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
TAM121 | TAMIL | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
2 Semester - 2021 - Batch | Course Code |
Course |
Type |
Hours Per Week |
Credits |
Marks |
AEN221 | ADDITIONAL ENGLISH | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA211 | PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 0 | 100 |
BBA231 | ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA232 | BUSINESS STATISTICS | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA233 | MACROECONOMICS | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA234 | CORPORATE ACCOUNTING | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA261A | BASIC SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA261B | SOCIOLOGY OF CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA261C | TECHNIQUES OF DIGITAL DESIGN | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA261D | INDIAN SOCIETY AND LAW | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA261E | WEB PAGE DESIGNING AND MULTIMEDIA | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA261F | LITERATURE, HISTORY AND SOCIETY | Generic Elective Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA281 | SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY PROJECT | Skill Enhancement Courses | 0 | 1 | 100 |
ENG221 | ENGLISH - II | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 2 | 100 |
FRN221 | FRENCH | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
HIN222 | HINDI | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
KAN222 | KANNADA | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 03 | 100 |
SAN222 | SANSKRIT | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
TAM221 | TAMIL | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
3 Semester - 2020 - Batch | Course Code |
Course |
Type |
Hours Per Week |
Credits |
Marks |
BBA301 | COMMODITY MARKETS AND DERIVATIVES | Add On Courses | 2 | 2 | 50 |
BBA311 | WORKING WITH SPREADSHEETS-I | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 0 | 100 |
BBA331 | FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA332 | HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA333 | MARKETING MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA334 | INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND E-BUSINESS | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA335 | INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA361 | INNOVATION AND CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS | Generic Elective Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA362 | EVENT MANAGEMENT | Generic Elective Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA363 | CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT | Generic Elective Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA364 | BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT | Generic Elective Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA381 | INDUSTRY REVIEW PROJECT | Skill Enhancement Courses | 0 | 1 | 100 |
4 Semester - 2020 - Batch | Course Code |
Course |
Type |
Hours Per Week |
Credits |
Marks |
BBA411A | WORKING WITH SPREADSHEETS-II | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 0 | 100 |
BBA411B | DEVELOPING COGNITIVE SKILLS | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 0 | 100 |
BBA411C | GREEN MANAGEMENT | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 0 | 100 |
BBA411D | EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE FOR MANAGERIAL SUCCESS | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 0 | 100 |
BBA411E | PROJECT MANAGEMENT SKILLS | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 0 | 100 |
BBA431 | COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA432 | ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA433 | RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA434 | INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA435 | CORPORATE LAW AND GOVERNANCE | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA461 | INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT | Generic Elective Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA462 | SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT | Generic Elective Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA463 | GLOBAL BUSINESS | Generic Elective Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA464 | SERVICE MANAGEMENT | Generic Elective Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA481 | ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROJECT | Skill Enhancement Courses | 0 | 1 | 100 |
5 Semester - 2019 - Batch | Course Code |
Course |
Type |
Hours Per Week |
Credits |
Marks |
BBA501 | COMMODITY MARKETS AND DERIVATIVES | Add On Courses | 2 | 2 | 50 |
BBA511A | BUSINESS ANALYTICS SKILLS-I | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA511E | ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS-I | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA511F | TIME SERIES ANALYSIS | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
BBA511H | HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SKILLS-I | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA511M | MARKETING SKILLS-I | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA531 | BANK MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 5 | 4 | 100 |
BBA532 | TAXATION MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 5 | 5 | 100 |
BBA533 | STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA541E | MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS SUSTAINABILITY | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA541F | SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA541H | INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS LAW | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA541M | CONSUMER BEHAVIOR | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA542E | SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA542F | GLOBAL BUSINESS FINANCE | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA542H | COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA542M | BRAND MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA543E | FAMILY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA543F | STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA543H | INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA544E | WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA544F | BUSINESS VALUATION | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA544H | HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA544M | CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA545E | PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA545H | ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA545M | INTERNATIONAL MARKETING | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA551A | DATA MANAGEMENT FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA552A | DATA VISUALIZATION | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA553A | PYTHON PROGRAMMING FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA555F | FINANCIAL ECONOMETRICS | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA581 | INTERNSHIP PROJECT | Skill Enhancement Courses | 1 | 1 | 100 |
6 Semester - 2019 - Batch | Course Code |
Course |
Type |
Hours Per Week |
Credits |
Marks |
BBA611A | BUSINESS ANALYTICS SKILLS-II | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA611E | ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS-II | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA611F | ADVANCE PANEL DATA ANALYSIS | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA611H | HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SKILLS-II | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA611M | MARKETING SKILLS-II | Skill Enhancement Courses | 2 | 1 | 100 |
BBA631 | INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 5 | 4 | 100 |
BBA632 | OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT | Core Courses | 5 | 4 | 100 |
BBA633 | BUSINESS LAW | Core Courses | 5 | 4 | 100 |
BBA641E | INDUSTRIAL MARKETING | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA641F | MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA641H | KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA641M | INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA642E | MANAGING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 50 |
BBA642F | CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA642H | ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA642M | SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA643E | TECHNOLOGY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA643F | PROJECT AND INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA643H | STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA643M | RURAL MARKETING | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA644E | QUALITY MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA644H | PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA644M | DIGITAL MARKETING | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA645E | ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA645F | DEBT MARKETS AND MUTUAL FUNDS | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA645H | HUMAN RESOURCE ANALYTICS | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA645M | NEURO MARKETING | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA651A | ADVANCED DATA ANALYTICS FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA652A | DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA653A | ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIETY | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA654F | FINANCIAL MODELING | Discipline Specific Elective Courses | 4 | 4 | 100 |
BBA681 | PROJECT | Skill Enhancement Courses | 0 | 1 | 100 |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Program: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The undergraduate programme in Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) is offered by the School of Business and Management since 1991as a platform to prepare young minds with a positive attitude for excellent performance and committed service. It provides the right nurturing ground to enable students to pursue their entrepreneurial ambitions. The curriculum for the three-year programme (6 Semesters), has been designed to enable the students to get an overview of the various aspects related to launching and managing a business effectively; as well as giving them an opportunity to specialize in a functional area of management that they would like to pursue in their careers. The BBA programme provides students with the opportunity for interdisciplinary learning through various generic electives from the streams of Economics, Psychology, Sociology, Social Work, Law, Media Studies, Hotel Management and Computer Applications. The programme focuses on developing the students and equipping them to meet the managerial challenges of the 21st century. The ability to work in teams are also focused upon as a key skill to be developed for success in the work-place. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Programme Outcome/Programme Learning Goals/Programme Learning Outcome: PLG 1: Social Responsibility and Ethical SensitivityPLO 1.1: Demonstrate awareness of social issues (RBTL2) PLO 1.2: Identify ethical issues in business (RBTL3) PLO 1.3: Compare ethical practices in different contexts (RBTL4) PLO 1.4: Analyze stakeholder impact on social issues (RBTL4) PLO1. 5: Evaluate ethical perspectives of business actions (RBTL5) PLO 1.6: Propose initiatives to address social issues (RBTL6) PLG 2: Functional Knowledge and Application PLO 2.1: Demonstrate understanding of concepts/theories of management (RBTL2) PLO 2.2: Utilize domain specific concepts/techniques to address business problems (RBTL3) PLO 2.3: Examine business decisions with cross functional lens (RBTL4) PLO 2.4: Compare organizational practices to theoretical frameworks (RBTL5) PLO 2. 5: Estimate relevance of management theories in business scenarios (RBTL6) PLG 3: Communication PLO 3.1: Oral Communication - Summarize key facts with clarity (RBTL2) PLO 3.2: Oral Communication - Organize content with appropriate structure and style (RBTL3) PLO 3.3: Oral Communication - Choose appropriate language (verbal and non-verbal) while expressing views (RBTL5) PLO 3.4: Written Communication - Demonstrate clarity and coherence in writing (RBTL2) PLO 3.5: Written Communication - Develop documents with appropriate structure and style (RBTL3) PLG 4: Problem Solving PLO 4.1: Outline relevant facts in the context (RBTL2) PLO 4.2: Identify causes of the problem (RBTL3) PLO 4.3: List relevant assumptions (RBTL4) PLO 4.4: Choose appropriate framework for analysis (RBTL5) PLO 4. 5: Propose possible solutions with their implications (RBTL6) PLG5: Entrepreneurial Mindset PLO 5.1: Demonstrate an understanding of business environment (RBLT2) PLO 5.2: Identify business opportunities and challenges (RBTL3) PLO 5.3: Compare scenarios using relevant variables (RBTL4) PLO 5.4: Evaluate associated business risks and constraints (RBTL5) PLO 5.5: Develop business strategies with cross functional implications (RBTL6) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assesment Pattern | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
QUESTION PAPER PATTERNS Mid Semester Examination (MSE) Question Paper Pattern
End Semester Examination (ESE) Question Paper Pattern
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examination And Assesments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examination and Assessments
CIA: Continuous Internal Assessment *Percentage of weight MSE: Mid Semester Examination ESE: End Semester Examination
ASSESSMENT PATTERN FOR SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSES (SEC): Semester 1 & 2: · 6 Modules of 10 marks weight for each. · Total marks (60) to be converted to 100. Semester 3, 4, 5, & 6:
|
AEN121 - ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The Additional English course is offered as a second language course and seeks to introduce the students to the nuances of English literature in its varied forms and genres. The students who choose Additional English are generally proficient in the English language. Hence, instead of focusing on introducing them to language, challenging texts in terms of ideas, form, and technique are chosen. Additional English as a course is designed for students in place of a regional language. Non-Resident Indians (NRIs), foreign nationals and students who have not taken Hindi, Kannada, Tamil or French at the Plus 2 or Class XII levels are eligible to choose Additional English. The course is taught for students from different streams, namely, BA, BSc, BCom, and BBA in the first year and for BA, BSc and BCom (Regular) in the second year. The first year syllabus is an attempt by the Department of English, Christ University to recognize and bring together the polyphonic Indian and Indian sub-continental voices in English in English translation for the Additional English students of the first year. This effort aims to familiarize the students with regional literatures in translation, Indian Writing in English (IWE) and literatures from Pakistan, Nepal and Srilanka, thereby, enabling the students to learn more about Indian culture and ethos through writings from different regions of the country. We have tried to represent in some way or the other the corners of India and the Indian sub-continent in this microcosmic world of short stories, poems and essays
There is a prescribed text bookfor the first year students, compiled by the Department of English, Christ University and intended for private circulation. The first semester has a variety of writing from India, Pakistan and Nepal. The various essays, short stories and poems deal with various socio-economic, cultural and political issues that are relevant to modern day India and the Indian sub-continent and will enable students to comprehend issues of identity-politics, caste, religion, class, and gender. All of the selections either in the manner of their writing, the themes they deal with or the ideologies that govern them are contemporary in relevance and sensibility, whether written by contemporary writers or earlier writers. An important addition to this syllabus is the preponderance of North-Eastern writing which was hitherto not well represented. Excerpts from interviews, autobiographical writings, sports and city narratives are added to this section to introduce students to the varied genres of literature. The objectives of this course are to expose students to the rich literary and cultural diversity of Indian literatures to sensitise students on the social, political, historical and cultural ethos that has shaped the nation- INDIA to enable to grasp and appreciate the variety and abundance of Indian writing, of which this compilation is just a passing glance to learn and appreciate India through association of ideas in the texts and the external contexts (BhashaUtsav will be an intrinsic help in this endeavour)
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1 CO 2: Understand the cultural, social, religious and ethnic diversities of India they will be able to be analytical and critical of the pluralistic society they live in through the activities and assignments conducted be aware of the dynamics of gender, identity, communalism and politics of this vast nation through its literature. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||
Poetry
|
||||
1. Keki N Daruwala “Migrations”
2. Kamala Das “Forest Fire”
3. Agha Shahid Ali “Snow on the Desert”
4. Eunice D Souza “Marriages are Made” | ||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||
Short Stories
|
||||
1. Rabindranath Tagore “Babus of Nayanjore”
2. Ruskin Bond “He said it with Arsenic”
3. Bhisham Sahni “The Boss Came to Dinner”
4. N. Kunjamohan Singh “The Taste of Hilsa”
5. Mohan Thakuri “Post Script” | ||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
|||
Essays
|
||||
1. Mahatma Gandhi “What is True Civilization?” (Excerpts from Hind Swaraj)
2. Ela Bhatt “Organising for Change”
3. Sitakant Mahapatra “Beyond the Ego: New Values for a Global Neighborhood
4. B R Ambedkar “Waiting for A Visa”
| ||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Contemporary knowledge of the soci-political situation in the sub-continent The text book copy "Reading Diversity" | ||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading On-line resources to appreciate the text through the Comprehension Questions | ||||
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1: Classroom assignment for 20 marks keeping in mind the objectives and learning outcomes of the course. CIA 2: Mid-semester written exam for 50 marks CIA 3: Collage, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes or any proactive creative assignments that might help students engage with India as a cultural space. This is to be done keeping in mind the objectives and learning outcomes of the course. Question Paper Pattern Mid Semester Exam: 2 hrs Section A: 4x5= 20 Section B: 2x15=30 Total 50
End Semester Exam: 2 hrs Section A: 4 x 5 = 20 Section B: 2 x 15= 30 Total 50 | ||||
BBA111 - FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS (2021 Batch) | ||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
|||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:0 |
|||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||
|
||||
Course Outcome |
||||
CO1: Explain and illustrate different barriers of professionalism and ethics as an attribute CO2: Develop understanding between individuals within a team or in a group setting CLO3 : Discover the importance of Team Building & Being a Team Member. CLO4 : Analyze and interpret the techniques and tools that will promote efficient utilization of time CLO5 : Evaluate different reading strategies to improve effective reading |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS
|
||
| ||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|
JOHARI WINDOW & TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS
|
||
| ||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|
SELF AWARENESS
|
||
| ||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|
TEAM BUILDING
|
||
| ||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
|
TIME MANAGEMENT
|
||
Introduction to Time management, Benefits of time management, Prioritization of events, preparing schedules, Procrastination, Problems in time management and strategies for effective time management | ||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
|
Reading & Comprehension Skills Usage of Library Resources
|
||
| ||
Text Books And Reference Books: | ||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| ||
Evaluation Pattern SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSE FINAL SUBMISSION OUT OF 100 (6 CIA * 10 marks, which will be rounded out of 100 marks) | ||
BBA131 - PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (2021 Batch) | ||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||
The dynamic business environment compels managers to perform a challenging role in steering the organizations’ success to new heights. This comprehensive introductory course has been designed to provide valuable insights into the functions of modern-day managers. By tracing the historical evolution of management thought, it explores the basic concepts, principles and theories of management. It orients the learners towards basic understanding of managerial functions like planning, organizing, staffing, motivation, communication, controlling and supervision. By focusing on the contemporary challenges faced by organizations in recent years, it enables the proponents to cater to global needs and gather skills that ensures employability and sustainability in the corporate world.
|
||
Course Outcome |
||
CO1: Demonstrate understanding of the role of managers in an organization CO2: Summarize the elementary concepts, principles and theories of management CO3: Examine the managerial functions having an impact on the organizational effectiveness CO4: Discuss initiatives to address the contemporary issues and challenges in management CO5: Assess ethical workplace practices |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition – nature, process and significance of management – Role of managers – Managerial Skills and Roles - Evolution of Management Thought: Classical Management Approaches, Behavioral Management Approaches, Quantitative Management Approach, Modern Management Approaches - Management as a Science or Art - Management as a profession- Administration and Management- Functions of Management – Functional Areas of Management. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Planning - Nature and Importance of Planning- Types of Plans - Levels of Planning - Steps in planning - Making Effective Plans- Objectives and Management By Objective (MBO) –Management By Exception (MBE) - Policy and Strategy- Forecasting and Decision Making - Nature of decision making - Types of decisions – Decision Making Process – Rational Perspectives and Behavioral Aspects of decision making. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ORGANIZING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organizing - Nature and purpose - Principles of Organization - Types of Organization - Organizational Structure and Design – Line, Staff and functional authority – Conflict between Line and Staff – Overcoming the Line-Staff Conflict. Departmentation - Span of control – Authority, Responsibility and Accountability - Principles of Delegation - Steps - Centralization Vs Decentralization – Factors determining the degree of Decentralization of authority. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
STAFFING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Staffing - Nature and Purpose of staffing – Importance of staffing – Components of Staffing - Manpower planning - Recruitment and Selection - Training and Development - Performance Appraisal. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DIRECTING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Directing – Nature of Directing function - Principles – Importance of Effective Direction – Motivating people at work – Early motivational theories, Leadership and change - Effective Communication skills for directing – Barriers of communication | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CONTROLLING AND SUPERVISION
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Controlling - Concept, Nature and Importance - Essentials of Control - Requirements of an Effective Control System – Behavioral Implications of Control – Techniques of Managerial control - Co-ordination – Need for co-ordination – Types of Co-ordination - Techniques of Coordination - Cooperation. Supervision – Position of a supervisor – Qualities of good – Essential requirements of effective supervision. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES AND CHALLENGES IN MANAGEMENT OF 21st CENTURY
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total quality management, Work force diversity, Globalization and innovation, Enterprise mobility, how to manage and control virtual teams, creating an ethical workplace. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr. (2014). Management (6th edition), New Delhi: Prentice Hall India. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA132 - FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (2021 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course intends to introduce basic accounting principles and practices. It also deals with subsidiary books maintained in business organizations. The students will have knowledge about the fundamental accounting processes such as journalizing, ledger posting, preparation of trial balance and final accounts in sole trading business. It also deals with providing an overview of accounting standards and IFRS. This course will be useful for all those who are desirous of having an understanding and application of financial dynamics of the business and become successful financial managers/entrepreneurs.
Course Objectives:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Identify the application of various principles and practice of Accounting in preparation of accounting statements CO2: Demonstrate the knowledge on the process of accounting cycle. CO3: Extend the knowledge of systematic maintenance of books of accounts to real life business CO4: Estimate Annual Financial statements of Sole proprietorship form of business. CO5: Outline the need for Accounting standards and IFRS |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Introduction to Accounting
|
|
Meaning, Need for accounting, Internal and External users of accounting information, limitations of accounting, accounting Concepts and Conventions, Accounting Practices, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Accounting systems & process
|
|
Nature of Accounting, Accounting equation - Systems of Accounting, Process of Accounting transactions- types of Accounts, Rules of Accounting. Journal - Meaning, features, simple and compound entries, Including recording of GST transactions, Capital and revenue expenditures, Capital and revenue receipts, Contingent assets and contingent liabilities, Preparation of ledgers and Trial balance. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Subsidiary books
|
|
Conceptual introduction to subsidiary books - Sales book, Sales return book, Purchases book, Purchase returns book, receivable book, payable book. Practical problems in Cash Book- Single column, double column, and three columnar cash book. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Bank reconciliation statement
|
|
Need for reconciliation and preparation of bank reconciliation statement. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Rectification of Errors
|
|
Need for rectification of errors, types of errors, process of rectification and accounting entries of rectification. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Final Accounts
|
|
Preparation of Trading and Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet of sole trading concerns. | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Accounting standards and IFRS
|
|
Types of Accounting standards, Need for IFRS, Ind AS and IFRS. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Jain S.P.,& Narang K L. (2020). Basic Financial Accounting I, New Dehli, Kalyani publishers. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
BBA133 - MICROECONOMICS (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This common core course helps students to think in the economic way of establishing a connection between unlimited wants and limited resources available to an individual, firm and the society. It deals with the application of economic analysis in formulation of business decisions. In this context, the course deals with demand, supply, pricing, theory of consumer choice, theories of production and market structures. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Illustrate society's trade-offs by using Production Possibility Frontier. CO2: Explain the effect of shifts in market supply and demand curves on price and quantity produced by firms. CO3: Explain how consumers maximise total utility within a given income using the utility concepts. CO4: Examine the effects of negative and positive externalities and examine the real-world externality situations. CO5: Anlayse relationship between different cost and revenue concept related to production process. CO6: Compare the pricing mechanism and output determination under different market conditions. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Basic Concepts
|
|
Ten Principles of Economics: How People Make Decisions - How people Interact - How the Economy as a Whole Works; Thinking Like an Economist - Role of Observations, Theory and Assumptions in Economics; Role of Economic models - The Circular Flow Diagram - Production Possibility Frontier - Opportunity Cost; Central Problems of an Economy; Microeconomics and Macroeconomics. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
The Basics of Supply and Demand
|
|
Markets and Competition; Demand - Law of Demand, Exceptions to the Law - Market Demand - Changes in Demand; Supply - Law of Supply, Exceptions to the Law - Market Supply - Changes in Supply; Equilibrium – Steps - Changes in Equilibrium. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Elasticity and its Application
|
|
Elasticity of Demand - Price Elasticity and Its Determinants - Methods of Measurement - Degrees of Price Elasticity - Total Revenue and Price elasticity; Income Elasticity Demand; Cross Elasticity Demand; Elasticity of Supply-Determinants - Measurement and Degrees. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Theory of Consumer Behaviour
|
|
Utility - Characteristics and Types - Cardinal and ordinal Utility analysis – Law of Diminishing Marginal utility; Budget Constraint; Indifference curves - Properties, Consumer’s equilibrium - Price Effect - Income Effect and Substitution Effect. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Market Efficiency and Externalities
|
|
Consumers, Producers and the Efficiency of the Markets: Consumers surplus (Marshall) - Producer surplus and Market efficiency; Externalities and Market Inefficiency - Negative and Positive. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Theory of Production and Cost
|
|
Production Function; Law of Variable Proportions; Law of returns, Economies of Scale; Iso-quants and Iso-cost lines. Cost Function - Important Cost Concepts; Short Run and Long Run Cost Analysis (traditional theory) - Modern theory of cost; Long Run and short Run Revenue analysis. | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Market Structure and Competitive Strategy
|
|
Market structure - Perfect Competition - Price and Output Determination - Role of Time Element in Market Price Determination; Monopoly - Price and output determination, Price Discrimination; Monopolistic Competition - Price and Output Determination-Selling Costs - Product Differentiation – Oligopoly - Duopoly Example - Price Determination (Collusive Pricing, Price Leadership). | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Gregory Mankiw, N. (2016), Principles of Economics, 8th Edition, Cengage Learning India. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Robert S Pindyck and Daniel L Rubinfeld (2013), Microeconomics, 8th Edition, New York: Pearson. Salvatore, D. (2011). Managerial Economics in a Global Economy (7th ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Sen, Anindy (2006). Microeconomics: Theory and application (2nd ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA1 , CIA2 ,CIA3 and End Sem | |
BBA134 - BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course description: This course aims at aiding the students in reaching a level of increased competence in business mathematics and expands understanding of the importance of mathematical concepts in business applications. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts by examining some basic business problems.
Course objectives: This course will help the learner to
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand the theory of matrices and solve problems based on matrices and determinants CO2: Interpret concepts of Matrices and Determinants and apply in the applications of business CO3: Solve problems on simple interest, compound interest, annuities, sinking funds, etc., CO4: Formulate a linear programming problem and solve it graphically and using simplex method. CO5: Solve problems based on transportation and assignment problems using different methods CO6: Inspect concepts of limits and differentiation of various functions and second order differentiation. CO7: Interpret concepts of limits and differentiation and apply them to solve problems in business |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Matrices and Determinants:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Matrices and Determinants - addition of matrices – Multiplication of Matrices by a scalar – some special types of matrices – Multiplication of two matrices – Properties of Matrix Multiplication – determinants –Properties of determinants (statement only) - Minors and co-factors – Inverse of a matrix (Simple Problems only) – Gauss Jordan method to find inverse of a matrix. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Applications of Matrices and Determinant
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Applications of Matrices and Determinants – Matrix representation of data – Applications of matrices based on basic operations – Solving system of linear equations – Matrix inverse method – Cramer’s Rule – Gauss Elimination method - Leontief’s input and output model. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial Arithmetic:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Simple interest – Compound interest – Equivalent rate – Effective rate - Depreciation – Accumulated value - Present value – Annuity – Types of Annuity - Sinking Fund. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Linear Programming
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition – Linear Programming Problem – Formulation – Solution by Graphical method – simplex method - minimization and maximization problems. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transportation Problem
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nature and scope of transportation and allocation models, different methods for finding initial solution - N-W Corner Rule, Least Cost Method and VAM. Unbalanced TP, Test for optimality – MODI method, AP a variant of Transportation model, Hungarian method, Restricted Assignment problems. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Differentiation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Limits – Differentiation – Differentiation rules - Methods of differentiation – Differentiation of composite functions – Differentiation of parametric functions - Second order derivative. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Applications of Differentiation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maxima and Minima – Application to commerce and Economics – Revenue Function – Cost function – profit function – Elasticity of demand – Breakeven point. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA161A - BASIC PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESS (2021 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: To introduce and initiate the student into the world of Psychology. It will provide a brief historical sketch of the science of psychology and a glimpse into the methods used in the study of human behavior.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1 : Provide sufficient knowledge and information about the nature and history of psychology, different fields of psychology approaches in psychology and multiple perspectives, and recent trends in the field CO2: Understand the basic principles of psychology and methods of psychology CO3: Design fundamental processes underlying human behavior such as learning, motivation, emotion, personality |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||
Definition and goals of Psychology, Role of a psychologist in society, Modern perspectives-Biological, Psychodynamic, Behaviouristic, Gestalt, Cognitive, Cross cultural, Humanistic and Evolutionary perspective. Methods: Experimental, Observation, Survey Method, Archival method, Interview and case study. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||
Sensory and Perceptual processes
|
|||||||||
Sensation: Basic concepts. Sensory adaptation-advantages and disadvantages, Integration of senses. Perception: Understanding perception, Gestalt laws of organization. Illusion, Subliminal perception, Extrasensory perception | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||
Memory and Forgetting
|
|||||||||
Basic processes- Encoding, Storage, Retrieval. Sensory storage -Iconic memory and Echoic memory. STM-Working memory, Serial position curve, Rehearsal, Chunking; LTM-Units of Memory-Declarative, Procedural, Semantic, Episodic memory. Associative models-Explicit and Implicit memory, Retrieval cues, State dependent and Context dependent memory. Forgetting- Decay, Interference, Amnesia Retrieval problems, Motivated forgetting. | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Personality
|
|||||||||
Definition, Approaches – Psychodynamic, Humanistic, Dispositional (Type and Trait) and Social-Cognitive approach, Assessment of Personality – Questionnaire, Rating Scales and Projective tests – Characteristics, Advantages and disadvantages. Body language | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Cognitive Processes
|
|||||||||
Cognition-definition. Attention: definition, Characteristics, Selective attention, Divided attention. Thinking- Process of thinking, Image and thinking, Language and thought. Types of Thinking- Concept formation, Reasoning, Problem solving, Decision Making, Creative thinking, Meditation: Meaning, Short term and long-term effects of meditation | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern for Optional Electives
| |||||||||
BBA161B - THE DYNAMICS OF INDIAN SOCIETY (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
The course provides an introduction to Indian society with special emphasis on its diversity and pluralistic composition. It studies the social structure and social institutions like family, caste system, and tribes. It also provides an overview of the contemporary social issues in Indian society. Course Objectives: This course intends to · Introduce the students to the pluralistic composition of Indian society · Provide an understanding of the social institutions Address contemporary social issues in Indian society |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CLO1: Explain aspects of Indian society |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||
Introduction to Indian Society
|
|||||||||
Understanding Indian society, Unity in Diversity, Pluralism – Language, religion and ethnicity | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||
Family in Indian Society
|
|||||||||
Marriage and Kinship in India, Functions of Family, Types of Family, Changes in Indian Family System | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Caste system in India
|
|||||||||
Concept, Origin & Structure, Characteristics of Caste System in India, Socio-cultural, economic dimensions of caste system in India: Jajmani system, Caste and Politics, Changes in Caste system in India : Caste Vs. Class | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||
Tribes in India
|
|||||||||
Definitions, and features, Categorization, Problems faced by the tribes | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Contemporary Social Issues in Indian Society
|
|||||||||
Demographic Transition – Aging, Declining Sex Ratio, Human Rights Issues – Violence against Women and Children, Communal Disharmony, Government policies and interventions for development in various sectors and issues arising out of their design and implementation. | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Ahuja, R.2005. Indian Social System. Rawat Publications, New Delhi: 2. Shah, A.M. 1982. Essays on Family in India. Orient Longman, New Delhi:. 3. Dube S C, 1995. Indian Society. NBT, New Delhi | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Das, Veena Ed. 2003.The Oxforxd India Companion to Sociology and Social Anthropology, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. (Selected Essays) 2. M.N.Srinivas (Ed.). 1997. Caste: Its Twentieth Century Avtar, Penguin Books India (P) Ltd. 3. Verma R.C. 1995. Indian Tribes through the Ages, Government of India Publication. 4. Uberoi, Patricia.2005. Family, Kinship and Marriage in India, OUP. | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern for Optional Electives
| |||||||||
BBA161C - INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA PRODUCTION (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: An interdisciplinary course aimed at introducing the students of management with media skills. This course introduces the technical skills which is necessary for radio broadcasting and television production. The students can work extensively with video footage, still images and audio assets to create advertisements promos and general video contents. Course Objectives: This course intends · To understanding technical aspects of Audio production and Video Production Techniques · To examine theory and practice of audio production and its relationship to other aspects of media production To demonstrate the industry standard, Audio and Video Editing software. |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1 : Understanding technical aspects of Audio production and Video Production Techniques CO2: Examining theory and practice of audio production and its relationship to other aspects of media production CO3: Demonstrate the industry standard, Audio and Video Editing Software. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||
Understanding Audio Media
|
|||||||||
Radio programmes- scripting the content, recording it and editing. Introduction to Radio Broadcasting, Principles of Script Writing, Types of programmes: Production, Talks, Interviews, Discussions, Drama, Features, News, Special Audience Programmes, Sports, Handling of simple equipment for recording sound, Usage and awareness of softwares for audio editing, Techniques in audio editing. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||
Over view of Video Production
|
|||||||||
Television production- writing the script, shooting the programmes and editing it.
Introduction to TV as a mass medium, Advantages And Disadvantages of Television, Various Types of Television Programmes, Scripting for TV News, Order of news presentation, sources of news gathering. Usage of simple equipment for video recording, Editing techniques
| |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Nil | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern for Optional Electives
| |||||||||
BBA161D - HUMAN RIGHTS LAW (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: This course provides overview of human rights law and practice from the micro level to global level. The various nuances of human rights law is discussed and students are given an orientation on the importance of adhering to the fundamental principles while engaging in meaningful business practices. Course Objectives: This course intends
|
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1 : Identify the fundamental philosophy and policies concerning human rights. CO2: Summarize the legal effects of international treaties and conventions on the national human rights jurisprudence. CO3: Relate to the on-going debates and current or future challenges concerning human rights. CO4: Critically Analyze the Human rights protection mechanism, nationally and internationally, concerning human rights CO5: Formulate the role of State Actors in the protection of human rights. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||
Concept of Human Rights, Historical Background, Meaning of human rights, International Human Rights Framework, Indian Constitution and Human Rights, Protection of Human Rights Act – Objectives and framework, National Human Rights commission, State Human Rights Commission | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Human rights and Community
|
|||||||||
Freedom of speech and expression, Religion, Marriage, Caste System, Environmental Degradation
| |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Human rights and State
|
|||||||||
Crime against women and children, Juvenile reformatory institutions, Terrorized areas, Communal riots, Role of State, Police Atrocity, Role of Judiciary
| |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Awasthi, S.K., & Kataria, R.P. (2006). Law relating to Protection of Human Rights (2nd edi).Orient Publishing Company. | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
1. Sircar, V. K. (2004). Protection of Human Rights in India (1st edition). Asia Law House.
2. Schutter, O.D. (2010). International Human Rights Law, Cases, Materials, Commentary (1st edi).Cambridge University Press
3. Subramanian, S. ( 1997). Human Rights: International Challenges. 2, Manas Publications
4. Symonides, J. (2000). Human Rights – Concept & Standards. Ashgate
5. Patel, B.N. (2007). Comprehensive Guide of Law of Human Rights in Common Wealth Countries (1st edi).
6. Naikar,L.D.(2003).The Law Relating to Human Rights: Global, Regional, and National. Puliani and Puliani.
7. Agarwal, H.O. (2011). International Law & Human Rights (18th edi).
| |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern for Optional Electives
| |||||||||
BBA161E - GRAPHIC DESIGNING (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: Graphic Designing course will help the students to develop digital entities using graphic design tools. It facilitates in creating designs for digital branding and marketing of services and products. The course will enable students to make a career in the field of Graphics and Animation designing. Course Objectives: This course intends
|
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1 : Design appropriate graphics for real-time requirements of digital branding and marketing CO2: Apply Graphic Designing tools to develop rich and professional design entities. CO3: Create attractive design elements for print and web media. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Basic Concepts
|
|||||||||
Basic Concepts Basic Concepts of Designing, Design principles, Basics of design elements, Introduction to Graphics.
| |||||||||
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Practical Implementation
|
|||||||||
Exercise- Design a Business card and Letter head for a given company using Photoshop. | |||||||||
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Introduction to Photoshop
|
|||||||||
Introduction to Tools, Environment, layout of Photoshop, Design layout setup, color, resolution setting, using basic marquee. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Tools
|
|||||||||
Selection tools Usage of lasso tools, Using brushes, using and filling colors, layers Using text tool, free transform tool. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Practical Implementation
|
|||||||||
Exercise- Design a Poster for an event using Photoshop. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Image size, Selection, Grid and Guides
|
|||||||||
Modifying Image Size, Resolution, Marquee, Lasso, Magic Wand, Selection Tools, Selecting, Saving, Crop tool, Coping Selection and Image, Grid and Guide Options. | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Masks, Painting and Editing
|
|||||||||
Working with quick masks, Painting (Brush and its effects), Blending Modes, Color palettes, Editing (Background, Color, Touchup, Cleanup), Gradient tools, layer blending modes, all types of text tools, shape tools.
| |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Practical Implementation
|
|||||||||
Exercise- Design a Brochure for a new product using Photoshop. | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Layers
|
|||||||||
The layer Palette, Changing and controlling layer order, Editing layers, Adjustment layers, Layer Effects Filters,Actions,Automation, Extract, Filter Gallery,Liquefy, Pattern making, Vanishing point, Built in Bitmap Filters. | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Practical Implementation
|
|||||||||
Exercise- Design Logo for a Company using Photoshop. | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Animation & Panoramic Picture creation
|
|||||||||
Creating product Packaging designs, CD cover, Book and magazine front cover,Envelope, Visiting card | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Practical Implementation
|
|||||||||
Exercise- Design a CD Label / cover for a Music company using Photoshop. | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Preparing Image for Print and Web
|
|||||||||
Calculating Image size and Resolution, Changing Image Dimensions, Layout Preview, Color Separation, Optimizing Images for Web, File Formats. | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Adobe system incorporation, Adobe Photoshop – Classroom in a Book, Adobe Press, 2017. | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Mike Wooldridge (2012). Teach Yourself Visually Adobe Photoshop CS 6, Wiley Publishing. Lesa Snider (2013). Photoshop the missing Manual, O’Reilly Media, Inc, | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern for Optional Electives
| |||||||||
BBA161F - ECLECTIC THOUGHTS (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: This course is designed with the intention of introducing the students to literature and its influence on their past, present and future life spaces. The modules are designed to cover a wide array of topics ranging from history, politics, social issues, current affairs and so on, with India as the most frequent focal point (across the modules). Consequently, the course helps the students to widen their perspectives and formulate an eclectic approach to understanding the nuances of being in India in the 21st century. Course Objectives:
|
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1 : Appreciate socio-cultural/religious diversity in contemporary Indi CO2: Perceive the world through more than one frame of reference (the ?other story?) CO3: Analyse literary texts within a social setting (Caste/class/gender) |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
The Partition
|
|||||||||
Introduction to the course; Progressive Writers Association and its influence in envisioning India; Role of literature (written as well as Cinema) in Partition - Partition Studies; early writers of modern India; Oral History and Partition; Importance of Oral History in contemporary times. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Nationalism and New India
|
|||||||||
Understanding nationalism from various standpoints; Brief introduction to Bengali literature (Bankim - Tagore); Brief introduction to Gandhi and Ambedkar; pluralistic nationalism and Akhand Bharat; Brief introduction to discussions and debates on ideas of nationhood - nation, state, nation-state; introduction to bio-pics (films). | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
War, Women & Children
|
|||||||||
From Partition to present - woman’s body always a site for violence; rape as weapon; gender and nationalism; women and children - first casualties of warfare; nuclear war policies in India; understanding politics of warfare in brief; introduction to documentaries. | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Terrorism and Society
|
|||||||||
Post 9/11 world scenario; religion and terrorism; war and terrorism; Brief introduction to India’s responses to terrorism - government and military action to curb terrorism and unrest in conflicted areas within India; war-profiteering and terrorism; introduction to protest literature. | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Social Discrimination
|
|||||||||
Introduction to history of casteism in India; forms of casteism; government response to casteism and law; reservation and exclusion/inclusion policies in India; caste and commerce; introduction to other marginalised and minority communities in India and their literature. | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Short Story: 1. Saadat Hasan Manto(1948) Khol Do, The best of Manto: a collection of his short stories. New York, NY: Sterling Publishers. 2. Saadat Hasan Manto (1955)Toba Tek Singh, The best of Manto: a collection of his short stories. New York, NY: Sterling Publishers. 3. R K Narayan (1956)Another Community, Lawley Road and Other Stories. New Delhi: Orient Paperbacks 4. Devi, Mahasweta. „Anthology of Five Plays, Mother of 1084‟, Seagull Books Pvt Ltd, Calcutta, 1997. Book: 5. Urvashi Butalia (1998)The Other Side of Silence, Mushiral Hasan (ed.), Inventing Boundaries: Gender, Politics and the Partition of India (Delhi, Oxford, 2000); 6. Arundhati Roy(1998) End of Imagination, Haymarket Books, ISBN 9781608466191 7. Bama(2012) Karruku, Oxford University Press Poem: 8. Thangjam Ibopishak Singh. (n.d.). I WANT TO BE KILLED BY AN INDIAN BULLET (poem). Retrieved March 3, 2021, from Poetry International website: https://www.poetryinternational.org/pi/poem/6316/auto/0/0/Thangjam-Ibopishak-Singh/I-WANT-TO-BE-KILLED-BY-AN-INDIAN-BULLET/en/tile Novel: 9. Bankim Chattopadhyay (1882)Anadamath, Ramanujan University Press, India Film: 10. J Patel (2000) Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Documentary: 11. C Macrae (Channel 4) (2011) Sri Lanka’s Killing Fields Open-Letter: 12. Naomi Shihab Nye (Not dated) To Any Would-be Terrorist Acts of Parliament: Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989, Parliament of India | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading nil | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern for Optional Electives
| |||||||||
ENG121 - ENGLISH - I (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
· To help improve their communication skills for larger academic purposes and vocational purposes · To enable learners to learn the contextual use of words and the generic meaning · To enable learners to listen to audio content and infer contextual meaning · To enable learners to be able to speak for various purposes and occasions using context specific language and expressions · To enable learners to develop the ability to write for various purposes using suitable and precise language. |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1: Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities and politics CO2: Understand and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes CO3: Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature they read and discuss in class CO4: Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Unit 1 1. The Happy Prince By Oscar Wilde 2. Shakespeare Sonnet 18
|
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
Common errors- subject-verb agreement, punctuation, tense errors
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
unit 2
|
|
1. Why We Travel-Pico Iyer 2. What Solo Travel Has Taught Me About the World – and Myself -ShivyaNath- Blogpost
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
sentence fragments, dangling modifiers, faulty parallelism, | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
Note taking | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
unit 3
|
|
1. Thinking Like a Mountain By Aldo Leopold 2. Short Text: On Cutting a Tree By Gieve Patel | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
unit 4
|
|
1. Violence in the name of God is Violence against God By Rev Dr Tveit
2. Poem: Holy Willie's Prayer By Robert Burns | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
Paragraph writing | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Language
|
|
Newspaper report | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
unit 5
|
|
1. The Story of B24 By Sir Arthur Conan Doyle 2. Short Text: Aarushi Murder case
| |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
unit 6
|
|
1.Long text:My Story- Nicole DeFreece
2. short text: Why You Should Never Aim for Six Packs
| |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Language
|
|
Essay writing | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
unit 7
|
|
1.Long Text: Sir Ranjth Singh- Essay by SouravGanguly 2. Short text: Casey at the Bat- Ernest Lawrence Thayer | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Language
|
|
Paraphrasing and interpretation skills | |
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
visual text
|
|
Visual Text: Before the Flood | |
Text Books And Reference Books: ENGlogue 1 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Addfitional material as per teacher manual will be provided by the teachers | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1=20 CIA 2=50 CIA 3= 20 ESE= 50 marks online and 50 marks written exam | |
FRN121 - FRENCH (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
French as a second language in the UG program. The method Génération A1 consists of a student's book and an activity book, both included in the digital manual. It consists of 6 units preceded by an initial section of 'Welcome'. The structure of each unit marks a real learning journey.
Course Objectives · To develop linguistic competencies and sharpen oral and written communicative skills · To familiarize learners to certain aspects of francophone civilization. · To enable learners to engage in simple everyday situations |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO 1: To familiarize students with communicative French CO 2: To equip students with proper comprehensive skill of listening and writing CO 3: To make students read, write, speak and listen to French lessons CO 4: To make students speak and read French texts CO 5: To enable students to learn French words. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
I discover
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Lexicon – Countries and nationalities, domestic animals, days of the week Grammar -Subject pronouns, verbs ‘to be’ and ‘to have’, definite and indefinite articles Speech acts – Greeting, asking how one is
Lesson 2: Hello, my name is Agnes. Lexicon – Months of the year, numbers 0-69, the family Grammar – Formation of the feminine / plural, possessive adjectives Speech acts -Introducing oneself and others, asking and saying dates
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Les fables de la Fontaine
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
La cigale et la fourmis (The grasshopper and the ant) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Culture: Physical and Political France
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Les fables de la Fontaine
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Le renard et le corbeau (The fox and the crow) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Video Workshop: How cute he is!
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Visual text
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
A French movie | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Cocton, Marie-Noelle. Génération A1. Paris : Didier, 2016 2. De Lafontaine, Jean. Les Fables de la Fontaine. Paris, 1668 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading French websites like Bonjour de France, Fluent U French, Learn French Lab, Point du FLE etc | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
HIN122 - HINDI (2021 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The detailed text book 'Samakaleen Hindi Kavitha” is a collection of Modern Hindi poems of leading writers of Hindi Poetry edited by Dr.N Mohanan.From the medieval poetry ' Kabir Ke Dohe and Sur ke pad 'is also included.By teaching business correspondence emphasis is being given to functional Hindi too. Hindusthani Music and TranslationPractice also have been included in this semester.
Course Objectives:
Students will be exposed toto read and analyse and appreciate poems by learning poetry. Through translation, students will be able to develop translation skills while translating from other languages and literature.. Business correspondence helps the students to enhance the functional aspects of the language. Students will be exposed to the world of poetry. Through translation, students can understand different languages, literatures and cultures of India
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1 : Improve basic research skills. CO2: Improve the analytical skills through critical analysis of the poems. CO3: Understand the different aspects of Hindustani musical traditions. CO4: Enhance the translation skills. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Kavya Sankalan - Samakaleen Hindi Kavitha. (An anthology of contemporary Hindi poems), Kabir ke Dohe and Sur Ke Pad
|
|
‘Samakaleen Hindi Kavitha’ (Collection of Poems) Ed by Dr N Mohanan, Rajpal and son's, New Delhi Level of knowledge: Analytical | |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Hindustani Music
|
|
Gazal Ki Parampara and Pramukh kalakar | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Translation- practice
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Patra Lekhan --Vyavasaik Patra Vyavhar (Business letters)
|
|
Vyavasaik Patra Vyavhar (Business letters)
Level of knowledge: Conceptual | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Hindusthani Sangeeth-parampara evam pramukh kalakar
|
|
Utbhav,Vikas aur paramparaein Pramukh Sangeethkar-1.Bhimsen Joshi 2.Gulam Ali 3.Pandit Ravishankar 4. Bismillah Khan. | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
1. Abhinav Patra-Vyavahar -Dr.Paramanand Gupta 2. Vanijya Hindi By A.R.Narti1.A Hand Book of Translation Studies By Das Bijay Kumar 3. Anuvad Evam Sanchar – Dr Pooranchand Tantan, Rajpal and Son’s, Kashmiri Gate, New Delhi – 110006 4. Anuvad Vignan By Bholanath Tiwari | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA-1(Digital learning-Editing of Hindi article in Hindi Wikipedia)-20 marks CIA-2(Mid semester examination)-50 marks CIA-3(Digital learning-Creating article in Hindi Wikipedia )-20 marks End sem examination-50 marks | |
KAN122 - KANNADA (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:03 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The selected Poems are prescribed from 10 Century to 21 Century belong to old, Medieval and Modern period. The syllabus will extend the concerns of family, relationship, social justice and marginalized in the society. Through the prescribed text students can compose poems and able to make understand of the language style, compositition of literature and the culture of that age. The prescribed short stories are exposed to the world of Kannada fiction particularly modern Kannada short stories. Students are well versed in creative writings like Poetry, Play, short story Essays etc.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Able to acquire the poetic aspects and styles of writing from 10th century to 21st century. CO2: To increase the capacity of understanding and appreciating the poetry as a literary art CO3: Able to compose own poems, to analyse and criticize them. CO4: To make Students well-versed in creative writing like poetry, play, short story and essays. CO5: Students will acquire proficiency in the language, communication and functional aspects. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
|||||
Poetry - Old & Medieval Poetries
|
||||||
1. Pampa-Bharata Bahubali Prasanga 2. Janna- Chitramapatre Ramate Naari 3. Raghavanka- Purada Punyam Purusha Roopinde Pogutide 4. Devaradasimayya 5. Basavanna 6. Akkamahadevei 7. Allamaprabhu 8. Urilingapeddi 9. Purandara Dasa 10. Kanakadasa 11. Vadiraja | ||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||||
Modern Poetries
|
||||||
1.B.M.Shree- Kaarihrggadeya Magalu 2.Bendre- Hakki Haarutide Nodidira 3. Gopala Krishna Adiga- Neharu Nivruttaraguvudill 4. G.S Shivarudrappa – Mumbai Jaataka 5. T Yellappa- Avaru Mattu Naavu 6. Muktayakka- Mooru Mukhagalu
| ||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||
Language Skills
|
||||||
| ||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
1. Adipurana- Pampa 2. Yashodhara Charite- Janna 3. Harishchandra Kavya- Raghavanka 4. Shree Sahitya- B M Shreekantaiah
| ||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Pampa Ondu Adhyayana- G S Shivarudrappa 2. Vachana Chandrike- L Basavaraju 3. Purandara Sahitya Darshana- S K Ramachandra Rao
| ||||||
Evaluation Pattern
CIA-1 - Test in the Google Class -20 Marks CIA-2 Mid Semester Examination- 50 Marks CIA-3 Submission in the Google Class - 20 Marks End Semester Examination- 50 Marks | ||||||
SAN122 - SANSKRIT (2021 Batch) | ||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
|||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||
Shishupalavadha is considered one of the six model mahakavyas. It is based on an episode of the Mahabharata in which King Shishupala insults the hero-Lord Krishna, who beheads him in the ensuing duel. Comprising 20 cantos, the Shishupalavadha has a rich vocabulary that allegedly includes every known word in the Sanskrit language. The 19th canto, which is noted for its complexity, contains a stanza that is identical to the previous stanza if read backward. |
||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||
CO1: To familiarize students with some leading classical prose works and the individual literary styles of their authors. CO2: To acquaint students with socio-cultural conditions of the Indian society as reflected in the prescribed texts. CO3: To acquire skills in communication. CO4: To develop logical reasoning skills CO5: To enhance translation and interpretation skills |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:35 |
Shishupalavadham of Magha I canto
|
|
Introduction shlokas 1 to 60 Shishupalavadha is considered one of the six model mahakavyas. It is based on an episode of the Mahabharata in which King Shishupala insults the hero-Lord Krishna, who beheads him in the ensuing duel. Comprising 20 cantos, the Shishupalavadha has a rich vocabulary that allegedly includes every known word in the Sanskrit language. The 19th canto, which is noted for its complexity, contains a stanza that is identical to the previous stanza if read backward. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Grammar
|
|
sandhi prakaranam and lakaras | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Language skills
|
|
Translation of given passage from english to Sanskrit writing a compoosition in Sanskrit on the given topics | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1) Shishupalavadha of Magha 2) Sanskrit Grammar Translation from English to Sanskrit by M.R. Kale 3) Sanskrit Grammar Kannada version by Hegde. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading five Mahakavyas, origin and development of Kavyas , Authors of Five Mahakavyas | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 Wikipedia assignments CIA 2 Mid semester examinations CIA 3 Wikipedia assignments | |
TAM121 - TAMIL (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Poems of Bharatiyar and Bharatidasan and poems by women poets with feminine sensibilities will initiate the students into the modern period with all its complexities. The short stories by Ambai offers a matured vision of life through a varied characters and situatins. A new concept, Cultural Studies, will take the students beyond prescribed syllabus to include music, theatre, painting and films out of whcih the art form of music is taken up for the first semester. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Recall and categorize the concepts of literature. CO2: Understand the true essence of the texts, and inculcate them in their daily lives. CO3: Recognize and apply the moral values and ethics in their learning. CO4: Comprehend the concepts in literature and appreciate the literary text. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Modern Poetry- Bharathiyar
|
|
1. Kannan yen sevagan 2. Kannan yen kozhandhai 3. Kannan yen vilayatu pillai 4. Kannan yen kadhalan 5. Kannan yen kadhali
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Bharathi dasan
|
|
1. Kadal 2. Kundram 3. Nyaairu 4. Aal 5. Chittrur | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Contemporary Cultural Issues
|
|
Prose including reference to contemporary literary issues 1. Oru karupu silanthi udan oru iravu- Ambai Cultural studies, Indian festivals | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Penniya kavithaigal
|
|
1.Ottadai -Thamarai 2. Kapinaani thozhudhal- Ponmani vairamutu 3. Yendhan tozha- Subhathra 4. Kadal konda pen puram- Andal priya dharshini 5. Pen- P. Kalpana '
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
Grammer- Language skills
|
|
Pira mozhi chorkal | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Common topic
|
|
Isai | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
Malliga, R et al (ed).Thamilppathirattu I.Bangalore: Prasaranga,2011 ‘Oru Karuppuchilanthiyudan Or Iravu’ by Ambai,
published by Kalachuvadu Publications, Nagercoil, 2014
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Varadarajan, Mu. Thamil Ilakkia Varalaru . New Delhi:Sahitya Akademi, 2008 Sivathambi, Ka.Thamil Sirukathaiyin Thorramum Valarchiyum.Coimbatore: NCBH, 2009 Ragunathan,C.Bharathi: Kalamum Karuthum, Chennai:NCBH, 1971
Ramakrishnan S 100 Sirantha Sirukathaigal, Chennai: Discovery Books, 2013
| |
Evaluation Pattern With a total of 100 marks, 50 marks will come from Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA) and the remaining 50 marks will come from end semester exanination. While the end semester examination will be fully theory based the CIA will consist of Wikipedia entries, assignments, theatre production, book review and other activities | |
AEN221 - ADDITIONAL ENGLISH (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The second semester has a variety of writing from India, Pakistan and Srilanka. The various essays, short stories and poems deal with various socio-economic, cultural and political issues that are relevant to modern day India and the Indian sub-continent and will enable students to comprehend issues of identity-politics, caste, religion, class, and gender. All of the selections either in the manner of their writing, the themes they deal with or the ideologies that govern them are contemporary in relevance and sensibility, whether written by contemporary writers or earlier writers. Excerpts from interviews, autobiographical writings, sports and city narratives are added to this section to introduce students to the varied genres of literature. The objectives of this course are to expose students to the rich literary and cultural diversity of Indian literatures to sensitise students on the social, political, historical and cultural ethos that has shaped the nation- INDIA to enable to grasp and appreciate the variety and abundance of Indian writing, of which this compilation is just a passing glance
to learn and appreciate India through association of ideas in the texts and the external contexts (BhashaUtsav will be an intrinsic help in this endeavour)
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1 CO 2: Understand the cultural, social, religious and ethnic diversities of India they will be able to be analytical and critical of the pluralistic society they live in through the activities and assignments conducted be aware of the dynamics of gender, identity, communalism and politics of this vast nation through its literature. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||
Poetry
|
|||
1. Jayanta Mahapatra “Grandfather”
2. Meena Alexander “Rites of Sense”
3. K.Satchidanandan “Cactus”
4. Jean Arasanayagam “Nallur” | |||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||
Short Stories
|
|||
1. Temsula Ao “The Journey”
2. A. K Ramanujan “Annaya’s Anthropology”
3. Sundara Ramswamy “Waves”
4. Ashfaq Ahmed “Mohsin Mohalla”
5. T.S Pillai “In the Floods” | |||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
||
Essays
|
|||
1. Salman Rushdie “Gandhi Now”
2. Amartya Sen “Sharing the World”
3. Suketu Mehta “Country of the No”
4. Rahul Bhattacharya “Pundits From Pakistan” (An Excerpt) | |||
Text Books And Reference Books: The textbook "Reading Diversity" | |||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Online references for Comprehension Questions in the textbook | |||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern CIA 1: Classroom assignment/test for 20 marks keeping in tune with the course objectives and learning outcomes. CIA 2: Mid-semester written exam for 50 marks CIA 3: Collage, tableaus, skits, talk shows, documentaries, Quizzes or any proactive creative assignments that might help students engage with India as a cultural space. This is to be done keeping in tune with the course objectives and learning outcomes.
Mid Semester Exam: 2 Hrs Section A: 4x5= 20 Section B: 2x15=30 Total 50 End Semester Exam: 2 hrs Section A: 5 x 5 = 25 Section B: 5 x 15= 75 Total 100
| |||
BBA211 - PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS (2021 Batch) | |||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:0 |
||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||
|
|||
Course Outcome |
|||
On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1 Test and evaluate principles important for effective oral and written communication CLO2 Construct strategies to adopt and develop communication skills in various models of work place. CLO3 Build skills relating to speaking, writing, and listening in order to maximize confidence and core strengths CLO4 Improve leadership skills and make use of opportunities for career growth |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Letter and E-mail Writing
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Academic Writing
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Resume Writing
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Public Speaking
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||
Non Verbal Communication
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||
Active Listening & Effective Communication
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading https://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/improving-communication.html | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA231 - ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
The course focuses on the basic elements that determine human behavior in an organizational context. It provides various theoretical frameworks to understand human behaviours at individual, group and organization level. The course provides insights into the foundation of human behaviours such as personality, learning, values, attitudes and perception. At the group level its characteristics in terms of size, status, norms, role and cohesiveness makes it functional or dysfunctional. Leaders who are able to influence the individual and group behaviours create positive organisations culture. Thus it is essential for manager to develop an understanding about human behaviours at the workplace and manage them for organizational effectiveness. Course Objectives: To examine the impact of globalization, diversity and ethics on organizational behaviours.
|
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1: To analyses the individual?s work behaviours due to personality, attitudes and perceptions. CO2: To assess the dynamics of group behaviours and its influence on group effectiveness. CO3: To compare and contrast various leadership style as in classic and modern theories. CO4: To determine practices that creates positive organisation culture. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Organizational Behavior
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition of Organizational Behavior, OB as systematic study, Contribution from other disciplines, Challenges and Opportunities in organizational behavior, OB Model/Framework- Individual, Group and Organisational Level. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personality, Learning & Values
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Defining and Measuring Personality, Determinants of Personality, The Big Five Personality Model, Myers-Briggs Type Indicator, and Other Personality Traits like Authoritarianism, Locus of Control, Machiavellianism, Self Esteem, Risk Taking, Self-Monitoring and Achievement Oriented. Importance of values- instrumental and terminal values.
Meaning of Learning; Theories of Learning- Classical Conditioning, Operant conditioning, Cognitive theory, Social learning theory, Principles of learning, Schedule of Reinforcement. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Attitude
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Components of Attitude- ABC model, Function of Attitude, Cognitive Dissonance Changing Attitude, Work Attitudes- Job Satisfaction and Organisation Commitment. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Perception
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, Factors influencing perception, Attribution Theory, Common short cuts in judging others. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Group Dynamics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Define Group and different type of Groups, Stages of Group Development, Group Properties-Roles, Norms, Status, Size, Cohesiveness; Group Decision making, Groupthink and Group Shift | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Leadership
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Concept of Leadership-Trait Theories-Behavioral Theories, Ohio & Michigan Studies - Managerial Grid; Contingency Theory-Situational Leadership and Path & Goal of leadership; Contemporary Theories- Transformational, Transactional, Charismatic Leadership, Ethical Leadership and Servant Leadership. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organization Culture
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition of organizational culture and its characteristics, Strong versus Weak culture, Function and Dysfunction of Culture, Creating & Sustaining Culture, -How employees learn culture-Creating Positive organizational culture. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judge and Neharika Vohra (2018), 18th Ed. Organizational Behaviour. Pearson Education Asia. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA232 - BUSINESS STATISTICS (2021 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Business Statistics helps us to make business decisions under uncertainties based on numerical and measurable scales. Decision making process should be always objective and in order to make unbiased decisions, collection and analysis of quantitative data as well as interpreting the results necessitates an understanding of statistical tools and models. As a result, it is essential for individuals working in this environment to have the knowledge and skills to interpret and use appropriate statistical tools and statistical techniques in various scenarios. Course Objectives: ● To demonstrate the knowledge of organising a problem/data and make evidence-based decisions using statistical tools.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1: Explain the techniques of data collection, tabulation and presentation of data. 2: Infer the results of statistical analysis. 3: Apply statistical tools specific skills to analyze the business and management problems 4: Explain the relationship among variables. 5: Interpret regression/time series equations to analyze the effect of independent variables on the dependent variables |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Statistics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, Definition, Features, Importance and limitations of statistics. Meaning and difference between primary and secondary data, data collection methods. Classification and tabulation of data including tally marks, methods of classifying data - quantitative, qualitative, geographical, chronological, Discrete and continuous frequency distribution | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Measures of Central Tendency
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, measures of Central Tendency- Arithmetic Mean, Weighted Arithmetic Mean, median, mode, geometric mean and harmonic mean (only theory) and partition values- quartiles, deciles, percentiles | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Measures of Dispersion and Skewness
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, Definitions, Properties of dispersion - Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation from Mean and Median, Standard Deviation and coefficient of variation. Skewness-meaning, difference between dispersion and skewness, Karl Pearson’s and Bowley’s measures of skewness | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Correlation and Regression
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, Definition and Use of Correlation, Scatter diagram, Types of correlation, Karl Pearson’s correlation coefficient, Spearman’s Rank correlation, Probable Error. Regression- Meaning and utility of Regression analysis, Comparison between Correlation and Regression, regression lines –X on Y, Yon X, Regression Equations and Regression Coefficients. Introduction to Logistic regression | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time Series
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, Components of time series, Calculation of Secular Trend-Moving Average method – odd and even period moving average and method of Least Squares | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Probability and Probability distributions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Probability, Basic Concepts of Probability, Probability Distributions – Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions, Expected Value | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sampling Distribution and Introduction to Inferential statistics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to testing of Hypothesis: Procedure for testing hypothesis - Setting of Hypothesis -Null and alternative hypotheses, Estimation, Computation of Test statistics, - Types of errors in hypothesis testing - Level of significance - Critical region and value - Decision making. Test of significance for Large and small sample tests, Z and t tests for mean and proportion, one-way ANOVA,Chi-square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Sharma J. K (2020) Business Statistics 5th edition Delhi: Vikas Publishing House | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA233 - MACROECONOMICS (2021 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The course aims at providing a systematic introduction to mainstream approaches to the study of macroeconomics in the current century. It has been designed in such a way that it stimulates awareness on macroeconomic challenges and policy management in progressive nations. It also aims at developing the ability for objective reasoning about macroeconomic issues. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Provide a strong base of macroeconomic principles and concepts relevant in managerial decision making. CO2: Enable the students to apply the knowledge in managerial decision-making process. CO3: Enable the students to prescribe policies in the light of changing macroeconomic scenario. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Measuring a Nation?s Income and Cost of Living
|
|
Economy’s Income and Expenditure - Measurement of GDP - Components of GDP - Real versus Nominal GDP - The GDP Deflator; The Consumer Price Index (CPI) - Calculation of CPI - GDP Deflator versus CPI - Correcting economic variables for the effects of inflation - Real and Nominal Interest Rates - Limitations | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Production and Growth
|
|
Economic Growth around the world: Productivity: Its Role and Determinants-Economic Growth and Public Policy - Investment-Human Capital.
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Goods and Money Market
|
|
Saving and Investment in the National Income Accounts - The Market for Loanable Funds - Policy Changes and Impact on the Loanable fund Market; Money - Meaning and Functions-Money Supply; Full Reserve Banking and Fractional Reserve Banking - Central Bank Tools of Monetary Control; Classical Theory of Inflation - Classical Dichotomy and Monetary Neutrality - Velocity and Quantity equation - Fisher Effect - Costs of Inflation. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Unemployment
|
|
Identifying Unemployment - Labour Force - Unemployment Rate - Labour Force Participation - Types of Unemployment - Unemployment Insurance - Minimum Wage Laws. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Aggregate Demand, Aggregate Supply and Influence of Monetary and Fiscal Policy on Aggregate Demand
|
|
Three Key Facts about Economic Fluctuations - Short run Economic Fluctuations - Aggregate Demand Curve, Aggregate Supply Curve, Two Causes of Economic Fluctuations; Monetary Policy Influence on Aggregate Demand - The Theory of Liquidity Preference; Fiscal Policy influence on Aggregate Demand - The Multiplier Effect - Crowding out effect - Stabilisation Policy; Active Versus Automatic Stabilizers. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Short Run Tradeoff between Inflation and Unemployment
|
|
The Phillips Curve - Shifts in Phillips Curve and the Role of Expectations - Shifts in Phillips Curve and The Role of Supply Shocks; The Cost of Reducing Inflation Rational Expectations and the Possibility of Costless Disinflation. | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Six Debates over Macroeconomic Policy
|
|
Economic Stabilization - Monetary vs. Fiscal Policy; Handling Recession - Higher Spending vs. Tax Cuts; Monetary Policy - Rule vs. Discretion Based; Central Bank Goal: Zero vs. Non-zero Inflation; Government Budget- Balanced vs. Unbalanced; Tax Laws for Savings – Reformed vs. Not Reformed. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Mankiw, G.N. (2018). Principles of Macroeconomics (8th ed.). Cengage Learning India. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Abel, A. B. & Bernanke, B. S. (2011). Macroeconomics (7th ed.). Pearson Education. Blanchard, O. (2009). Macroeconomics (5th ed.). Pearson Education. Dornbusch, R., Fischer, S., & Startz, R. (2015). Macroeconomics (11th ed.). McGraw Hill Education. Froyen, R. (2014). Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies (10th ed.). Pearson Education. Mishkin, F. S. (2016). Macroeconomics: Policy & Practice (2nd ed.). Pearson Education. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA1, CIA2 , CIA3 and End Sem | |
BBA234 - CORPORATE ACCOUNTING (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: This course aims at familiarizing the students with accounting practices followed by Corporate business houses in accordance with accounting standards. The course also provides practical knowledge on different aspects of Corporate mergers acquisitions and reconstruction, the process of liquidation and the contemporary developments in the field of Accounting. Course objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of the process involved in issue of shares. (RBTL2 CO2: Summarize the financial position of companies as per statutory requirements. (RBTL2) CO3: Examine the accounting procedures with regards to Amalgamation & Reconstruction. (RBTL4) CO4: Explain the process in Liquidation of Companies. CO5: Discuss the contemporary issues in Accounting |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share Capital:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Meaning- Kinds of Shares, Recent developments in public issue of shares, Consideration other than cash - Book building process. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company Financial Statements
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Introduction to company Financial statements as per Companies Act- 2013, Provisions as to Preparation of Financial Statements, Preparation of Income statement and Balance sheet. Practical Problems. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amalgamation, Absorption
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Amalgamation in the nature of Merger and purchase, Difference between Amalgamation and Absorption - Calculation of purchase Consideration under Different methods, Settlement of Purchase Consideration, Closing the Books of Vendor company and opening of books of purchasing company, Practical Problems on Amalgamation and Absorption. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
External reconstruction
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Calculation of purchase Consideration, Settlement of Purchase Consideration – Practical Problems on External restructuring. Closing entries and opening entries in the books of externally reconstructed company. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Internal Reconstruction
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Meaning, Forms of Reconstruction, Alteration of Capital and Capital Reduction - Internal Reconstruction Vs External reconstruction, Practical Problems. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liquidation of Companies
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Meaning, Modes of winding up, Circumstances and Consequences of winding up, contributory, order of payment, Preferential creditors, Statement of Affairs, Deficiency Account, Liquidators Final statement of Accounts, Practical Problems. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contemporary Issues in Accounting
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Environmental Accounting: Concept, Need, approach, mechanism and reporting. Forensic Accounting: Fraudulent financial reporting, reasons, role, techniques and challenges, Green Accounting: Meaning & significance, rationale for adoption of green accounting, steps for incorporating green accounting, Green accounting in India. Accounting for Price level changes.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Maheshwari, S.N., &Maheshwari, S.K.(2019). Corporate Accounting .New Delhi: Jain Book Agency. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA261A - BASIC SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (2021 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course provides students with a survey of the topics covering the social bases of behaviour. Social psychology is a branch of Psychology that explains how people's thoughts, feelings, and behaviors are influenced by the actual, imagined, or implied presence of others. It is the scientific study of how people think about one another, influence one another, and relate to one another. We will examine some of the historical and philosophical foundations of social psychology, as well as theories and models of various social phenomena. This course introduces students to the theory and research on the social factors that influence individual and group behavior. Prosocial behavior, aggression, interpersonal attraction, attitudes, prejudice are among the topics covered in the course. The course will include both individual and group work to facilitate awareness, understanding and application of social psychological principles and concepts. Course Objectives: · To understand the world of Psychology with a brief historical sketch of the science of psychology, multiple perspectives and recent trends in the field. · The biological basis of behaviour · The fundamental processes underlying human behaviour such as learning, motivation, emotion, personality Ethics in studying human behaviour and using them in academic assignments. Students will have an opportunity to develop skills such as writing, making presentations and using technology for academic purposes and teamwork. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1:Explain psychological concepts, including fundamental concepts, principles, theoretical perspectives, overarching themes, and arguments from across a range of psychology content domains like learning, personality, motivation, emotion and consciousness to various situations and contexts. CLO2: Critically evaluate the different schools of thought in psychology CLO3: Define the basic biological process that influence behaviour CLO4:Analyze methods of scientific inquiry, evidence-based thinking, and critical thinking skills to psychological phenomena and examples of psychological science |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Definition ; History- Origin and Development, Social psychology in India ; Theories - Motivational, Learning, Cognitive, Decision making, Sociocultural, and Mid-range theories. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Social Perception
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Self-Concept – Beginnings, Formation, Self- schemas and Multicultural perspective Self- presentation - False modesty, Self-handicapping, Impression management. Self-esteem - Development and Consequences. Social Intelligence. Perceiving persons- Attribution theories and biases, Integration, Confirmation bias | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Positive Social Relations
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Pro-social behavior – Helping influences - Personal, Interpersonal and Situational, Receiving help. Interpersonal attraction and affiliation – Characteristics of the individual, others and situational influences. | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Negative Social Relations
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Perceiving groups- Stereotypes – Cognitive foundations, how stereotypes distort perceptions; why stereotypes persist; Prejudices- Individual differences; Types of prejudices – Sexism and Racism ; Reducing prejudice. Aggression – Origin, Influences - Social and Situational; Forms – Domestic violence, Sexual violence, Violence against communities (LGBT) and Terrorism; Prevention and control. | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Social Influences
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Attitudes – Definition; Theories – Cognitive Dissonance and Dual Processing; Attitude and Behaviour; Attitude change. Group - Basic features; Group performance – Types of tasks, Brainstorming; Group decision making – Biases in information, Group polarization, Group think. Group dynamics and performance | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA261B - SOCIOLOGY OF CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: The course provides a comprehensive view of development and its paradigms. It introduces the students to the ideas of sustainable and inclusive forms of development. It examines the theoretical approaches that have been adopted to examine development. The course also provides a comprehensive understanding of the contemporary socio-economic framework of development in India, and the strategies adopted by both the State and civil society.
Course Objectives: This course intends · To provide an overview of development and its paradigms · To introduce students to the concepts of sustainable development and inclusive development and explore the theoretical approaches to the study of development To provide a comprehensive understanding of the contemporary socio-economic framework of development in India, and the strategies adopted by both the State and civil society |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1: Explain the paradigms of development and distinguish between the various approaches CLO2:Analyse developmental initiatives by using the framework provided by theoretical approaches examined CLO3: Evaluate the strategies adopted by the State and civil society in India for development initiatives with reference to the paradigms of development in India |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Concepts related to development
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Social change, Evolution, Growth, Development ,Sustainable Development, Inclusive development | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Theoretical approaches
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Modernisation theory, Dependency theory, Neo-liberalism, Environmentalism, Gandhi and Schumacher | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
India as a Welfare State
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Concept of Social Welfare in India, Planning Commission and social welfare, Approaches to social welfare in Five Year Plans, Social Security Programmes in India, Role of voluntary organizations | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Development Process in India
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Women welfare, Health and family welfare, Child welfare, Welfare of the aged, Welfare of SC/ST/OBCs | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Sachdeva D.R. 2013.Social Welfare Administration in India, Allahabad, Kitab Mahal | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Preston P.W. 1982. The Theories of Development, London Routledge, Kegan Paul 2. Desai, A.R. 1971. Essays on Modernization of Underdeveloped Societies. Thacker and Co., Bombay. 3. Escobar Arturo, 1995, Encountering Development, the Making and Unmaking of the Third World Princeton University Press: Princeton | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA261C - TECHNIQUES OF DIGITAL DESIGN (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: This course introduces the students in the aesthetic of graphic design. This course introduces the students to Ink scape and Photoshop applications for Print and Electronic Media and offers them an opportunity to understand the user interface and its uses. Course Objectives: · To acquire and competency in technical skills applicable to graphic design. · To learn the tools and skills necessary to develop a digital presence To familiarize the Students with the content generation for print media and in digital based designing like Photography, Advertising, Brochure, Magazine, and Newspaper. |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1- Demonstrate proficiency in a range of computer graphics technology, and understanding of different printing technologies and pre-press processes. CLO2- Able to apply essential graphics and visual communication skills in different Multimedia Platforms. CLO3- Generate and publish content for different print and Media platforms. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||
Introduction to Digital Media
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Basic/ Conceptual Introduction to concepts of digital designs, Visual designing for digital media,Digital media ecosystems, Principles and elements of Design | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Getting to know the workspace and fonts in Inkscape
|
|||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Editing Images and Graphics
|
|||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||
Publication to Digital Design
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Designing a Logo, Institutional Advertisement, Portfolio Development. | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Pipes, Alan. (2001) Production for Graphic Designers. 3rd edition. ‘ Laurence King Publishing ISBN 10: 185669268X ISBN 13: 9781856692687 | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Johansson, Kaj, Peter Lundberg, and Robert Ryberg (2007). A Guide to Graphic Print Production. 2nd ed. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley. 2. McWade, John (2003). Before and After Page Design. Berkeley, CA: Peachpit Press, 3. McWade, John (2005). Before and After Graphics for Business. Peachpit Press, 4. Sherwin, David (2010). Creative Workshop: 80 Challenges to Sharpen Your Design Skills. Cincinnati, OH: HOW Books, Whittaker, Jason (2009) .Producing for Web 2.0: A Student Guide.3rd ed.New York:Routledge | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA261D - INDIAN SOCIETY AND LAW (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: An interdisciplinary course aimed at providing an insight into Indian society from legal perspective. Course provide students with a brief understanding of the provisions of the Indian Constitution, specifically aimed at social transformation. This course examines the connections and relationships of law and society using an interdisciplinary approach to understand how the Indian legal system and institutions interact with the complexities of religion, caste, gender, ethnicity and language. It emphasizes how law operates in society, aids in understanding and analyzing contemporary social issues Course Objectives: This course intends · To enable students to understand the interplay between law and society in the · To provide students with a brief understanding of the provisions of the Indian Constitution, specifically aimed at social transformation. To equip students with the ability to analyse “law in action”, the role of law and legal institutions in achieving democratic ideals of liberty, equality, fraternity and secularism |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1 Understand the interplay between law and society in the context of pluralism in region, religion, language, caste and ethnic groups. CLO2 Understand the provisions of the Indian Constitution specifically aimed at social transformation. CLO3 Analyse “law in action”, the role of law and legal institutions in achieving democratic ideals of liberty, equality, fraternity and secularism |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
MAKING & ORIENTATION OF INDIAN CONSTITUTION
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Making of Indian Constitution, Preamble of the Constitution., Fundamental Rights & Directive Principles, Constitutional Amendments | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||
REGIONALISM AND LAW
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Concept of India as One Unit., Equality in the matters of admission for education and employment. The slogan “sons of the soil” and its practice., TMA Pai Case and Pradeep Jain Case) | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
RELIGION AND LAW
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Role of Religion in India. ((Art. 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 49,), Secularism – equal respect for all religions., Freedom of religion and non-discrimination on the basis of religion, Communalism , Religious minorities and law., Shah Bano Case, Rajinder Sachar Commission Report | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||
COMMUNITY AND LAW
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Caste in Indian Society. (Art. 15, 17, 23, 25, 29, 46, 51, 330, 332, 338, 341, 342), Protection of Scheduled Areas, Dalits and Adivasis, Women and Law, Abolition of Untouchability. , Protective discrimination (Reservation), Mandal Commission Report | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Sathe, S. (1983). Crisis of Indian Legal System. Economic and Political Weekly, 18(32), 1388-1393. Retrieved March 3, 2021, from http://www.jstor.org/stable/4372382 2. Granville Austin(1999)The Indian Constitution: The Corner Stone of a nation, New York : Oxford University Press, | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. P.Iswara Bhatt, (2009) Law & Social Transformation,, Lucknow : Eastern Book Co., 2. Indra Deva (2010Ed) Sociology of Law. New York : Oxford University Press, Constitution of India | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA261E - WEB PAGE DESIGNING AND MULTIMEDIA (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: To make management students well-versed with the basic multi-media skills and provide students with an over view of the key concepts of 2D Animation and Web Designing. This course provides over view of contents like Adobe Flash Professional, Adobe Dreamweaver and other Adobe Dreamweaver Course Objectives: This course intends · Fundamentals of creating animated content using Adobe Flash Professional · Fundamentals of creating web content using Adobe Dreamweaver. To create web pages using animated content and menu driven options |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1 Create animated files using Adobe Dreamweaver CLO 2 Design web pages using Adobe Dreamweaver. CLO3 Create menu driven options in the web pages. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
ANIMATION
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Application Concepts of Animation, Introduction to flash, Tools, The timeline, Frames and Key frames, Saving the file, Tweens – Shape Tweening, Motion Tweening , Classic Tweening. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
ADVANCED ANIMATION, INTERACTION AND WEB
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Application Complex timeline control, Mask Layers, Color settings, filters and Blend Modes, adding sound, importing Graphic Files, Symbols, button Action Script, publishing flash content to the Web. | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
DREAMWEAVER
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Application The Dreamweaver Interface , Understanding work flow, tools, property box, Creating HTML Documents, Adding content to WebPages, Adding Structure tags to content , Adding images & Multimedia Content, Using CSS to style content, working with links, Internal references, Mailto links and anchor tags, rollovers and interactivity, library items, creating forms | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Application Portfolio development, Case Study, Project demonstration. | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
UNIT V
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Application Exercise 1: Create an Animated Greeting Card (Flash) Exercise 2: Create a Simple slide show (Flash) Exercise 3: Create an interactive Photo Album (Flash) Exercise 4: Create a webpage with Flash Exercise 5: Design a simple HTML website for a coffee Shop (Dreamweaver) Exercise 6: Design a Website for a Multi-branded electronic Showroom | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Schmid,Calvin F. (1983). Graphics design principles and practices. Uinted state: John Wiley & Sons. 2. Saha, A. 2. (2016). Digital principles and logic design techniques: / by. Bangalore: University Science Press. 3. Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book, Adobe Systems, Adobe Press, 2020. 4. Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book, Adobe Systems, Adobe Press, 2020 | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Adobe® Flash® Professional CC Classroom in a Book®, Adobe Press, 2014. Dreamweaver CC In Simple Steps Do It Right, Do It Fast, Wiley, 2018 | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA261F - LITERATURE, HISTORY AND SOCIETY (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: Literature, History and Society’ is one among the six generic electives offered to the first year students of the BBA Programme. The paper is designed with the intention of introducing the students to literature and its influence on understanding societies, then and now. The modules are designed to cover a wide array of topics ranging from racial discrimination to ecological humanities with a global perspective on these issues. Consequently, the paper helps the student widen their perspective and appreciate the role of literature in understanding the society around them and to prepare them to be better global citizens. Course Objectives: · To introduce the relevance of examining socio-political events of the global past in comprehending the contemporary world · To appreciate the literary value of texts around them with special emphasis on films as texts and literature · To introduce issues concerning social justice To help redefine and/or question conventional ideas of literature with regard to the topics being discussed |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1- Identify the basic elements of film language and thereby appreciate the art of films as a text CLO2- Appreciate socio-cultural/religious diversity in a global world CLO3- Perceive the world through more than one frame of reference CLO4- Analyse literary texts other than conventional ones such as poetry or prose |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||
Film Language
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Introduction to film language - film reading and appreciation - technicalities: contexts - socio-economic backgrounds | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||
The Holocaust
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Historical context - ideas of fascism - propogandal - introduction to memoirs - graphic novels and its history - ethnic cleansing and modern examples | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Settler Colonialism
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Native Americans and Canadians - Aborigines of Australia - Adivasi’s and North East history in India | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Eco-criticism
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Introduction to Eco-criticism - Eco-horror - Speciesism and Veganism - Consumerism - Role of literature and films | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||
Social Discrimination
|
|||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual History of slavery in USA - Apartheid Movement - Civil Rights Movement - Gender Discrimination | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Short Story: 1. Anonymous.,(not dated ) The Yew Trees,n.a 2. Nadine Gordimer (1988) Once Upon a Time, Jump and Other Stories. Penguin, 1991, pp. 23–30. Novel: 3. Elie Wiesel (1956) Night, New York, Hill and Wang 4. Wagamese, Richard. ( 2012). Indian Horse : a novel. Vancouver, BC :Douglas & McIntyre, Graphic Novel: 5. Spiegelman, Art. (19861991). Maus : a survivor's tale. New York :Pantheon Books, Speech: 6. Yale Law School. (2008). I have a dream by Martin Luther King, Jr; August 28, 1963 [Speech transcript]. https://avalon.law.yale.edu/20th_century/mlk01.asp Film: 7. Roman Polanski(2002) The Pianist 8. Jamie Uys (1980)The Gods Must be Crazy 9. M Night Shyamalan(2008) The Happening 10. Boaz Yakin (2000)Remember the Titans | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Short Story: 1. Anonymous.,(not dated ) The Yew Trees,n.a 2. Nadine Gordimer (1988) Once Upon a Time, Jump and Other Stories. Penguin, 1991, pp. 23–30. Novel: 3. Elie Wiesel (1956) Night, New York, Hill and Wang 4. Wagamese, Richard. ( 2012). Indian Horse : a novel. Vancouver, BC :Douglas & McIntyre, Graphic Novel: 5. Spiegelman, Art. (19861991). Maus : a survivor's tale. New York :Pantheon Books, Speech: 6. Yale Law School. (2008). I have a dream by Martin Luther King, Jr; August 28, 1963 [Speech transcript]. https://avalon.law.yale.edu/20th_century/mlk01.asp Film: 7. Roman Polanski(2002) The Pianist 8. Jamie Uys (1980)The Gods Must be Crazy 9. M Night Shyamalan(2008) The Happening 10. Boaz Yakin (2000)Remember the Titans | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA281 - SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY PROJECT (2021 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
This course intends to sensitize the students towards social issues faced by the society and to enable students to understand the role played by the Non-Governmental Organization (NGOs) in addressing these social issues. This course intends to bring about a change in students’ perspective towards these social issues and make them aware about their role in helping the society overcome such social issues. The purpose of writing project report is to communicate the learning of the project study undertaken on a particular NGO, in partial fulfillment of BBA program. It is a time-bound and independent study guided by a faculty member.
|
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1: To explain the exposure through the contribution of the social organisation CO2: To translate the experiences with the NGO through its stakeholders to a real-time attitudinal change CO3: To compile a project report connecting the aspects of social responsibility. CO4: To take part in the social issues faced by society with real-time learning CO5: To develop commitment towards future service towards society orientation.
.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
||||
Village Exposure Camp:
|
|||||
Each student is expected to complete the village exposure camp organized by the Department in collaboration with Centre for Social Action (CSA).This will an overnight visit to a village where the students will be participating in different community activities to get sensitized with different social issues faced by these villages. II. NGO Visit: Students should identify an NGO and work for minimum of 25 hrs during the semester on any socially relevant projects of NGO’s. III. Service Learning Report: The report should be submitted to fulfill the requirements for the award of the Bachelor of Business Administration of Christ University during second semester of the programme. It consists of two parts- first a report on village visit and second part on visit to NGO. | |||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
||||
NGO Visit
|
|||||
Select an appropriate NGO | |||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
||||
NGO visit
|
|||||
Spent 30 hours in an NGO | |||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
||||
SRP Project
|
|||||
Report compilation | |||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
||||
SRP Project
|
|||||
Project Submission | |||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
||||
Viva Voce
|
|||||
Project viva and valuation is done. | |||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Nil | |||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Nil | |||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||
ENG221 - ENGLISH - II (2021 Batch) | |||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||
· To help improve their communication skills for larger academic purposes and vocational purposes · To enable learners to learn the contextual use of words and the generic meaning · To enable learners to listen to audio content and infer contextual meaning · To enable learners to be able to speak for various purposes and occasions using context specific language and expressions · To enable learners to develop the ability to write for various purposes using suitable and precise language. |
|||||
Course Outcome |
|||||
CO1: Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities and politics CO2: Understand and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes CO3: Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature they read and discuss in class CO4: Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
food
|
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
Presentation skills | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Language
|
|
Report writing | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Fashion
|
|
1.Long text: In the Height of Fashion-Henry Lawson
2. short text: Crazy for Fashion- BabatundeAremu | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Architecture
|
|
1. long text: Bharat Bhavan By Charles Correa 2. Short text: The Plain Sense of Things By Wallace Stevens
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Language
|
|
Group Discussion | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Language
|
|
Interview skills and CV writing | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Management
|
|
1.Long Text: The Amazing Dabbawalas of Mumbai- ShivaniPandita
2. Short Text: If By Rudyard Kupling | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
History
|
|
1. Long tet: Whose Ambedkar is he anyway? By KanchaIlaiah
2. Short text: Dhauli By JayantaMahapatra | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
Developing arguments- debating | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
War
|
|
1. Long text: An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge By Ambrose Bierce 2. Short text: Strange meeting By Wilfred Owen | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
Letter writing and email writing | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Social Media
|
|
1.Long text: Facebook and the Epiphanator: An End to Endings? By Paul Ford 2. Short text: 'Truth in the time of Social Media' by Girish Balachandran | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
Ethics of writing on social media platforms | |
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
visual text
|
|
BBC Documentary- Dabbawalas | |
Text Books And Reference Books: ENGlogue 1 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading teacher manual and worksheets that teachers would provide. Listening skills worksheets. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA1- 20 MSE-50 CIA3- 20 ESE- 50 online and 50 written | |
FRN221 - FRENCH (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
French as a second language in the UG program. The method Génération A1 consists of a student's book and an activity book, both included in the digital manual. It consists of 6 units preceded by an initial section of 'Welcome'. The structure of each unit marks a real learning journey.
Course Objectives · To develop linguistic competencies and sharpen oral and written communicative skills · To familiarize learners to certain aspects of francophone civilization. · To enable learners to engage in simple everyday situations |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To familiarize pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar of the French language. CO2: To develop communication skills in the French language CO3: To enable students to read and write correctly in the French language. CO4: To equip students with reading and writing comprehension skills. CO5: To make the students read ,write and converse in the French language. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Culture: A country of vacation
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Poem
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
1. Demain dès l'aube (Tomorrow from dawn)- Victor Hugo | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
I discover
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Poem
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Culture: Gourmet Countries
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Revision
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revision of grammar and skills | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Cocton, Marie-Noelle. Génération A1. Paris : Didier, 2016 2. De Lafontaine, Jean. Les Fables de la Fontaine. Paris, 1668 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. French websites like Bonjour de France, Fluent U French, Learn French Lab, Point du FLE etc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
HIN222 - HINDI (2021 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The text book 'Samakaleen Kahaniyam' is a contemporary socio-political issues based story collection edited by Dr.Vanaja Published by Rajpal and sons, New Delhi. In this semester four visual texts/film appreciation and famous four film directors of India from different languages have been incorporated along with business communications to improve the functional aspects of the language.
Course Objectives:
Students are exposed to the world of Hindi fiction, particularly short stories. Visual text helps them to improve their analytical skills and make them to know more about the thematic and technical aspects of Cinema. The module ‘Film Directors’ will inspire students to achieve professionally and personally. By learning business correspondence students can enhance the functional aspects of the language. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1 : Improve the analytical skills through critical analysis of the short stories. CO2: Understand the thematic and technical aspects of Hindi movies through the visual text. CO3: Able to learn the spoken skill through conversation practices. CO4: Improve the writing skill by commercial correspondence. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Story Collection -Samakaleen Kahaniyan
|
|
Samakaleen ‘Kahanyan ’ Ed by Dr.Vanaja, Pub.by Rajpal and Sons, Kashmiri Gate, New Delhi-6 All the lessons to be studied except 'Valentines day". Level of knowledge: Analytical. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Film appreciation
|
|
English-Vinglish,Ankur,Theesari Kasam and Dangal. Level of knowledge: Conceptual | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Film Personalities
|
|
Adoor Gopalakrishnan,Girish Kasaravalli,Satyajith Rai,Shyam Benega. .Level of knowledge:Analytical | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Patra Lekhan (Business letter writing)
|
|
Avedan, Bank, Bima, Agency Level of knowledge: Basic | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Sugam Hindi Vyakaran By: VamshidharDharmpalShastriShiksha Bharathi, New Delhi. 2. SaralSubodh Hindi Vyakaran, By:MotilalChaturvedi. Vinod pustak mandir , Agra-23. Cinema AurSamskritiMazoomRizaRahi 3.Bolchalki Hindi aursancharBy:Dr.MadhuDhavan.Vaniprakasan,New Delhi.. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA-1(Digital learning-Wikipedia) CIA-2(Midsemester examination) CIA-3(Digital learning-Wikipedia)
End semester examination
| |
KAN222 - KANNADA (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:03 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
To expose students to Indian historical theatre and play. Amrapali by Prabhushankara explore dramatic traditions, transformation of the character Amrapali through Gouthama Buddha's preachings. Students will learn about the principles of Buddhism, and how Buddha transformed the marginalised in the society. It is open to all levels of experiences. The course includes short stories representing science fiction, folk narratives and changing context of the post globalized world. To introduce the students short stories in Kannada and to sensitize them with various socio-political issues. To introduce the nuance of the play. Amrapali deals with the state of women in the contemporary society, how women transformed with the help of preechings of Buddha.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To acquire the literary skills. CO2: Able to compose Kannada historical play CO3: To improve their writing and speaking skills. CO4: Well -versed in language skills and experiential learning CO5: Able to think logically and critically |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Kannada Play
|
|
: Amrapali- Dr. Prabhushankara. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Selected Kannada Essays
|
|
1. 1. Aeroplane Mattu Chitte- Poornachandra Tejaswi 2. Dheerakumaara- G S Paramashivaiah
- G.S. Paramashiviah 3. Coco cola – Ashish Nandi 4. Online Marukatteya Kasta sukha – Yashvanth Donge | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Writing Skills
|
|
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Language Skills
|
|
Kannada Saadhu roopa Vaanijya Padakosha | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. 1. Drama: Amrapali- Dr. Prabhushankara Publishers: DVK Murthy Krishnamurthypuram Mysore -04 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern
CIA-1 - Write up on Kannada language and literature -20 Marks CIA-2 Mid Semester Examination- 50 Marks CIA-3 Presentations Kannada Play - 20 Marks End Semester Examination- 50 Marks
| |
SAN222 - SANSKRIT (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Kathamruthanidhihelp us differentiate between good and bad, right and wrong. Hence, the decision power of an individual gets improved, naturally. Moral values help us in finding out the true purpose of our life. Once we start following the path of life through moral values, we start realizing the true purpose our life. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To learn about the ancient Indian Educational system and Policy, their nature, concepts through fables. CO2: To inculcate morals and ethics in life CO3: To know ancient Indian history of literature and literary criticism. CO4: To improve the ability to critically assess existing research through careful reading, analysis and discussion. CO5: To acquire the ability to apply relevant theoretical perspectives to topics with in the field of ancient Indian religion, literature, history even ancient Indian technical and scientific literature through Sanskrit text. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Aparikshitha karithvam Brahmana nakula katha
|
|
Kathamruthanidhihelp us differentiate between good and bad, right and wrong. Hence, the decision power of an individual gets improved, naturally. Moral values help us in finding out the true purpose of our life. Once we start following the path of life through moral values, we start realizing the true purpose our life. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Brahmana chathustaya katha and patitha moorka katha
|
|
Translation and explanation of The for Breahmana story and fools story | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Gardhaba shrugala katha dvishira kauli katha
|
|
Story of a donkey and jackle story of two headed weaver | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Somasharma pithru katha and chandra nrupathi katha
|
|
Translation and explanation | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Grammar
|
|
Samasa prakaranam | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. - Kathamruthanidhi of Anantha bhatta | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Samskruta sahithya parampare by Acharya Baladeva Upadyaya translated by Ramachandra shastri. 2. Sanskrit Grammar by M.R. Kale. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 Wikipedia assignments CIA 2 Mid semester examinations CIA 3 Wikipedia assignments | |
TAM221 - TAMIL (2021 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This paper has a few collections from the ‘Individual Poems’ of Avvaiyar and Kalamegam to show the students the ingenuity with the poets of the period mixing intelligence with creativity. The unconventional and unorthodox views of life seen through theological eyes of Siddhas are included. It also introduces the power of oral tradition through a collection of interviews recorded and transcribed. These voices are from the marginalized communities which had no opportunity to voice out their pains and sorrows.. Students will be exposed to the art form of theatre through self experiece using internet resources like You Tube |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Recall and categorize the concepts of literature.
CO2: Understand the true essence of the texts, and inculcate them in their daily lives. CO3: Recognize and apply the moral values and ethics in their learning. CO4: Comprehend the concepts in literature and appreciate the literary text. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Thanni padalgal
|
|
1.Avvaiyar amudha muzhigal 2. Kaala mega pulavar 3. Siladai | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Mei nyana padalgal- (Part 1)
|
|
Siva vakkiyar- Arivu nilai
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Mei nyana padalgal - Part 2
|
|
Pattinathar- Tiruveghamba malai | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Prose
|
|
Vaai mozhi varalaru 1. Chakliyar- K Venkateshar 2. Paraiyar- M. Vaiya Puri 3. Vannar- K Parthiba Raja 4. Kuyavar- S Selva kumar 5. Pandaram- A Santhi 6. Meenavar- K Gajendrar
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
Grammer- Language skills
|
|
Thodar pizhai nikkam | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Common topic and visual text
|
|
Short stories and Nadagam | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
Malliga, R et al (ed).Thamilppathirattu.Vol.I Bangalore: Prasaranga,2011 'Vai mozhi varalaru’ Ed: Vi.Arasu and Ki. ParthibhaRaja,Thannanaane Publications, Chennai, 2001 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Meenakshisundaram T P, A History of Tamil Literature, Annamalainagar, Annamalai University, 1965Varadarajan, Mu. Thamil Illakkia Varalaru . New Delhi:Sahitya Akademi, 2008Gopalakrishnan.S., Pathinen Siddhar Varalaru, Chennai: Mullai Pathippagam, 2012 Stephen,G (ed). Ayothidasar Sindhanaigal, Thirunelveli: St.Xavier’s College, 1999Theodore, Baskaran, Thamil Cinema Or Arimugam. Chennai: Kilakku Pathippagam, 2012 Pavendan, Dhiravida Cinema, Chennai: Kayal Kavin Books, 2013
| |
Evaluation Pattern EXAMINATION AND ASSIGNMENTS: There is a continuous evaluation both at the formal and informal levels. The language skills and the ability to evaluate a text will be assessed This paper will have a total of 50 marks shared equally by End Semester Exam (ESE) and Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA) While the ESE is based on theory the CIA will assess the students' critical thinking, leadership qualities, language skills and creativity
| |
BBA301 - COMMODITY MARKETS AND DERIVATIVES (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
CHRIST (Deemed to be University) and Multi Commodity Exchange (MCX) jointly offers a certificate programme on Commodity Market and Derivatives. MCX Certified Commodity Professional (MCCP) is the ideal program for pursuing a career in the commodity derivatives market. The course is designed to provide the necessary inputs required to make the participants well acquainted with the modalities of the commodity derivatives market in India. It covers the entire gamut of commodity derivatives market, thereby providing enough domain knowledge and professional expertise. This course covers functioning, settlement systems, factors influencing the commodity markets, global and the domestic scenario of commodity markets, its role in the economy and the risk management aspects relating commodity trading. It also provides an understanding of the emerging areas of Risk Management and to equip students with the tools and techniques needed to manage financial risk efficiently. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Explain the intricacies of operating in the commodity derivatives market. CO2: Manage risk through hedging strategies. CO3: Understand the functioning of the trading mechanism used by brokers. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Introduction to Derivatives
|
|
Derivatives defined - Types- Products, Participants and Functions – Exchange Traded V/s OTC Derivatives- Instruments available for Trading in Commodity Markets- Currency Derivatives Basics-Weather Derivatives- Recent developments. Taxation and Accounting Matters in Commodities Market. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Commodity Derivatives
|
|
Commodities Traded on MCX– Commodity Market Ecosystem-Product Development-Warehousing-Quality of underlying assets, Role of Assayers, R&T Agents, Clearing bankers. Global Commodities Exchanges - Commodities Exchanges in India (Regional & National) - Commodities permitted for trading - Kabra Committee Report (Roadmap)- Exchange Membership, Rules, Regulations, Bye laws. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Futures and Options
|
|
Forward Contracts-Limitations of forward markets- Future Contract-Contract Specifications and Contract Cycle-Commodity Options– Commodity Indices- Fundamental Analysis: Precious Metals/Energy Products - Commodity - Specific Issues - Cropping and Growth Patterns - Global and domestic demand- supply – dynamics - Price trends and factors that influence prices.Introduction to Options, options pricing and Trading Strategies- Recent Developments | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Price Risk Management using Futures
|
|
Investment assets versus consumption assets - The Cost of Carry Model - Pricing Futures Contracts on investment commodities - Pricing futures contracts on consumption commodities- The futures basis. Computation of Payoffs in commodity derivative Markets- Hedging– Speculation – Arbitrage. - Use of Commodity Futures- Strategies of hedging, long hedge-short hedge-cross hedging – Trading Strategies: Arbitrage and Spreads. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Clearing, Settlement, Risk Management & Regulatory Framework
|
|
Calendar and Settlement schedule - Position determination - Settlement mechanism - Daily Mark to Market Settlement - Settlement price - Margining system – Open Interest limits - NSCCL SPAN@ - Final settlement - Cash settlement - Physical settlement(Warehousing) - Exception Handling - Funds Shortages - Delivery Shortages. Demonstration of Trader’s Workstation (TWS). Rules governing Commodity Derivatives Exchanges- Rules governing Intermediaries - Investor Grievances, Arbitration Rules-SEBI guidelines on Commodities Derivatives | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. MCX, Multi Commodity Certified Professional Study Material, Latest edition. 2. Commodity Derivatives-Hand Book, Indian Institute of Banking & Finance 1st Edition Macmillan 3. Options, Futures and Other Derivatives by Hull, John C.; Prentice Hall: Edition vi 4. Futures and Options BSE Book's Publication 5. Futures & Options - Introduction to Equity Derivatives R. Mahajan Vision books 6. Fisher & Jordan, “Investment Management.” 7. Avadhani, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. VII edition | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. MCX, Multi Commodity Certified Professional Study Material, Latest edition. 2. Commodity Derivatives-Hand Book, Indian Institute of Banking & Finance 1st Edition Macmillan 3. Options, Futures and Other Derivatives by Hull, John C.; Prentice Hall: Edition vi 4. Futures and Options BSE Book's Publication 5. Futures & Options - Introduction to Equity Derivatives R. Mahajan Vision books 6. Fisher & Jordan, “Investment Management.”
7. Avadhani, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. VII edition | |
Evaluation Pattern Quiz form of examination for 50 marks | |
BBA311 - WORKING WITH SPREADSHEETS-I (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:0 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: In this course you will learn the basic functions of excel through guided demonstration. Each week you will build on your excel skills and be provided an opportunity to practice what you’ve learned. Finally, you will have a chance to put your knowledge to work in a mini project. Please note, the content in this course was developed using a Windows version of Excel 2013.
Course Objectives: · To demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to another cell. · To compare and contrast between formulas and functions in Excel. · To examine and interpret data using the database functions of Excel. To model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in multiple formats. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
Course Learning Outcomes: CLO1: Students are able to demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to another cell. CLO2: Students are able to compare and contrast between formulas and functions in Excel. CLO3: Students are able to examine and interpret data using the database functions of Excel. CLO4: Students are able to model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in multiple formats. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Introduction to Spread Sheet
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Understanding Microsoft Excel, Excel Workbook Windows, Basic Spreadsheet Skills, Excel Help System, Opening and Closing Workbooks, Understanding Workbook File Formats, Creating New Workbooks, Selecting Cells, Auto Sum and Auto Fill Function, Cell Referencing and Request, Formatting Cells, Formatting Numbers, Placing Cell Alignment, Cell, Rows and Columns, Understanding Worksheets | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Basic functions
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Editing, Copying and Moving Cells, Page Layouts in Excel, Proofing Workbook, Basic Options, Ribbons and Toolbar, AutoFilter, Advanced Filters, Managing Windows, Multiple Windows, Splitting Windows, Freezing Panes, Linking Data, Basics’ Assessment | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Excel Intermediate
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Introduction to Excel Spreadsheet Intermediate Level, Defining Names in Excel, Sorting Data, Using Excel Tables, Filtering Data in Excel, Find and Replace, Headers and Footers, Adding Comment, Conditional Formatting | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Charts
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Understand Charts, Chart Design Options and Tools, Chart Format Tools, Combo Charts | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Advanced Functions
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Functions within Excel, Understanding Date Function, Super Power, Array Formulae, Advanced Range Names, What If function?, Information Functions, Logical Functions | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA331 - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description Financial Management is an introductory core course that is offered with the intent to equip the students with the basic knowledge of finance theory and its application to develop relevant financial strategies pertinent to profit-seeking organisations. The theme of financial management is structured around three decision making financial areas: Investment- long term as well as working capital, Financing, and Dividend policy. This imbibes students with analytical and decision-making skills in managing finance through the application of theoretical questions and practical problems. Course Objectives:
|
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: Understand the principles and concepts of financial management. CO2: Demonstrate the motives behind financial decision-making. CO3: Interpret the relevant theories and concepts of various practices of financial management. CO4: Analyze the relationship among capital structure cost of capital, dividend decisions, and value of the business. CO5: Evaluate and decide on the long-term assets which are profitable to the business by applying capital budgeting techniques |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Introduction to financial management
|
|
Level of knowledge: Basic Meaning of finance and financial management, Types of finance – public and private finance , classification of private finance – personal finance, business finance and finance of non-profit organization Importance and Scope of financial management, Approaches to finance function Relationship of finance with other business functions, Objectives of financial management – profit maximization and wealth maximization - merits and criticisms Financial decisions, Internal relation of financial decisions, Factors influencing financial decisions Functional areas of financial management, Functions of a finance manager. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Sources of finance and Capitalization
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Ownership securities – Equity shares, Preference shares, Deferred shares, No par stock/shares, Shares with differential rights, Sweat Equity Creditorship securities – Debentures – Zero coupon bonds, Zero interest bonds, Callable bonds, Deep discount bonds Internal financing or ploughing back of profit – factors affecting ploughing back of profits – merits and demerits Loan financing – short term and long term sources. Meaning of capitalization – Theories of capitalization – cost theory and earnings theory. Over capitalization and under capitalization – causes – effects and remedies, Watered stock, Over trading and under trading | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Capital Structure
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Meaning of capital structure and financial structure, principles of capital structure, optimum capital structure, determinants of capital structure, theories of capital structure and EPS – practical problems. Point of indifference, capital gearing | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Cost of capital and Leverages
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual / Analytical Meaning of cost of capital, significance of cost of capital, components of cost of capital – computation of cost of capital and Weighted Average Cost of Capital – practical problems. Meaning of leverage, types of leverages – operating, financial and combined leverage, risk and leverage – practical problems | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Capital budgeting
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual / Analytical Meaning of capital budgeting, Importance, Need, Time value of money, capital budgeting process, project appraisal by using traditional methods and modern methods Practical problems on payback period, rate of return, NPV method , Profitability index, IRR methods | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Dividend policy decisions
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual/ Analytical Meaning, Kinds, Bonus shares – merits and demerits, theories of dividend decisions, determinants of dividend policy decisions. (Theory only) | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Management of working capital
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual/ Analytical Meaning of working capital, types of working capital, working capital cycle, adequate working capital, determinants of working capital, estimation of working capital. Management of cash. Management of inventory and debtors – theory only. | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA I 20 Marks (20% Weightage) CIA II MSE 50 Marks (25% Weightage) CIA III 20 Marks (20% Weightage) ESE 50 Marks (30%) Attendance 5 Marks (5%) | |
BBA332 - HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: This subject is comprehensive learning on what management is all about and different schools of thoughts on management. It gives a clear understanding of management practices and the various functions of management and also gives away the principles of management developed by eminent management thinkers. The syllabus is structured to provide basic conceptual knowledge on the principles of planning, organizing, staffing, motivation, leadership, controlling and to offer orientation to the recent dynamics of managerial practice. Course Objectives: •To develop understanding of conceptual foundations of HRM •To understand the processes and practices in HR functions •To explain important labour laws and its implications •To identify contemporary trends and challenges in the field of HRM
•To assess the application of appropriate HR intervention in conjunction with organization need.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To develop understanding of conceptual foundations of HRM CO2: To understand the processes and practices in HR functions CO3: To understand important labor laws and its implications CO4: To assess the application of appropriate HR intervention in conjunction with organization need. CO5: To identify contemporary trends and challenges in the field of HRM |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||
Concept of HRM, Evolution of HRM, Role of Human Resource Manager, Functions of HRM, HR Structure and Concept of Strategic HRM. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Job Analysis and Human Resource Planning
|
|||||||||
Concept of Job Analysis, Importance and Benefits of Job Analysis, Job Analysis Process, Job Description, Job Specification and other Job-related concepts- Job Enrichment, Job Enlargement, Job Rotation, Flexi timing, Telecommuting and Ergonomics. Concept & Importance of HRP; Different stages of HR Planning Process; Action Plans in case of shortage and surplus of the workforce. | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Recruitment and Selection
|
|||||||||
Concept of Recruitment, Factors affecting Recruitments, Sources of Recruitment; Definition and Importance of Selection, Stages involved in Selection Process, Types of Selection Tests and Types of Interviews. Meaning and Benefits of Induction, Content of an Induction Program. | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Learning & Development and Career Mobility
|
|||||||||
Meaning and Importance of Training and Development Programs, Stages involved in Training Process, On-the-Job and Off-the-Job Training & Development Methods. Career Management Process, Models of Career Management, Role & Challenges of Career Development, Career Development Initiatives, Stages in Career Planning, Internal and External Mobility of Employees. | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||
Performance Appraisal & Compensation Management
|
|||||||||
Purpose of Performance Appraisal, Trait, Behavioural and Result Methods of Performance Appraisals, Process of Performance Appraisal, Components of compensation, incentive payments, scope of incentive schemes, types of incentives, group incentives, managing employee benefits and services | |||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Introduction to Industrial Relations & Labour laws
|
|||||||||
Meaning of Industrial Relations, Theories of IR, Meaning and Sources of Employee Grievance, Grievance Handling Systems, Meaning & Process of Collective Bargaining, Indiscipline, Settlement Machinery of Industrial Conflicts. Labour laws related to social security measures | |||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Contemporary issues and trends in HRM
|
|||||||||
Gig workers, Work from home, Ethical Issues in HRM, E-HRM, Introduction to International HRM | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Dessler, G. (2010). Human Resource Management. New Delhi: Prentice Hall. | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA333 - MARKETING MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: Marketing a particularly stimulating subject for learners, since its practical application is visible every day. Old rules of marketing are no longer useful to those who want to influence these new consumer’s choices. This course will lead the exploration of the leading edge of this paradigm shift that is now underway. This course introduces students to the concepts and processes of marketing and takes them deeper into the world of marketing. Course Objectives: This course intends •To identify target markets and environments by analysing demographics and consumer behaviour •To create a detailed marketing plan and implementation schedule for a company, or critically evaluate existing marketing strategies and tactics. •To develop a team-prepared written project and they can make a persuasive, effective presentation of their project. •To develop the strategies used within each of the marketing mixes
•To list best practices for responsible marketing and how to manage marketing efforts
|
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1: Students will demonstrate an ability to analyze the situation facing a company and perform tasks in segmentation, targeting, and positioning, and developing a marketing mix.
CO2: Students will demonstrate an ability to analyze the situation facing a company and perform tasks in developing a marketing mix. CO3: Students will demonstrate an ability to create a detailed marketing plan and implementation schedule for a company
CO4: Students will demonstrate an ability to critically evaluate existing marketing strategies and tactics.
CO5: Students will demonstrate that (a) they can communicate effectively among team members to develop a team-prepared written project and (b) they can make a persuasive, effective presentation of their project
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Introduction to Marketing Fundamentals
|
|
Meaning Definition marketing, scope of marketing, core marketing concepts, Marketing and Customer Value. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Connecting with Customers
|
|
Models of Consumer Behavior, characteristics Affecting consumer Behavior, Types of Buying Decision Behavior, The Buyer Decision Process, The Buyer Decision Process for New Products; Business Buyer Behavior, The Business Buyer Decision Process, Institutional and Government Market. Segmentation, targeting and positioning for competitive advantage. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Product Decision
|
|
Product Levels, Product Characteristics and Classifications, New product development stages, categories of new product, reasons for launching new products and its failure. Product life cycle strategies and its extension, Ansoff’s Matrix, BCG Matrix, meaning of services, unique characteristics of services, 7Ps of service marketing, Service delivery process. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Pricing
|
|
Types of pricing, Pricing strategies: New product pricing strategies, Product mix pricing strategies, Price adjustment strategies, Price changes, Public policy and pricing. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Distribution Channels
|
|
Marketing channels, structure, types and criteria of selecting a channel, wholesaling, retailing, and physical distribution. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Promotion
|
|
An overview, Advertising, sales promotion, personal selling and sales management. Public and customer relations, direct and online marketing, multilevel marketing-the new marketing model, Significance of Integrated Marketing Communication | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Socially Responsible Marketing
|
|
Sustainable Marketing, Social Criticisms of Marketing, Marketing’s Impact on Individual, Marketing’s Impact on Society as a Whole, Marketing’s Impact on Other Businesses, Actions to Promote Sustainable Marketing, Business Actions Toward Sustainable Marketing, Principles and Marketing Ethics. | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
Kotler.P, &Keller.K.L., Koshy & Jha (2020). Marketing Management, 20th edition, Pearson. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
1.Marshall & Johnston, Marketing Management, McGraw Hill 2.Kotler & Armstrong, 15th ed., Principles of Marketing Management, Pearson publication 3.Chernev & Kotler, 5th ed., Strategic Marketing Management, Brightstar Media 4.Stanton, Etzel, Walker, Fundamentals of Marketing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 5.Saxena, Rajan, Marketing Management, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 6.McCarthy, E.J., (2016). Basic Marketing: A managerial approach. Irwin, New York.
| |
Evaluation Pattern
| |
BBA334 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND E-BUSINESS (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The objective of the course is to make students aware about how information systems work in different functional areas and provide information according to the needs of different management levels. This course covers basic concepts and its understanding would help students to learn most recent developments in the area of information systems and e-commerce. After going through this course, student will be able to leverage information systems and e-commerce to manage the organizations more efficiently. They will learn about security issues and how to safeguard organizational information. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Explain various terminologies used in the field of Business Information System. CO2: Apply basic Information Technology principles to various areas of businesses. CO3: Develop Strategic Information System, E-business, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Decision Support Systems (DSS), Artificial Intelligence (AI), and Expert System, and how it affects businesses, better decisions and address business problems. CO4: Illustrate the legal aspects of Information Technology (IT Law and Cyber Law) and how to deal with problems like hacking, digital forgery, cyber stalking, cyber terrorism, cyber defamation, cyber pornography etc., the business opportunities available, and the challenges to be addressed. CO5: Explain the ethical and societal issues involved in Business Information System. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
FOUNDATION CONCEPTS OF INFORMATION SYSTEM
|
|
Concept of Business Information System, DIKW pyramid, Pyramid structure of BIS, Architecture of BIS, Types of BIS, Challenges for BIS is a multinational organization, Information System Activities, Strategic use of Information Systems | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
|
|
DBMS Introduction, structure of DBMS, components of DBMS, functions of DBMS, Master data, Transaction data, Data Dictionary, users and access permissions, introduction to RDBMS. Structured Query Language (SQL) – DDL, DML and DCL. –Queries and Sub-queries – Examples Joins and unions. RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT & SQL (PRACTICALS) ● DDL, DML and DCL Commands. ● Join Queries. ● Built in functions. ● Nested Queries. ● Aggregate Functions. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
|
|
Classical, Administrative and Political Decision making Model, Herbert Simon's Model, Structured Vs Unstructured Decisions, Types of Decision Support Systems, Group Decision Support System, Executive Information System, Knowledge Based Expert Systems and Artificial Intelligence. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEM
|
|
Overview of Information System Development Methods, SDLC - Requirement Analysis, System Design, Systems Development, Software Testing, Implementation & Evaluation. Agile software development, Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
STRATEGIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS & FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY
|
|
Cloud Computing, Grid Computing, Knowledge Management Systems, Pervasive Computing, Financial Technology & Block chain Technology, Robotic Process Automation. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
FUNCTIONAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS
|
|
Enterprise resource planning (ERP), Modules under ERP - Marketing, Material Management, Finance, Accounts, HRM and Production management. Security threats to BIS and remedial measures, Business Process Reengineering. | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
E- COMMERCE and IT ACT
|
|
E - Commerce activities – marketing, purchasing, payments, publishing and governance, e-commerce architecture, Business models- B2b & B2C, Challenges, Information Technology Act | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
BBA335 - INDIAN FINANCIAL SYSTEM (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course is to make students familiarize themselves with various components of the Indian financial system and enable them to understand the mechanisms in the exchange of funds among various players in the financial system. The course also imbibes knowledge on the independent regulators of the Capital market, insurance, banking, and various services sectors. The course also introduces students to the various financial instruments dealt with in the Indian financial markets and provides an insight into the international financial markets.
Course Objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand the structure, organisation and working of the financial system in India CO2: Demonstrate the role of regulatory bodies in the Indian financial system CO3: Evaluate the impact of money market and capital market operations CO4: Assess the functions of the financial institutions and financial services CO5: Examine the importance of international financial markets |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Unit I: Introduction
|
|
Level of knowledge: Basic Meaning – Structure - Functions - Components of financial system - Financial system and economic development - Reforms in Financial Sector in India | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Capital Market
|
|
Meaning – Classification - Functions – Types - Primary market - Secondary market -functioning of various stock exchanges - NSE, BSE, OTCEI - Financial instruments in capital market - Long term loans market - Derivatives Market - Government Securities market - Capital market scams – SEBI - Reforms in capital markets. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Money Market
|
|
Meaning – Significance - Structure-Features of money market - Money market instruments - Reforms in money market – Monetary policy - Credit Policy | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Regulators of financial system
|
|
Meaning – Functions - Banking institutions - Scheduled commercial banks and scheduled cooperative banks - Non Banking Institutions – Regional Rural Banks - NBFCs and Development Finance institutions - Insurance and Housing Finance Companies – IRDA. RBI Functions - Banking regulation and requirement - licensing and supervision, capital reserve, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosures, Capital adequacy-Banking ombudsman scheme - Basel norms | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Banking compliance
|
|
Anti-money laundering: Prevention of money laundering act (PMLA) - Customer due diligence -Know your customer norms - International sanctioning-Financial Intelligence unit - fraud detection and management in banks - International banking scenario-Documentary letter of credit -Correspondent banking and NRI accounts - bad banks | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Financial instruments and Financial Services
|
|
Financial Instruments: Shares - Mutual Funds – Debentures - Bonds - Money market instruments (Self learning) - Derivatives - Hedging instruments and others. Financial services: Fund based services – Leasing – Hire Purchase – Consumer Credit – Bill Discounting – Factoring and Insurance. Fee based services – Issue Management, Merchant Banking, Credit rating, Debt Restructuring and Stock Broking.
| |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
International Financial Markets
|
|
Forex market rate determination Nature, Organization and Participants- Offshore Financing Instruments- Foreign Exchange market – Foreign Direct Investment and Foreign Institutional Investment. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Pathak, B. V (2018). Indian Financial System. New Delhi: Pearson Education | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA-70 marks ESE-30 marks TOTAL=100 marks | |
BBA361 - INNOVATION AND CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Importance of technological developments on economic development in India; Major technological breakthroughs in globally and in India. Technology driven businesses in India; Cost -Benefit analysis of technological developments.in India Course Objectives:
To discuss a framework for the design and implementation of a systematic innovation strategy. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Compare and contrast the difference between creativity and innovation in terms of its types and how creativity leads to innovation. CO2: Apply the tools used for formulation of an innovation strategy for a product/business/industry. CO3: Demonstrate the key planning elements in idea generation for business as well as societal issues. CO4: Evaluate the role of a business leader in facilitating creativity within the organisation. CO5: Develop a framework for the design and implementation of a systematic innovation strategy. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to the process of innovation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Incremental and Radical Innovation, Factors that favours incremental innovation, Innovation in processes, Service innovations. The concept of S-curve: Three lessons, Where do you stand on the S- curve, Limits to these lessons | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Idea generation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual New Knowledge, Tapping the ideas of customers, Learning from the lead users, Empathetic design, Invention factories and Skunkworks, Open market innovation, The role of mental preparation, How management can encourage idea generation, Two idea generating techniques. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recognizing opportunities and Moving innovation to market
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual A method for opportunity recognition, Rough -cut business evaluation.The idea funnel, Stage-gate systems, A caution on funnels and stage-gate systems, Financial issues, Extending innovation through platforms | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Creativity and creative groups
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Myths about creativity, three components of individual creativity, Characteristics of creative groups, Handling conflicts in groups, Time pressure and creativity. Enhancing creativity: enriching the organization and workplace, Organisational enrichment, Enriching the physical workplace | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Role of Leaders in promoting innovation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Develop an innovation -friendly culture, establish strategic direction, be involved with innovation, be open but skeptical, Improve the idea-to-commercialisation process, apply portfolio thinking, put people with the right stuff in charge, create an ambidextrous organisation. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Richard Luecke (2003). Guide to Managing Creativity and Innovation, Harvard Business Press | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. P. Rizwan Ahmed (2015). Creative & Innovation Management,Margham Publications. R. Keith Sawyer (2014). Explaining Creativity: The Science of Human Innovation,Oxford University Press | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA362 - EVENT MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description Event Management is a glamorous and exiting profession which demands a lot of hard work with team coordination and foresight. As the name suggests, it means conceptualizing, planning, organizing and finally executing the event. This industry is just six years old in India, but holds a lot of promise for expansion. It offers enormous scope for ambitious young people. This course is designed to provide an introduction to the Principles of Event management. The student will learn how to formulate event tourism strategies for destinations. The planning and implementation of festivals, entertainment events, corporate events, cultural events and sports events will be focused upon.
Course Objectives: The main objectives of this course are to:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1 Identify the Importance of Event Management. CLO2 Classify the types of events. CLO3 Describe the difference between sponsorship and donations. CLO4 Explain the steps necessary to plan and create successful events. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Introduction to Event Management
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Type of Event, Event Team, Why Event Management, Requirement of Event Management, Analyzing the event, scope of the event, Decision makers, Establishing Policies and Procedures, career in event management. The concept of Virtual Events
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Event Planning and Team Management
|
|
Locating People, Clarifying Roles, Developing content Guidelines, Participant Tips, Reference Checks, Requirement Forms, Introduction, Fees & Honorariums, Expense Reimbursement, Travel Arrangements, Worksheets Preparing a planning schedule, Role and functions of an event manager. Organizing Tasks, Assigning Responsibility, Overall Planning Tips, Protocols, Dress Codes, Staging, staffing. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Event Marketing and Advertising
|
|
Nature and Process of Marketing. Seeking Sponsorship, Types of sponsorship, Event Sponsorship, Event Organizer, Event Partners, Event Associates, Image branding, Advertising and PR, Meetings and Group Development, Special Events, wedding, meetings, sports, rallies, Tools of Promotion, Tips on writing a New Release, Direct Marketing, Word of Mouth, The Promotion Schedule, Planning a Promotion Campaign for an Event, EMBOK. Image branding, Advertising and PR, Meetings andGroup Development, Special Events Types, wedding, meetings, sports, rallies, Event Sponsorship Understand Sponsorship, Understand , Event Organizer, Event Partners, Event Associates. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Event Production and Logistics
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Staffing and vendors, logistics and staging, breaking Down the event, Outsourcing strategies, Concept, theme, Fabrication, light & sound, handling venders, Logistic policy, procedures, performance standards, event evaluation.Budget – cost of event, Profit and loss statement, balance sheet, panic Payments, Financial control system.
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Event Safety and Security
|
|
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Security, occupational safety, Major risk and emergency planning, Incident Reporting, emergency procedures, Health and safety issues, insurance, licenses and permissions. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Mohan.S. (2011). Event Management & Public Relations. New Delhi: Enkay Publishing House. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Allen, J. (2003). Event Planning Ethics and Etiquette. Canada: John Wiley & Sons. Allison.S. (2012). The Event Marketing Handbook. Kaplan Business. Kimball, C. (2015). Start Your Own Event Planning Business. Entrepreneur Press. S.K, Goyal. (2013). Event Management. New Delhi: Adhyayan Publishers. Singh.G, K. &. (2012). Event Management: A Blooming Industry and an Eventful Career. New Delhi: Haranand Publications.
| |
BBA363 - CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: The course will make students understand the importance of managing cultural diversity in a globalized world. They will learn about the factors that influence a country’s culture and communication process. The course will help them to develop cultural sensitivity and improve their cultural awareness. Course Objectives: · To understand the importance of managing cultural diversity in a globalized world. · To learn about the factors that influence a country’s culture and communication process.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: At the end of the course students will be able to :
Demonstrate the understanding of the concept of culture. CO2: Identify the the factor that shape the culture across different continents. CO3: Analyze challenges of managing cross culturally diverse workplace. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Challenging roles of Global Manager
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Challenges of Globalization, Role of Global Manager- organizational context, culture and managerial roles- Evaluating cross cultural management studies | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Understanding Role of Culture
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Features of Culture, Key cultural terminology, Cultural Differences, Culture and Social Group. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comparing Culture
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Kluckhohn & Strodbeck Framework, Hofstede Study, The GLOBE study, Trompenaars Dimensions, Cultural Distance. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Communicating Across Culture
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Cultural factors in communication, Variables in communication process, International Body Language, Guidelines for English and foreign languages. The internet and intercultural Communication. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regional Cultural Specifics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Understanding the characteristics and Cultural guidelines for: North American Work Culture – Pan American perspective, United States of America; Middle-East Work Culture- Middle East overview, Cultural Aspect of Arab, Egypt, Saudi Arabia.; Asian Work Culture- Cultural aspect of China, India, Japan, Pakistan, South Korea; European Work Culture- European Diversity and synergy, Western Europe, France, Italy. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Ghemawat, P. (2018). Redefining global strategy: Crossing borders in a world where differences still matter. Boston: Harvard business review press. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA364 - BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: · To explore the dynamic nature of business in an intensely competitive environment. · To examine the two-way impact of Business on Environment and Environment on Business. · To evaluate the multidimensional settings within which businesses operate. · To analyze the market forces and their influence on business. To build conducive internal business environment for the firm to operate. Course Objectives: The main objectives of this course are to: To demonstrate the forces operating in business environment. · To organise and analyse the nature and significance of the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats of Indian business environment. · To justify creation of business in the context of De-regulation of economic policies in India · To discuss the dynamic forces and their impact on business practices in India. · To design new policies in relation to changing International environment
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To explore the dynamic nature of business in an intensely competitive environment. CO2: To examine the two-way impact of Business on Environment and Environment on Business. CO3: To evaluate the multidimensional settings within which businesses operate. CO4: To analyze the market forces and their influence on business. CO5: To build conducive Internal business environment for the firm to operate. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Business Environment
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Concept of Business, Characteristics of Business; Goals of Business; Introduction to Business History; Evolution of Businesses as Family Business in India; Components of Business Environment – Internal, External, Micro and Macro Elements; SWOT Analysis ; Michael Porter’s Five Forces Model of Industry Analysis. Impact of global political, economic and technological developments on Businesses in India. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Political & Legal Environment
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual The changing role and approach of Government in Business during Pre-Independence period and Post-Independence period; Important Political Systems; Key Political Institutions in India; Expectations of Business from Government and Expectations of Government from Business; Interface between Law and Business. Milestone of key legislations impacting businesses in India. Key regulatory bodies in India regulating businesses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Economic Environment
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Kinds of Economic Systems and their Impact on Economic Development, Classification of countries based on Economic Development; Role of international economic institutions and economic development in India; Economic and industrial development during Planning period; Economic Policies and economic developments in India; Economic Reforms and their impact on core sectors of the economy; Development ofPublic sector, Private sector in India; Changing economic scenario and impact of globalization on India; Natural Resources and Economic Environment; Transition of India as agrarian economy to industrial economy. Changing patterns of Indian economy on a global economy. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Socio-Cultural & Demographic Environment
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Meaning and importance of Socio-cultural factors affecting business; Impact of Business on Society and Society on Business, in Indian and global context; Impact of business on culture and impact of culture on Business Key; Demographic factors that influence businesses. Changing composition of demography and Indian Business; Well-accepted socio-cultural norms for business in India and abroad | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Technological Environment:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Importance of technological developments on economic development in India; Major technological breakthroughs in globally and in India. Technology driven businesses in India; Cost -Benefit analysis of technological developments.in India | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Cherunilam, F. (2017). Business Environment - Text and Cases. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. K.Ashwatappa. (2016). Essentials of Business Enviroment. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House. 2. Alam, F. A. (2017). Business Environment: Indian and Global Perspective. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt., Ltd.,. 3. Paul, J. (2010). Business Environment: Text & Cases. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited. 4. Saleem, S. (2015). Business Environment. New Delhi: Pearson Education | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA381 - INDUSTRY REVIEW PROJECT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Industry Review Project work is aimed at preparing the BBA third semester student, in understanding the underlying forces at works in the industry; the overall attractiveness of the industry and the critical factors that determine the company’s success within the industry. Students get an opportunity to understand the nature of business, changes taking in business and also analyze the strategic role played by the management of the company in spearheading the company towards its growth and expansion. Course Objectives: · To provide an understanding of the industry through the performance of selected companies. · To apply management theories in constructing industry profiles. · To examine organization structure, product and client profile, financial details and strategies of the companies studied. · To evaluate the contribution and challenges of the industry through the companies studied. · To suggest solutions and strategies for better market growth and sustainability of the company and the industry. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1 : To understand the industry through the performance of the companies. CO2: To apply management theories in constructing industry profile CO3: To examine organization structure, product and client profile, financial details and startegies of the companies studied CO4: To evaluate the contribution and challenges of the industry through the companies studied CO5: To evaluate the contribution and challenges of the industry through the companies studied. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Introduction to the Industry
|
|
- Evolution/History - Major players and their market share - Industry growth rate and turnover Govt.regulations,Policies | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Company Profile
|
|
Name of the Business Enterprise & Year of Establishment -No. of. Employees and Brief Profile of Key Executives -Corporate Governance & Profile of CEO/CMD -Total Share Capital -Share Holding Pattern and Major Shareholder -Total Sales (Indian &International Operations) -Major Competitors & Their Unique Products -Annual Growth Rate (last 5 years) -No of Subsidiaries (Indian and International) -Global/Indian Headquarters (Registered & Corporate Office Address) -Market Share [during last three years] -Mergers and Acquisitions, Joint-Ventures, Licensing, Collaborations & Strategic Alliances. -Diversification in to other businesses (in recent three years, If any). -Nature of business with core business and unique products/brands -Brief Product profile & reasons for success of products -Registered Patents/ Trade Marks/ Copy Rights/GI Registrations (if any) -Market capitalization (incase of public company) in India or abroad -Major clients/customers (Nationally and internationally). -Litigations, if any. -Awards/Recognitions by Government bodies/Associations (National & International). | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Industry environment assessment
|
|
Various factors affecting industry | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Comparative Analysis (of three companies from the industry)
|
|
SWOT
(Strenghts,Weaknesses,Oportunities and threats)
-Mc Kinsey’s 7 S Model
(Structure,Style,Strategy,Staff,Skill,System,Shared Values) | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Findings and Suggestions
|
|
Suggestions based on comparative analysis Like – Strategies for market growth - Strategies to overcome weaknesses - New market strategies - Etc.
Bibliography and Annexure | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Websites related to Industry as well as company | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Websites related to Industry as well as company | |
Evaluation Pattern [1.]VIVA-VOCE (50 Marks):-
• Knowledge and understanding of the industry: 10 Marks
• Question and answers: 20 Marks
• Analysis of information related to the company : 10 Marks
• Learning Outcome: 10 Marks
[2.]REPORT VALUATION(50 Marks):-
Introduction: 10 Marks
Clarity and coherence in writing: 20 Marks
Comparative analysis: 20 Marks
| |
BBA411A - WORKING WITH SPREADSHEETS-II (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:0 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: Advanced Excel is a comprehensive tutorial that provides a good insight into the latest and advanced features available in Microsoft Excel 2013. This course was designed for the intermediate student who has already mastered the basic skills needed to use Excel 2016 and wants to gain more advanced skills to put to work in a business environment or for personal use. This course goes in-depth, using step-by-step instructions to teach advanced techniques to broaden all students' knowledge and use of the program.
Course Objectives: · To edit and analyse complex data. · To create outlines in Excel. · To create and Manage scenarios. · To create, manage and format pivot tables and pivot charts. To use excel data functions |
|
Course Outcome |
|
On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1 Edit and analyse complex data. CLO2 Create outlines in Excel. CLO3 Create and Manage scenarios. CLO4 Create, manage and format pivot tables and pivot charts. CLO 5 Use Excel’s data functions. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Introduction to Advance Excel
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Application Using Text to Columns, the Paste Special Function, Tracking Changes in Excel, Merging and Compare Excel Workbooks, Data Validation, Subtotals and Grouping, Consolidating Data | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Scenario Analysis
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Application Scenario Analysis, Data Tables in Scenario Analysis, What-if Analysis, Mats and Trig Functions, Text Functions in Excel. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Lookup Functions
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Application Using Lookup Functions, Vlookups, HLookups, Using Statistical Functions, Database Functions, Formula Auditing and Error Tracing, Hyperlinks in Excel, Linking Data | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Pivot Table
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Application Understanding Pivot Tables, Using Pivot Charts, Workbook Properties, Protecting and Sharing Worksheets, Understanding to Macros, Custom Number Formats in Excel, Using Custom Lists, Working with Templates, Data Encrypting and Finalising Workbooks. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Data Analysis
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Application
Data analysis in Excel using classic tools, such as pivot tables, pivot charts, and slicers, on data that is already in a worksheet / grid data, Excel data model, DAX expression, Power Query add-in in Excel 2013, build an Excel data model from a single flat table, import multiple tables from a SQL database, Create a mash-up between data from text-files and data from a SQL database. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Other Functions and Assessment
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Application Cube functions, Timelines, Hierarchies, Slicer and Assessment (MCQ) | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. “Microsoft Excel 2019: Data Analysis and Business Model” by L. Winston Wayne, PHI Learning Publishers, ISBN: 978-9389347180. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. “Microsoft Excel 2019: Data Analysis and Business Model” by L. Winston Wayne, PHI Learning Publishers, ISBN: 978-9389347180. 2. “Excel 2019 All-in-One: Master the new features of Excel 2019/Office 365”, by Lokesh Lalwani, ISBN: 978-9388511582. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 100 Marks (3 CIAs of 30 Marks + 10 Marks for class participation) | |
BBA411B - DEVELOPING COGNITIVE SKILLS (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:0 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: This course explains and evaluates an individual ability to perform various mental activities which are closely associated with learning and problem-solving events.
Course Objectives: · To develop the logical and rational reasoning ability. To construct their memory building and long-term visualization. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
On having completed this course student should be able to: CL01 Develop their logical and rational reasoning ability. CL02 Construct their memory building and long-term visualization. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Analytical and Behavioural
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Understand different kinds of behaviors, differentiate them on the basis of personalities. Analyse various behaviors and yourself | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Business Storytelling and Conflict Resolution
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Learn what business story telling is, identify the need for business storytelling, learn the examples of business storytelling, know the basics of and use it for an activity on business storytelling | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Creative Thinking and Critical Thinking
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Introduction to the topics, usage of creative thinking, different activities involved in critical thinking, learn about different styles of thinking like lateral, divergent etc. ,know the importance of paying attention to detail while critically thinking. | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Decision Making and Deductive Reasoning
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Defining a decision, distinguish root causes and symptoms, explain the decision making model, outline the various ways decisions can be made, use problem solving tools for decision making, decision making pitfalls | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
Logical Thinking and Presentation
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Logical analysis and the identification and construction of arguments. Understanding logical relations, in particular the relations between premises and conclusions. Recognizing the more common forms of formal and informal fallacies. Evaluating the relevance, validity, and strength of arguments. Understanding the logical structure of deductive and inductive arguments. Awareness of the abuses of language, including connotation, ambiguity, and definition. | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||||
Problem Solving
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Apply appropriate problem-solving and decision-making processes, Evaluate solutions and anticipate likely risks, Identify common obstacles to effective problem-solving and decision-making, Use analysis, synthesis, and positive inquiry to address organizational problems | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. https://www.academia.edu/16300674/Course_Syllabus_Logic_Critical_Thinking_Sept._2015 | |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. https://www.academia.edu/16300674/Course_Syllabus_Logic_Critical_Thinking_Sept._2015 2. https://www.businesstrainingworks.com/onsite-courses/decision-making-training-course/ 3. https://www.forbes.com/sites/mikekappel/2018/01/17/5-essential-tips-for-business-storytelling/ https://www.thebalancecareers.com/bank-teller-job-description-salary-and-skills-2061707 | |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA411C - GREEN MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:0 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: The United Nations (UN) has constituted 2005–2014 as the decade for educational sustainable development. The word ‘green’ is used as ‘go green’ and the word ‘sustainability’ to capture the connections and integration of an interdisciplinary curriculum. Green Management course provides exposure to the law relating to the environment and the ecological, socio-economic, scientific and administrative issues that inform its application. India’s economic growth over the past few years has raised the prospect of eliminating extensive poverty within a generation. But this growth has been clouded by a degrading physical environment and the growing scarcity of natural resources that are essential for sustaining further growth and eliminating poverty. It is no coincidence that the poorest areas of the country are also the most environmentally-stressed regions, with eroded soils, polluted waterways, and degraded forests. Simultaneously, rapid growth has unleashed greater public awareness and an unprecedented demand for the sound management of natural resources including air, water, forests, and biodiversity. This course aims to generate an awareness among the students.
Course Objectives: · To demonstrate an understanding of green management & sustainability issues · To identify causes of the green management & environment issues To evaluate associated Business risks and constraints in the context of green management &sustainability norms |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO1 Demonstrate an understanding of green management & sustainability issues CLO2 Identify causes of the green management & environment issues CLO3 Evaluate associated Business risks and constraints in the context of green management &sustainability norms |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||
Introduction to Green Management & Environmental Law
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Introduction to Green Management; Right To Environment – A Basic Human Right: A Constitutional Law Perspective; Environmental Principles of Governance; Traditional, Common and Criminal Law Remedies for Environmental Protection; Environmental Justice: Role & Policy ; Water Pollution and Control Laws ; Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981; Law Relating to Waste Management | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||
Green Management & International Environmental Law
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Customary International Law and Environmental Summits; Common Heritage: Oceans and Seas; Biodiversity and Species Conservation; Eco System and Conservation; Common Concerns: Ozone and Climate Change ; Trade and Waste Management Regime; International Principles for Conservation and Protection of Environment; International Legal Developments on Sharing Natural Resources, Environmental Ability Regime and Environmental Conflict Resolution | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||
Green Management and Natural Resource Management Law
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Common Property Resources and the Law (Including Watersheds); Environmental Safeguards Relating to Development; Forest Management & Conservation: Law & Policy; Law Relating to Wildlife: Strategy & Protection; Law Relating to Biodiversity and Its Interface with Intellectual Property Rights; Land Conservation and Management; Law Relating to Forest Management in India ; Environmental Decision Making Process in India. | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: · https://www.gfdrr.org/sites/default/files/publication/Beyond%20Economic%20Growth_0.pdf | |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading · https://www.gfdrr.org/sites/default/files/publication/Beyond%20Economic%20Growth_0.pdf · file:///C:/Users/HP/Downloads/UNEP-and-IBA-Framework-Model-Curriculum-on-Continuing-Legal-Education-in-Environmental-Law.pdf · Documentary (53 minutes): Endangered Planet. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wBd2GM3TZlI&list=WL&index=7 · UNESCO (2006). United Nations decade of education for sustainable development: Reorienting programmes. Retrieved from http://portal.unesco.org/education. · https://www.bimkadapa.in/materials/GBM-5-UNITS-PDF.pdf · https://www.encyclopedia.com/history/united-states-and-canada/us-history/waste-disposal · http://www.mondaq.com/india/x/624836/Waste+Management/Environment+Laws+In+India http://www.mondaq.com/india/x/695996/Waste+Management/EWaste+Management+In+India | |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA411D - EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE FOR MANAGERIAL SUCCESS (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:0 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: Emotional intelligence is considered to be a pertinent skill and it influences the way we act and react in any given situation in our lives. It helps to understand the emotion of self and others, which paves the way for coping up with one's challenges, maintain good social relationships and remain successful in one's own endeavors and goals. Course Objectives: · To identify their own challenges in maintaining positive environments and collaborative relationships · To analyze practical tools and skills for communicating effectively, assertively, and collaboratively · To conclude how to choose perceptions and behaviors that will lead to positive outcomes. To adapt skills for conflict management and dealing with difficult situations |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to: CL01 Students are able to identify their own challenges in maintaining positive environments and collaborative relationships CL02 Students are able to analyze practical tools and skills for communicating effectively, assertively, and collaboratively CL03 Students are able to conclude how to choose perceptions and behaviors that will lead to positive outcomes. CL04 Students are able to adapt skills for conflict management and dealing with difficult situations |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Social Emotional Well-Being for Students
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Implementing restorative justice practices that help students process, learn, and grow from challenging encounters. Training students in mindfulness, and incorporating social and emotional learning into classroom curriculum | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
The Field of SEL(Social and emotional learning): Purposes and Origins
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Behavior Management and SEL(Social and emotional learning), Culture, Context of SEL, Examining "Success": Goals, Measurement, and Outcomes in SEL, A Critical Examination of the Self Competencies | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
SEL Program Formats and Characteristics of Effective Programs
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Background information on SEL and its benefits, A summary of the evidence base for each of the 25 programs, Recommendations for adapting the programs for OST settings | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Dimensions of Emotional Intelligence and Self-regulation
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Five dimensions of emotional intelligence are self–awareness, self–regulation, motivation, empathy, and relationship management. Physical, emotional and cognitive self-regulation | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
Motivation and Empathy
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Theories of motivation, self-motivation, peer-motivation, importance of motivation, Value of empathy, techniques for imcorporating empathetic listening, empathetic body language, tactics for empathetic connection. | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||||
Social skills and Assessment
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Cross cultural communication, adaptive thinking, empathetic design, using social skills in our day to day lives | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: http://softskillsmalaysia.com.my/emotional-intelligence.html | |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA411E - PROJECT MANAGEMENT SKILLS (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:0 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: Project management has been proven to be the most effective method of delivering products/ services within cost, schedule, and resource constraints. This intensive and hands-on series of courses gives you the skills to ensure your projects are completed on time and on budget while giving the user the product they expect. You will gain a strong working knowledge of the basics of project management and be able to immediately use that knowledge to effectively manage work projects.
Course Objectives: · To identify and manage the project scope and build a work breakdown structure. · To create a project plan, budget, define and allocate resources, manage the project development To design Project procurement process and Project Matrix Risk |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: Identify and manage the project scope and build a work breakdown structure.
CO2: Create a project plan, budget, define and allocate resources, manage the project development
CO3: Design Project procurement process and Project Matrix Risk |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Project Integration Management
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Understanding Project Integration Management, Process- Initiation (Develop project charter & Identify stakeholders), Planning (Develop project management plan and determine budget), Execution (Develop & Manage team, Project knowledge, Acquire resources, Procurement, Risk responses, Quality and Communication management), Monitoring and Controlling (Stakeholder engagement, Scope & risk validation, Schedule and costs, Integrated change, resource and communication monitoring), Closing (Procedure and Final deliverables). | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Project Scope Management
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Focus on Project Scope Management as you learn the ins and outs of identifying project requirements, creating the WBS, and establishing project metrics, Delve into the inputs, tools and techniques, and outputs encompassed within Project Time Management. Make time your asset as you learn how to work with a project schedule, focus on creating realistic deadlines, and observe how to effectively distribute project resources. | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Project Cost Management
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Go step-by-step through Project Cost Management as you study budget constraints, and the relationship between quality, scope, and resources, Dig into Project Quality Management. The practices and tools you learn here will help you to maintain the project's quality standards, while balancing financial and time sacrifices | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Project Human Resources Management
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Study to learn more about Project Human Resources Management, It's important to have the appropriate resources at the right time. Discover the tools and techniques needed to gain those resources, Explore Project Communications Management. Increase team communication to ensure project success as you gain a deeper understanding of how to plan and execute communications internally and externally. | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
Project Risk Management
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Learn about Project Risk Management. There are two types of risk that you need to learn how to respond. Find out ways to identify and analyse risk, as well as how to quantify and mitigate risk, Concentrate on Project Procurement Management. You will study the seller-buyer relationship, and how to acquire the products you need to complete the project deliverables. | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||||
Project Stakeholder Management
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Avoid stakeholder problems as you get into Project Stakeholder Management. You will learn how to incorporate stakeholders at the appropriate time, how to work with their opinions and needs, along with observing how to respond to them and Final Exam/ Assessment | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
https://thedigitalprojectmanager.com/project-management-skills | |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA431 - COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: This course covers the fundamental concepts and various aspects in and of cost as well as management accounting. This course discusses how to prepare cost sheet, costing for materials, labour cost and overheads. This course also talks about financial statement analysis using various tools like comparative and common size Income Statements and Balance Sheet, Trend Analysis, Ratio Analysis, Cash Flow Statement, Budgets and Budgetary Control. It also throws some light on Management Reporting in general. And thus this course as a part of Business administration programme provides fundamental knowledge and basic understanding on various methods, tools and techniques of cost and management accounting helpful for financial decision making required for a budding professional in the domain of accounting and finance. Course Objectives: · To familiarize the learners with the basic concepts and processes used to determine product costs. · To make known the students in ascertaining Material, Labour and Overhead cost · To enrich the knowledge of the learners in knowing and applying various tools like ratio analyis, cash flow statemet, marginal costing for analysing the financial statements for managerial information · To provide with the basic understanding of budgetary control · To develop the knowledge of the learners to understand and prepare a management report |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: Interpret the relevant theories of cost and management accounting and prepare a Cost sheet and quotations. CO2: Ascertain Material and Labor cost CO3: Ascertainment, allocation and apportionment of overheads. CO4: Assess and interpret the financial statements for managerial decision-making. CO5: Examine and understand management reports. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Cost and management accounting
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual Definitions, features, objectives, functions, scope, advantages and limitations. Relationship and differences between Cost accounting, Management accounting and Financial accounting. Cost Concepts-Cost classification – Elements of cost - Preparation of cost sheet and quotation. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Material, Labor and Overheads
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Application Material Cost: direct and indirect material cost, Inventory control techniques-stock levels, EOQ, ABC analysis. Issue of materials to production- pricing methods-FIFO, LIFO and Average methods. Labor cost: direct and indirect labour cost-methods of payment of wages including incentive plans -Halsey and Rowan plans, Tailors Piece Rate method. Overheads: features, classification, methods of allocation and apportionment of overheads, primary and secondary distributions (Repeated & step ladder method only). | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marginal Costing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Marginal Costing-Meaning - Importance - Marginal Cost Equation - Difference between Marginal costing and Absorption costing - Break Even Analysis-Meaning and Importance - Break even chart- P/V ratio - Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Margin of Safety-Angle of Incidence- Problems in Marginal costing. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Budgetary control
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Budgets - Meaning and importance - Budgetary Control-Meaning and Importance-Types of Budgets, practical problems - Flexible Budget and cash Budget, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Statement Analysis
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Comparative Income Statements and Balance Sheets- Common size Income Statements and Balance Sheet analysis- Trend Analysis. Ratio Analysis – Introduction, Classification & Interpretation of Ratios. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow statement
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Introduction- Concept of Cash- Sources of cash flow Cash from operation- cash from Financing and cash from investment- Inflow and outflow of cash- Preparation of cash flow statements with adjustments | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management Reports
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Management Reporting – Meaning and Definitions of reports- Objectives and purpose-Reports to top level management – Reports to lover level management- Sample Reports | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Arora,M.N (2019).Cost and Management Accounting, New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Recommended Reading: 1. Jain, S.P., & Narang, K.L. (2018). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers. 2. Kishor, R.M. (2013). Cost and Manegement Accounting. New Delhi: Taxman Allied Services. 3. Pillai, R.N.S. (2013). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Sultan Chand. 4. Arora,M.N (2018). Management Accounting, New Delhi: Himalaya Publishering House Lal, J. (2013). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill Education | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA432 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the need and importance of developing entrepreneurship and the role of government in promoting entrepreneurship. CO2: Identify & develop key entrepreneurial competencies & skills to take up entrepreneurship CO3: Examine the entrepreneurial opportunities and transform them in to business plans
CO4: Evaluate factors influencing the entrepreneurial activities in the context of the economic, socio-cultural, legal, technological and global environment. CO5: To adapt functional management knowledge in to new business ideas |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Evolution of the Concept of Entrepreneurship; Theories of Entrepreneurship- Innovation Theory, Harvard School Theory, Theory of High Achievement, Theory of Profits, Theory of Adjustment of Price- Entrepreneurship Today; Types of Entrepreneurs; Intrapreneurship; Difference Between a Manager and an Entrepreneur; Entrepreneurial Competencies; Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs; Women’s Entrepreneurship, Challenges Faced by Women Entrepreneurs; Characteristics of a Family-owned Business in India; Various Types of Family Businesses; Challenges Faced by Family-owned Businesses. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Entrepreneurship Development in India
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Entrepreneurial Environment; Global Entrepreneurship Environment; Business Climate in India; Environmental Factors Affecting Entrepreneurial Growth; Creating a Favorable Environment for Entrepreneurship; Models of Entrepreneurial Development; The Process of Entrepreneurial Development; Role and Importance of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; Concepts and Definitions of MSME; The MSMED Act, 2006; Government Policy Initiatives; Current Schemes for MSME; Problem Faced by MSME Sector; Role of Clusters in Promoting MSME | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Creativity & Innovation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual The creative process, Search for Business ideas, Selection of Product/Service, Product innovation; Services Industries-Human side of an enterprise; Identification of Business Opportunities; Mobility of Entrepreneurs; Geographical Mobility of Entrepreneurs; Occupational Mobility; Business Opportunities in India; Models for Opportunity Evaluation; The RAMP Model ; Mullins's Seven-domain Framework | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Plans
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Purpose of a Business Plan; Contents of a Business Plan- Management Summary; Marketing Plan; Operations Plan; Financial Plan; Procedure for Setting Up an Enterprise; Selection of a Project; Decide on the Constitution Obtain Registration; Obtain Clearances from Departments as Applicable; Arrange for Land/Shed; Arrange for Plant and Machinery; Arrange for Infrastructure; Prepare Project Report; Apply for and Obtain Finance; Implement the Project and Obtain Final Clearances. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutional Support to entrepreneurs
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Institutions Supporting Business Enterprises; Central-level Institutions; National Board for Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (NBMSME) The Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC) The Coir Board MSME-DO; National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC); National Science and Technology Entrepreneurship Development Board (NSTEDB) National Productivity Council (NPC) Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India (EDI) National Research Development Corporation of India (NRDCI) National Entrepreneurship Development Institutes; State-level Institutions ; State Directorate of Industries and Commerce ; District Industries Centers (DIC) ; State Financial Corporation (SFC); State Industrial Development Corporation (SIDC) State Industrial Area Development Board (SIADB); Other Institutions National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) Housing and Urban Development Corporation (HUDCO); Technical Consultancy Organization (TCO); Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) ; Export Promotion Councils (EPCs) Industry Associations Non-Governmental Organization (NGOs) Business Incubators. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Project Management & Financing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Introduction, Project Manager ; Project Life Cycle , Project Scheduling -Gantt Charts, Network Techniques ; Project Management Software; Capital Budgeting; Generating an Investment Project Proposal; Project Analysis; Market Analysis, Technical Analysis, Financial Analysis, Economic Analysis, Project Evaluation and Selection ; The Payback Period; Accounting Rate of Return (ARR) Net Present Value (NPV) Internal Rate of Return (IRR) ; Benefit-Cost Ratio (BCR) Project Financing Equity Financing; Angel Investing ; Debt Financing ; Miscellaneous Sources; Project Implementation Phase; Capital Structure and Cost of Capital; Detailed Project Report; Ecological Analysis. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Poornima M Charanthimath (2020) “Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Publication. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Recommended Reading : •David, H. (2013). “Entrepreneurial Development” (5th edition), Prentice Hall •Desai, V. (2014).The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management (6thedition).Himalaya Publishing House. •Gupta, C.B., &Srinivasan, N.D. (2012) Entrepreneurship Development. New Delhi Sultan Chand & Sons.
•Robert D Hisrich, Mathew J. Manimala, Michael Peter, Dean A Shepherd. (2013) “Entrepreneurship” (8th edition). Tata McGraw Hill
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA433 - RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Research in common parlance refers to a search for knowledge in any stream or a discipline finding solutions or inputs for questions raised. Students will be provided with basic concepts of research and its process. Course focuses on inculcating research culture among students through hands on learning experience. This course will equip the students with required skill sets for identification, analysis and interpretation of business problems. This process will helps in informed business decision making. The course is designed to provide experiential learning in all the modules. Course Objectives: · To understand the concepts, tools and terminologies used in research world; · To identify the methods best suited for investigating different types of problems and questions; · To demonstrate hands on experience on different tools used in a research; · To construct research questions that are based on and build upon a critical appraisal of existing research; To develop a research design and analysis the results to provide suggestions based on research findings |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Students should be able to: CLO1 - Demonstrate ability to understand different research terminologies. CLO2 - Identify research problems and questions CLO3 - Develop methodology for research problems CLO4 - Analyse data required for business decision-making. CLO5 - Propose suggestions based on the findings from the research. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Business Research
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Meaning, Objectives, purpose, types, scope and significance of research in business and industry. Criteria for Good research, Ethics in research. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Research Process
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Research Process - Steps in research, identification and formulation of research problem, extensive literature review, Research gap, statement of the problem, need for the study, Variables- meaning and types. Theoretical framework, research questions. Deductive and inductive logic | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Formulation of Research Problem and Hypotheses
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Identifying and formulating research problem, Diagnosis of symptoms and problem. Setting research objectives. Doing review of literature – purpose, methods. Hypothesis – Meaning, Purpose, Sources, characteristics of hypotheses, types of hypothesis, Formulation of hypothesis. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Measurement Scales and Sampling Techniques
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Sample design, steps in sampling process, sampling methods – probability Sampling and non-probability sampling, sampling error, Criteria for good sample, determining sample size (infinite and finite). Measurement – Types of Scales, Scaling techniques. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data Collection
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Data sources - primary and secondary data, Data Collection methods- Survey, observation, Interview, focus group technique. Data collection instruments, construction of Questionnaire, schedule, characteristics of good instrument, and errors in measurement, Reliability and validity of research instruments | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data Analysis
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Data processing – Editing, coding, tabulation, normality and stationary test, pictorial and graphical presentation of Data, Parametric and non-parametric hypothesis testing, hypothesis testing using statistical tools such as descriptive, Chi–square, t- test, ANOVA, Correlation and Regression. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Report Writing and Presentation of Results
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Classification and tabulation, Research presentation, Types of report - Research proposal, research report. Format of a report- Layout, Precautions. Citation and referencing (APA 6th edition) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Kothari, C. R. (2019). Research Methodology Methods & Techniques (2 ed.). New Delhi: Vishwa Prakashan | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Bryman, Alan and Bell, Emma (2011), Business Research Methods, 3/e, Oxford University Press 2. Chawla, D., &Sondhi, N. (2011). Research Methodology: Concepts and cases. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House 3. Gupta, S. L and Gupta, Hitesh (2012), Business Research Methods, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi 4. Krishnaswamy, K.N., Sivakumar, A.I., Mathirajan, M (2007), Management Research Methodology, Pearson, New Delhi 5. Kothari, C. R. (2009). Research Methodology Methods & Techniques (2 ed.). New Delhi: VishwaPrakashan. 6. Krishnaswami, O., &Ranganatham, M. (2013). Methodology of Research in Social Sciences. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House. 7. Majhi, P. R., &Khatua, P. K. (2013). Research Methodology (Concepts, Methods, Techniques and SPSS). Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House. 8. Srivastava. T. N and RegoShailaja (2012), Business Research Methodology, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi. Bajpal, N. (2017). Business research methods. New Delhi: Pearson. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA434 - INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Analytics is the process of converting data into insights. It is “the extensive use of data, statistical and quantitative analysis, explanatory and predictive models, and fact-based management to drive decisions and actions.” With the increase in the availability of data, Analytics has now become a major differentiator in both the top line and the bottom line of any organization. It is hence not surprising that research has shown that data-driven companies perform 5%-6% better per annum. As data analytics skills are essential for all managers today, even those who are not looking to become hard core data analysts will benefit from this course. This course is a must for professionals looking to learn data analytics, as well as students who are looking to pursue data science as a career. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICS
|
|
Data – Information – Intelligence – Knowledge Approach, Types of Analytics, Types of Digital Data, Source of Data, Importance of Data Quality, Looking Data from many perspective, evolution of Business Analytics and Role of DSS, EIS and Digital Dashboards, Business Analytics Tools and Software, Role of Business Analyst in Business & Society, Business Analytics Process, Business Analytics Architecture & Framework. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
DATA WAREHOUSE & DATA MINING
|
|
Introduction to OLTP and OLAP, Data Mart, Data Lake, Data Warehouse Architecture & Data Warehouse Design, Extract Transform Load (ETL), Data Mining Concepts, Architectural aspects of Data Mining, Data Mining Techniques - Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Cluster Analysis, Classification, Association, Decision Tree, Data Mining Issues & Challenges, Big Data, Data Mining & Big Data application in Business. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
APPLICATION OF ANALYTICS
|
|
Analytics in Business Support Functions, Analytics in Industries – Telecom, Retail, Healthcare, Governance, Supply Chain, Marketing, Finance, Retail & Human Resource, Sports Analytics, Social Media Analytics, Social Networking Analytics, Recommendation Systems. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Business Analytics Tool (TABLEAU - Practical)
|
|
Data Visualization, Data importing (live vs. extract), Connecting to Real Time Database, Continuous and discrete data, Different kinds of plots and their usage (bar chart, line chart, scatter, histogram, dual axis), Heat Map, Filters, Parameters, Functions and calculated field, Row and aggregate calculations, Table calculations | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Dashboard (TABLEAU / Power BI - Practical)
|
|
Dashboard and interactive plots, Cross Database Joins & Data Blending, Data interpretation, finding hidden meanings, Effective ways of presentation, Capstone and analytics of real world data | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Business Analytics Tool (R / R Studio Programming - Practical)
|
|
Introduction to R, Features of R, R – Packages, R-Data Types, R – Variables, R – Operators, R- Decision Making, R – Graphs, R – Function, R – Looping, Correlation, Regression | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Case Study / Use Case
|
|
Case Studies on Credit Risk Analytics – Time Series Analysis, Cross – Sell or Up –Sell & Customer Life Time Value Analytics in Marketing, Prediction of Job Attrition in HR and Talent Analytics | |
Text Books And Reference Books: · R N Prasad and Seema Acharya, “Fundamentals of Business Analytics”, Second Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd. 2018 · Dinesh Kumar U, "Business Analytics- The Science of Data-Driven Decision Making", Wiley Publication, 2017 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading · James Evans, "Business Analytics" Pearson Publishers, 2nd Edition, 2016 · Jiawei Han and Michelin Kamber, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann Publication, 2015 · Kimball, R. and Ross, M, “The Data Warehouse Toolkit: The Complete Guide to Dimensional Modeling”, John Wiley & Sons, 2006. · Kimball, R., and Caserta, J, “The Data Warehouse ETL Toolkit: Practical Techniques for Extracting, Cleaning, Conforming, and Delivering Data”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004 · Turban E, Armson, JE, Liang, TP & Sharda, “Decision support and Business Intelligence Systems”, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2007 · Michael J. A. Berry and Gordon S. Linoff, “Data Mining Techniques for marketing, Sales and CRM”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004 | |
BBA435 - CORPORATE LAW AND GOVERNANCE (2020 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of Corporate Law regulations and Corporate Governance Framework in India. The importance of corporate law is the establishment of laws that govern how corporations are formed and operated. Good corporate governance incorporates a set of rules that define the relationship between stakeholders, management and the board of directors of a company and influence how the company is operating. Corporate law dictates the formation and the activities of corporations, while corporate governance regulates the balancing of interests among a business’s different stakeholders. Corporate law and governance therefore directly shape what businesses do and how they do it. This course is a blend of key provisions of prevailing corporate law and measures to ensure improved corporate governance in India. Course Objectives:
To analyze the compliance requirements of corporate Governance norms |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Outline the framework of Corporate Law and Corporate Governance in India CO2: Explain the provisions relating to incorporation and management of companies CO3: Identify and analyses the causes of the problem faced by companies relating to the legal aspects of running companies |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Company Law:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Meaning, Nature, Features of a company; Judicial acceptance of the company as a separate legal entity; Concept of Corporate Veil, Applicability of Companies Act; Definitions and Key Concepts. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Members and Shareholders
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Becoming a member of company; Register of Members; Declaration of Beneficial Interest; Rectification of Register of Members; Rights of Members; Variation of Shareholders’ rights; Shareholders Democracy; Shareholder agreement, Subscription Agreements, Veto powers. Distribution of Profits: Declaration and Payment of Dividend; Unpaid Dividend Account; Investor Education and Protection Fund; Right to dividend; rights shares and bonus shares to be held in abeyance. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts, Audit and Auditors
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Financial Statements; National Financial Reporting Authority; Auditors-Appointment, Resignation and Procedure relating to Removal, Qualification and Disqualification; Rights, Duties and Liabilities; Audit and Auditor's Report; Cost Audit; Secretarial Audit; Special Audit; Internal Audit. Transparency and Disclosures: Board’s Report; Annual Return; Annual Report; Website disclosures; Policies. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company Meetings
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual General Meetings and Meetings of Board and its Committees: Frequency, Convening and Proceedings of Board and Committee meetings; Agenda Management; Management Information System; Meeting Management; Resolution by Circulation; Types of Resolutions; Secretarial Standard – 1; Duties of Company Secretaries before, during and after Board/ Committee Meeting. Annual General Meeting; Extraordinary general Meetings; Other General Meetings; Types of Resolutions; Notice, Quorum, Poll, Chairman, Proxy; Meeting and Agenda; Process of conducting meeting; Voting and its types-vote on show of hands, Poll, E-Voting, Postal ballot; Circulation of Members' Resolutions etc.; Signing and Inspection of Minutes; Secretarial Standard – 2; Duties of Company Secretaries before, during and after General Meeting. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Conceptual Framework of Corporate Governance:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Introduction, Need and Scope of Corporate Governance; Evolution of Corporate Governance; Developments in India; Developments in Corporate Governance – A Global Perspective; Elements of Good Corporate Governance. SEBI Guidelines and Listing Agreement. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Governance & Board Effectiveness
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Board Constitution and its Powers; Board composition; Restriction and Powers of Board; Board Committees- Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholder relationship Committee and other Committees. DIN requirement for Directors, Types of Directors; Appointment/ Reappointment, Disqualifications, Vacation of Office, Retirement, Resignation and Removal, and Duties of Directors; Rights of Directors; Loans to Directors; Disclosure of Interest. Key Managerial Personnel (KMP’s) and their Remuneration: Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel; Managing and Whole-Time Directors, Manager, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; Company Secretary – Appointment, Role and Responsibilities, Company Secretary as a Key Managerial Personnel; Functions of Company Secretary; Officer who is in default; Remuneration of Managerial Personnel. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Governance &stakeholders:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Rights of Shareholders; Challenges in Exercising Shareholders Rights; Corporate Governance issues with regard to Related Party Transactions ; Role of Investor Associations in Securing Shareholders Rights ; Role of Institutional Investors in Corporate Governance. Stakeholders: Investors, Employees, Customers, Lenders, Vendors, Government & Society. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Dr. Avtar Singh (2017) : Company Law; Eastern Book Company, 34, Lalbagh, Lucknow – 226 001 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. C.R. Datta (2015) : Datta on the Company Law; Lexis Nexis, Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur A. Ramaiya (2017) : Guide to the Companies Act; Lexis Nexis, Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur 2. K.C. Garg, R.C. Chawla, Vijay Gupta(2018) : Company Law; Kalyani Publishers, 1/1, Rajinder Nagar, Civil Lines, Ludhiana – 141 001. 3. A.K. Majumdar(2015), Dr. G.K. Kapoor, Sanjay Dhamija : Company Law and Practice; Taxmann, 59/32, New Rohtak Road, New Delhi-110 005 4. D.K. Jain(2016) : Company Law Ready Reckoner; Bharat Law House Pvt. Ltd.; T1/95, Mangolpuri Industrial Area, Delhi-110083. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA461 - INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This is a generic elective course offered in the fourth semester to students across all specializations. In this course Students better understand & analyse products and processes with an insurance component. This course intends to provide a basic understanding of the insurance mechanism and understanding of risk and methods of handling risk, risk identification and measurement.
Course objectives: This course aims · To analyse the risk identification and risk measurement process in Insurance companies. · To understand the importance and the basic concepts of insurance. · To examine the basics of life insurance contract, issuance and settlement of an insurance contract · To examine the various aspects of General Insurance contract, issuance and settlement of a general insurance contract. To examine the latest trends in insurance sector |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Analyse the identification, measurement and risk management procedures in companies. CO2: Understand and get familiarized with the insurance sector and the basic concepts related to insurance CO3: Familiarize with basics of life insurance contract and its issuance and settlement CO4: Familiarize with various aspects of General Insurance contract and its issuance and settlement CO5: Examine the latest trends, challenges and opportunities in the sector. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to risk management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Risk and Uncertainty -Types of Risk -Sources of Risk-Methods of handling Risk-Degree of Risk-Risk Identification-Business Risk Exposures-Individual Exposures -Exposures of Financial Assets -Exposures of Human Assets -Exposures to Legal Liability - Exposure to Work-Related Injury-Basic concepts form probability and Statistics. Evaluating the Frequency and Severity of Losses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Risk identification and measurement
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Management of Risk- Risk Management Process- Risk Management by Individuals and Corporations- Understanding the cost of Risk-Risk Management and Societal Welfare. Risk Control -Risk Financing Techniques-Advanced Issues in Risk Management: The Changing Scope of Risk Management- Insurance Market Dynamics-Loss Forecasting | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Insurance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Meaning, Nature and Scope of Insurance, Classification of Insurance Business- Life Insurance and General Insurance- Reinsurance- Fundamental principles of insurance- Essentials of Insurance Contracts. Indian Insurance Industry- Insurance sector Reforms in India-Regulation of Insurance-IRDA-Insurance ombudsman | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Life insurance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Regulations relating to Life Insurance-General principles of life insurance contract proposals and policy; assignment and nomination; title and claims; -Life Insurance Documents-. Classification -Money Back Policies-Unit Linked Plans. Annuities -Classification of Annuities | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General insurance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual General Insurance: Fire Insurance -Essentials of Fire Insurance Contracts, Types of Fire Insurance Policies. Marine Insurance-Types– Marine Insurance Principles Important Clauses in Marine Insurance-Clauses in Marine Policy. Motor Vehicles Insurance-, Types, -Factors to be considered for Premium Fixing- Health Insurance –Medi-claim Policy, Group Medi-claim Policy, Features of Group Health Insurance, Personal Accident Policy
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Gupta P.K., (2016). Insurance and Risk Management. Bengaluru, Himalayan Publication. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA462 - SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course is designed to help students learn about the fundamentals and also the robust approach to decision making in supply chains. State-of-the-art analytical models are combined with intuitive arguments in the classroom to improve the supply chain decisions. Discussions on cross-functional issues broaden the perspective and add to the rigor of the course. Participants graduating from this program are expected to should fit into the roles in supply chain management in areas including strategic sourcing and procurement, logistics and distribution management, retailing, e-commerce, product management, production planning, and other allied areas of supply chain. Course Objectives: The objective of the course is:
To provide solutions to the issues pertaining to Supply Chain Management |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: at the end of the course the students will be able: CLO1 Compare the basic concepts, process and key elements of Logistics and Supply Chain Management CLO2 Identify and learn the critical elements of Logistics and Supply Chain Management processes CLO3 Examine the role of technology in Supply Chain Management. CLO4 Assess the tools and techniques of Supply Chain Management. CLO5 Develop, manage and control the best processes of customer centric Supply Chain business models so that value-addition occurs in the most efficient and effective way. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to SCM
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Basic concepts & philosophy of SCM, essential features, decision phases – process view, supply chain framework, key issues in SCM and benefits. Designing the distribution network, role of distribution, factors influencing distribution, design options, distribution networks in practice, network design in the supply chain, factors, affecting the network design decisions. Designing and Planning, Transportation Networks, role of transportation, modes, design options, tailored transportation | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Logistics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Logistics of part of SCM, logistics costs, logistics sub-systems, inbound and out bound logistics bullwhip effects in logistics, distribution and warehousing management. Demand Management and Customer , expected cost of stock outs, Freight transportation- modes and their selection, impact on inventory, Packaging- Primary, Secondary, & Tertiary levels, containers, Warehousing- design, operations heuristics, material handling. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Designing and Managing Channel Partners ? Distribution
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Role of Distribution Channels, Product Life Cycle and Distribution Challenges, Design options, network design in supply chain, Transportation network design, Mode of transportation, Tailored transportation, Managing Customer Relationships, Measuring Channel Performance, and Managing Channel Conflicts. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchasing & Sourcing Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Centralized and decentralized purchasing, functions and purchase policies, Development of Supply Strategies, Purchasing Performance Evaluation, Supplier Price & Cost Analysis, Value Analysis. Just in Time and Kanban system. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Global SCM
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Customs, Duties, Tariffs, INCO terms, Rules of origin, Letter of credit etc., International Transportation, landed cost analysis, Trading blocks, Trade Zone, Bonded warehouses, ICD., Currency fluctuations, exchange rate risks, Transfer Pricing, permanent establishment | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Coyle, Bardi, Longley, (2008),A Logistic approach to Supply Chain Management,(1st ed). Cengage Learning, New Delhi.
1. Donald J Bowersox, Dand J Closs, M Bixby Coluper (2008), Supply Chain Logistics Management,(2nd ed).Tata Mc Graw Hill, Noida. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Shah, J. (2016). Supply chain management: Text and Cases (2nd ed). Pearson Education India, Noida 2. Hugos, M H (2007) Essentials of Supply chain Management (3rd ed).Wiley, Delhi Coyle J.J., Langley Jr. C.J.,Novack R.A. and Gibson B.J.(2013). Managing supply chains-A logistics approach ( 9thed). Cengage Learning., New Delhi. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA463 - GLOBAL BUSINESS (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This coursedemonstrate the understanding Globalization and International Business. Outline environmental factors for Global Business. This course analyses the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of global business. Elaborates the financial forces like tariffs, taxes, inflation and balance of payment affect global business. Course Objectives: · To demonstrate the understanding Globalization and International Business. · To outline environmental factors for Global Business. · To analyse the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of global business. · To examine the effect of globalization on society. To elaborate how financial forces such tariffs, taxes, inflation and balance of payment affect global business.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand Globalization and International Business. CO2: Analyze environmental factors for Global Business. CO3: Interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of global business. CO4: Examine the effect of globalization to society. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Globalization and International Business
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Study about Globalization, Relationship between Globalization and International Business, need for International business, Nature of international business, the forces driving International Business and Globalization, factors in increased globalization, the criticisms of globalization. Why companies engage in International Business. International Business operating modes. Types of international Organizations- WTO and Regional Economic Integration (European Trade Union, Asian Trade Agreements Like APEC, ASEAN, African Trade Agreements, Western hemisphere trade agreements like NAFTA, CAFTA, MERCOSUR | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Environmental factors for Global Business
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual The cultural environment facing business, influence cultural formation and change, problems in communication across culture, guidelines for cultural adjustment. The political and legal environments facing business, political risk, legal issues facing international companies, economic analysis, ethics and the environment | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interventionist and free trade theories
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Mercantilism, Neomercantilism, Theory of Absolute Advantage, Theory of Comparative Advantage, Theory and the major effects of Factor Mobility, Product Life Cycle Theory. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Globalization and society
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Economic Impact, balance of payment effects, growth and employment effects, the foundations of ethical behavior, ethics and environment, global warming and the Paris agreements on climate change, EXIM Policy, Free Trade Agreements Tariffs, Non-Tariff trade Barriers. Mode of Entry | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Global Finance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Trade and balance of payments, current items, capital items, disequilibrium of balance of payment and rectification, components of International financial system, Forex market, Euro currency market.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Charles W.L. Hill, Arun K Jain (2012). 10th Edition, International Business, Tata-McGraw-Hill Publications 2. Czinkota M.R., Ronkanen, I.A. & Moffett M.H (2011). 8th Edition, International Business. New Delhi: Wiley 3. Andrew Harrison, et al,(2000). International Business, Oxford University Press 4. John B. Cullen, K. Praveen Parboteeah (2011). 5th Edition, Multinational Management: a strategic approach, South-Western Cengage Learning 5. K. Aswathappa (2014). International Business. Tata McGraw-Hill Publications Peng M W and Srivastava D K (2019). 2nd Edition, Global Business, CENGAGE Learning Publications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA464 - SERVICE MANAGEMENT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: A service is a provider/client interaction that creates and captures value. Because a successful service provider-client relationship has a critical dependency upon a well-defined and functional relationship. This course will provide an overview of service management from an integrated viewpoint with a focus on customer satisfaction. The material will integrate operations, marketing, strategy, information technology and organizational issues. Course Objectives: · To understand the "state of the art" in service management strategies. · To develop an awareness of how information technology can enhance service firms competitiveness. · To evaluate the process to deliver optimal service quality. · To analyze the service experience. · To develop the service blueprint |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the "state of the art" in service management strategies. CO2: CLO2Develop an awareness of how information technology can enhance service firms
competitiveness. CO3: Evaluate the process to deliver optimal service quality. CO4: Analyze the service experience. CO5: Develop the service blueprint |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Services Marketing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Understanding Services Phenomenon; Growth of Service Sector; Role of services the Economy; The concept of Services: Characteristics of services, differences between products and services, Classification of services | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing Mix in Service Industry
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Product in services, Price, Promotion, Place, People, Process, and Physical evidence (concepts only). Knowledge of the Customer Involvement in Service Processes; Customer behavior in Service Settings; Targeting Customers, Managing relationships and building Loyalty, Flower of services and new service development. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Planning and Managing Service Delivery
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Creating delivery systems in place, GAPS Model, Enhancing Value by Improving Quality and Productivity; SERVQUAL, Service Blueprint, Yield Management, Balancing Demand & Capacity Management, customers reservations & waiting list configurations. Importance of Service employee, Importance of Customer and Customer role in service delivery, Strategies for enhancing customer participation, Service recovery concept. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Travel, Tourism and Hospitality Services
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Introducing to Tourism Marketing- Concept & Nature of Tourism; Significance & Impact of Tourism, Evolution of Tourism, Tourism Market Segmentation; Tourism marketing Mix- Introduction to Travel services, Medical tourism, Religious tourism, wellness tourism, food tourism, adventure tourism . Role of Travel Agencies & Travel Organization, Tour Operations, Airline Service Marketing, Road & Rail service and Travel by Sea, Introduction to Hotel Industry: Hotels; Evolution of Hotel Industry; Development of Hotels- Facilities- The guest Cycle- Grades of hotels: Meaning of Hospitality-Marketing Mix of Hospitality Industry | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Healthcare industry
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Introduction to Hospitals; classification of hospitals Development of Hospitals; Latest development in the hospital classification and healthcare services delivery, marketing the medical transcription services. Medical Value Travel (Medical Tourism).Innovative delivery models in healthcare & Sustainability approaches in healthcare | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA481 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROJECT (2020 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Description of the Entrepreneurship Development Project Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for stimulating economic growth and employment opportunities. In the developing world, successful small businesses are the primary engines of job creation, income growth. This course intends to promote in-depth knowledge source for an intending practitioner or entrepreneur in the field of entrepreneurship. This course earnestly attempts to present the various aspects of entrepreneurship and what a prospective business visionary must know before setting out on a modern or business wander The purpose of undertaking this project is to give the students a hands-on experience in shaping their ideas and documenting it in a structured format. This is also in compliance with partial fulfilment of the BBA programme. It is a time-bound and independent study guided by the faculty member who teaches the subject.
Project Guidelines: · Students are supposed to come up with an idea and present it to the faculty guide. Once the idea is approved, the student can proceed further. Students are required to contact the faculty guide and discuss on the topic on a regular basis. · Project writing should exhibit originality. Copying of others work is strictly prohibited. However, one can refer previous project reports to gain an insight or to understand. · There shall be certificate given by the guide to authenticate the work done by the student. The students must submit to the faculty guide on or before the prescribed date, two copies of project reports (one for University) and the second copy (original) must be collected and kept by the student with himself/herself after getting signed by the faculty guide. Both copies must be submitted together.
Project Outcome: · Entrepreneurship has emerged as a profession. Hence the need to familiarize the students with respective traits of Entrepreneurship and inculcate the spirit of entrepreneurship in students and make them job creators instead of job seekers · Ability to recognize a business opportunity that fits the individual student. · Demonstrate the understanding of how to launch the individual's entrepreneurial career |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To familiarise the students to choose feasible ideas to start a new venture CO2: To identify the basic steps required to plan, start and run a business CO3: To take decisions pertaining to the proposed business. CO4: To develop a structured report that can be presented to potential investors/financial agencies. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Introduction
|
|
Introduction to small scale/medium scale (depending on the scale of your business). Introduction to your industry (sector) Entrepreneurs profile Approximate Investment (Rs.50 Lakhs to 2 crores) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Executive Summary
|
|
Summary of what idea/plan is all about. The proposal should include how the entrepreneurs want to go about the plan what is product/service his along with the basic course of action towards it. Purpose of selection of business | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Partnership Deed
|
|
As this project is a team project (2 in a team), you are required to have a partnership deed. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Market survey
|
|
Feasibility of the project SWOT analysis The present and future scenario of sector Competitors Challenges Worst case scenario and contingencies | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Marketing
|
|
Target market 4 P’s/ 7 P’s Advertisement copy Michael porter’s 5 force analysis Product Line USP Positioning | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Human Resource Plan
|
|
Organization chart How many members or partners Number of employees in each department – total headcount Training procedure and implementation Management structure Qualification of posts Salary, break up and fringe benefits Working hours and conditions Punctuality, leave policy and Maternity benefit Recruitment sources Retirement policy Loan grant policy | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Production and Operations
|
|
Floor Plan Machinery used No. of production line (if any) Quality policy (report of ISO, whatever quality certificate) Maintenance Policy Location Analysis | |
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Financial Plan
|
|
nitial investment Sources of funds Depreciation P&L statement and Balance sheet (projected for 3 years) Break-even analysis Cash flow statement Payback period/ IRR Risk analysis (optional | |
Unit-9 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Execution Plan
|
|
Implementation strategy | |
Unit-10 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
Conclusion
|
|
This will be the final section of the project. A brief description of the work carried out form the first section. Conclusions to be derived from the logical analysis presented in the respective sections. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: · Entrepreneurship Development text books · Newspapers · Magazines · Internet · Journals · Company websites · Reports | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading · Entrepreneurship Development text books · Newspapers · Magazines · Internet · Journals · Company websites · Reports | |
BBA501 - COMMODITY MARKETS AND DERIVATIVES (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
CHRIST (Deemed to be University) and Multi Commodity Exchange (MCX) jointly offers a certificate programme on Commodity Market and Derivatives. MCX Certified Commodity Professional (MCCP) is the ideal program for pursuing a career in the commodity derivatives market. The course is designed to provide the necessary inputs required to make the participants well acquainted with the modalities of the commodity derivatives market in India. It covers the entire gamut of commodity derivatives market, thereby providing enough domain knowledge and professional expertise. This course covers functioning, settlement systems, factors influencing the commodity markets, global and the domestic scenario of commodity markets, its role in the economy and the risk management aspects relating commodity trading. It also provides an understanding of the emerging areas of Risk Management and to equip students with the tools and techniques needed to manage financial risk efficiently. Course Objective: This course facilitates students CO1: To understand the intricacies of operating in commodity derivatives market. CO2: To summarize the functioning of the trading mechanism used by brokers. CO3: To apply hedging strategies in given market scenarios |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Explain the intricacies of operating in the commodity derivatives market. CO2: Manage risk through hedging strategies. CO3: Understand the functioning of the trading mechanism used by brokers. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Introduction to Derivatives
|
|
Derivatives defined - Types- Products, Participants and Functions – Exchange Traded V/s OTC Derivatives- Instruments available for Trading in Commodity Markets- Currency Derivatives Basics-Weather Derivatives- Recent developments. Taxation and Accounting Matters in Commodities Market. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Commodity Derivatives
|
|
Commodities Traded on MCX– Commodity Market Ecosystem-Product Development-Warehousing-Quality of underlying assets, Role of Assayers, R&T Agents, Clearing bankers. Global Commodities Exchanges - Commodities Exchanges in India (Regional & National) - Commodities permitted for trading - Kabra Committee Report (Roadmap)- Exchange Membership, Rules, Regulations, Bye laws. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Futures and Options
|
|
Forward Contracts-Limitations of forward markets- Future Contract-Contract Specifications and Contract Cycle-Commodity Options– Commodity Indices- Fundamental Analysis: Precious Metals/Energy Products - Commodity - Specific Issues - Cropping and Growth Patterns - Global and domestic demand- supply – dynamics - Price trends and factors that influence prices.Introduction to Options, options pricing and Trading Strategies- Recent Developments | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Price Risk Management using Futures
|
|
Investment assets versus consumption assets - The Cost of Carry Model - Pricing Futures Contracts on investment commodities - Pricing futures contracts on consumption commodities- The futures basis. Computation of Payoffs in commodity derivative Markets- Hedging– Speculation – Arbitrage. - Use of Commodity Futures- Strategies of hedging, long hedge-short hedge-cross hedging – Trading Strategies: Arbitrage and Spreads. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Clearing, Settlement, Risk Management & Regulatory Framework
|
|
Calendar and Settlement schedule - Position determination - Settlement mechanism - Daily Mark to Market Settlement - Settlement price - Margining system – Open Interest limits - NSCCL SPAN@ - Final settlement - Cash settlement - Physical settlement(Warehousing) - Exception Handling - Funds Shortages - Delivery Shortages. Demonstration of Trader’s Workstation (TWS). Rules governing Commodity Derivatives Exchanges- Rules governing Intermediaries - Investor Grievances, Arbitration Rules-SEBI guidelines on Commodities Derivatives | |
Text Books And Reference Books: MCX, Multi Commodity Certified Professional Study Material, Latest edition. Commodity Derivatives-Hand Book, Indian Institute of Banking & Finance 1st Edition Macmillan Options, Futures and Other Derivatives by Hull, John C.; Prentice Hall: Edition vi Futures and Options BSE Book's Publication Futures & Options - Introduction to Equity Derivatives R. Mahajan Vision books Fisher & Jordan, “Investment Management.” Avadhani, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. VII edition | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. MCX, Multi Commodity Certified Professional Study Material, Latest edition. 2. Commodity Derivatives-Hand Book, Indian Institute of Banking & Finance 1st Edition Macmillan 3. Options, Futures and Other Derivatives by Hull, John C.; Prentice Hall: Edition vi 4. Futures and Options BSE Book's Publication 5. Futures & Options - Introduction to Equity Derivatives R. Mahajan Vision books 6. Fisher & Jordan, “Investment Management.”
7. Avadhani, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. VII edition | |
Evaluation Pattern quiz based examination for 50 marks | |
BBA511A - BUSINESS ANALYTICS SKILLS-I (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: Business Analytics acts an effective tool to leverage the available data in various forms to take informed decision. Students will be trained on data driven decision making. This course is a full-fledged application-based course which covers various applications of Business Analytics using the available social media data. IT provides a platform to the students to apply the knowledge, skills and competences to develop digital marketing strategies. Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Facilitate the students to manage customer relationships across all digital channels
CO2: Equip the students with the techniques that are very useful when deploying/using/maintaining a real-world database system CO3: Elucidate the students with the use data management tools that are widely spread in the industry
C04: Offer the students relevant skills to identify the alternative solutions to a particular problem and take a decision based on trade-off. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Google Analytics
|
|
Introduction to digital measuring tools, Account structure, Tracking code, Dimensions & Metrics, Page views, Events, Main reports, Traffic sources and campaigns, Conversions, Ecommerce, Connecting to additional Google tools: AdWords & Search console, Customer journeys, Attribution modeling | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
YouTube Analytics
|
|
YouTube Overview, Advantages in YouTube, Build and Optimize your YouTube Account, YouTube Interface, YouTube Settings, how to Upload a Video on YouTube, Things to know about YouTube Creator Studio, Channel Creation on YouTube, how to Increase your Subscriptions? YouTube Reports & Analytics | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Facebook Analytics
|
|
Setup an Account in Facebook, The Facebook Marketing Strategy, What Makes your Facebook Page Awesome? Orientation to Facebook Brand Pages - Facebook business page setup - Types of Facebook Business pages, Facebook: Post Types and its Dimensions, All You Need to know the Best Time to Post on Facebook, Facebook Audience Insights & Analytics, Facebook Competitor Analysis, Facebook Groups, Facebook Live, Successful Case Studies on Facebook, A Successful Study on How to Make Money Through Facebook | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Advanced Database Management System
|
|
Big Data Processing & Cloud Computing, Parallel DBMS, Web Databases, Audio & Video Database, Database as a Service | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
MangoDB
|
|
Introduction to Database Management systems and NoSQL, Architecture, NoSQL Assumptions and the CAP Theorem, Strengths and weaknesses of NoSQL, difference between the SQL and NoSQL databases, MongoDB, Functionality, Live Examples | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Do It Yourself (DIY)
|
|
Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Google Analytics Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Facebook Analytics Live tasks and assignments / Projects on YouTube Analytics Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Big Data (MangoDB) | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Ryan, D. (2014 ). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital Generation, Kogan Page Limited. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading The Beginner's Guide to Digital Marketing (2015). Digital Marketer. Pulizzi, J. (2014) Epic Content Marketing, McGraw Hill Education. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 - 30 Marks CIA 2 - 30 Marks CIA 3 - 30 Marks Class Participation - 10 Marks | |
BBA511E - ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS-I (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: In the era of entrepreneurship, start-up culture has pervaded the socio-economic fabric of our world and it is imperative that budding entrepreneurs are equipped with the right skill sets that will see them achieve their goals. The course will address various practical issues that entrepreneurs are likely to face and give the students a hands-on experience of the same. Course Objectives: · To learn the fundamental skills that would help in the initial stages of an entrepreneur’s journey. · To develop the skill sets required to become a successful entrepreneur. · To comprehend the necessary procedures to start a company. · To widen the horizon of thought and action involved in the growth of an enterprise. · To analyse and overcome the challenges an entrepreneur faces in business |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate the significance of challenges in business. Business Decision Making CO2: Interpret the digital space of any business as a mechanism to communicate with customers. Digital Marketing CO3: Apply networking skills in a business world. How to leverage LinkedIn CO4: Discover diversity and inclusion dynamics in businesses. Making Your Business Inclusive CO5: Evaluate the risk and opportunities: Business Risk Mitigation and Design Thinking |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNIT I ? DIGITAL MARKETING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Digital Marketing- To give businesses the digital twist. The workshop will focus on how to go digital for specific industries and great tips and tricks for online content, marketing, and website building. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNIT II - MAKING BUSINESS EXCLUSIVE
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Making Your Business Inclusive- this workshop will focus on the ethics of running a successful business. With Diversity, Inclusion & Belongingness being a key in today's business world | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNIT III HOW TO LEVERAGE LINKEDIN
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
How to leverage LinkedIn-Profile to Opportunities. How to create a good LinkedIn Profile; How to look for Job Opportunities & Internships on the Platform | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNIT IV BUSINESS INNOVATION
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Innovation-This workshop will focus on new age methods and models. Businesses can adopt to think differently and grow sustainably | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNIT V DOCUMENT FILLING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Document Filling- Hands on practice with filling of relevant documentation related to the starting of a business. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNIT VI FUNDING OPPORTUNITIES
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Various sources of funds available for budding entrepreneurs | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNIT VII SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Significance of Social Enterprises, Opportunities and Challenges. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading: http://www.sixsigmacertificationcourse.com/risk-mitigation-fmea-sixsigma/ https://www.interaction-design.org/ https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading: http://www.sixsigmacertificationcourse.com/risk-mitigation-fmea-sixsigma/ https://www.interaction-design.org/ https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com/ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA511F - TIME SERIES ANALYSIS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: : This course provides comprehensive financial econometric models and their applications to modeling using time series data, including return forecasting and volatility. The application of time series modeling and forecasting is taught through the econometric theory. At the end of the course, students will have a working knowledge of financial time series data and gain expertise in the software to analyze to forecast financial performance.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CLO 1: Develop simple and multiple regression models and validate the efficiency of the estimated regression models. CLO 2: Forecast financial data using econometric techniques (ARIMA) and measure their effectiveness. CLO 3: Estimate volatility of Financial time series variables |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
INTRODUCTION
|
|
Nature and Scope of Econometrics - Introduction to what is econometrics and steps taken by an econometrician in carrying out an empirical study. Different data types – cross section, time series and panel data and problems associated with them. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
LINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSTICS STATISTICS
|
|
Estimation of model by method of ordinary least squares; properties of estimators; goodness of fit; Multiple Linear Regression Model: Estimation of parameters; properties of OLS estimators; goodness of fit - R2 and adjusted R2; Violations of CLRM Assumptions: Consequences, Detection and Remedies - Multicollinearity; heteroscedasticity | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
UNIVARIATE TIME SERIES MODEL ? ARIMA
|
|
Univariate Autoregressive Models - Univariate Moving Average Models - Autoregressive-Moving Average Models. Forecasting Univariate financial Time Series Models- ARIMA Model- Box-Jenkins approach - Forecasting Evaluation Statistics | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
CONDITIONAL VARIANCE MODELS
|
|
Volatility Clustering- Meaning and measurement - Leverage Effects- Econometric models of volatility - Auto Regressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity (ARCH) Model- Generalized Auto Regressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity (GARCH) Model - Extensions to GARCH-Exponential GARCH and Threshold GARCH models. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: D. N. Gujarati and D.C. Porter, Essentials of Econometrics, McGraw Hill, 5th edition, International Edition. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
1. Chris Brooks, Introductory Econometrics to Finance - Cambridge University Press, 2002
2. Christopher Dougherty, Introduction to Econometrics, Oxford University Press, 3rd edition, Indian Edition, 2007. 3. Jan Kmenta, Elements of Econometrics, Indian Reprint, Khosla Publishing House,2nd edition, 2008. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 - 30 Marks CIA 2 - 30 Marks CIA 3 - 30 Marks Attendence - 5 Marks Class Participation - 5 Marks | |
BBA511H - HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SKILLS-I (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: HR managers are the key to the success of talent acquisition and management for the organization. They are responsible for providing the organization with the proper key performance indicators to show that the organization is in alignment with its mission, values and goals. HR is also responsible for ensuring that supervisors and managers as well as rank and file employees understand the corporate policies and procedures. They have the responsibility to ensure that these processes are applied consistently and correctly. HR has the responsibility to learn the language of business so that they can communicate with the management of the organization in their space rather than that of HR and emerge as a true business partner. Course Objectives: · To extend HR Concepts and theories to real life situations. · To take part in designing and executing various learning activities. · To develop written and oral communication skills. · To build different perspectives on HR related issues and challenges. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate the various aspect of talent management in organisations. C02: Take part in designing and executing various learning activities CO3: Develop written and oral communication skills. CO4: Build different perspectives on HR related issues and challenges |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Recruitment Ad Design
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Matching brand promise and employer branding, designing appropriate ads with respect to size, content, branding, placement. | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Evaluating Resumes
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Selection of key words based on JD and JS, Filtering, looking for gaps in CVs, comparison of Cvs, shortlisting of CVs | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Preliminary Interview
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Designing preliminary interview questions based on the CV given, conducting telephonic preliminary interviews, and evaluation of the candidate based on preliminary interview. | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Selection Testing
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Designing various types of selection tests based on the job requirements provided | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
Evaluation Forms
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Design candidate evaluation forms for various positions in various organizations | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||||
Interviewing Skills
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Examine various interviewing techniques, designing a structured interview schedule for various positions, interviewing through Skype. | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. http://www.olin.edu/sites/default/files/01_skillsandtech.pdf | |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. http://www.olin.edu/sites/default/files/01_skillsandtech.pdf | |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA511M - MARKETING SKILLS-I (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: Marketing excellence is a prerequisite for success in any business, from startups to the world’s most established enterprises, yet the art and science of marketing is constantly evolving. Students are required to know the essential principles and practices of marketing in the digital economy. Course Objectives: · To discuss how the digital economy works and develop the critical insights necessary to succeed in e-commerce and digital and social media marketing. To estimate related technologies exert a profound influence on how business and social institutions evolve, how they are challenged—and sometimes, even displaced |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to CLO1 Students are able to discuss how the digital economy works and develop the critical insights necessary to succeed in e-commerce and digital and social media marketing. CLO2 Students are able to estimate related technologies exert a profound influence on how business and social institutions evolve, how they are challenged—and sometimes, even displaced |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
BEHAVIORAL FOUNDATIONS
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Introduction to GRAVITY (Geography, Resistance, Adjacency, Vicinity, Isolation, Topography and You), privacy concerns, Fake News detection | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
NEW FORMS OF INTERACTION
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Frictions and Commerce, Variety and the Digital Economy, Online-Offline Interaction and the Omni Channel World, Reputation and Reviews, Networks | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
MEDIA SELECTION METHOD
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Social media selection techniques, copyright issues in online marketing | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING STRATEGIES
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Content marketing, social media content development, Memes marketing, troll marketing, product placement in social media content | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
NEW MEDIA PLATFORMS
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Networks Effects, Social Advertising and Social Targeting | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||||
VIRAL MARKETING
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Viral Product Features and Viral Content, Organic Celebrity, Persuasion, and Sentiment, Online Community and Models of Influence | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: https://www.forbes.com/sites/koshagada/2016/06/16/what-is-the-digital-economy/#36e0cbaf7628 | |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading https://www.forbes.com/sites/koshagada/2016/06/16/what-is-the-digital-economy/#36e0cbaf7628 https://neilpatel.com/what-is-digital-marketing/ https://www.wordstream.com/online-advertising https://www.cyberclick.es/numericalblogen/what-is-viral-marketing-advantages-and-examples | |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA531 - BANK MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
The Banking Industry in India exhibits a different structure as compared to other economies and thus caters to a different set of social, economic, political and geographic characteristics. This course enables the students to understand the structure, regulation and management of the Indian Banking Industry and gather knowledge about the recent trends and developments, which they can use while they undertake their financial decisions in future. Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to:
Discuss the implications of this knowledge on the real life financial decisions of an individual. |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: To provide an understanding about the structure of the banking industry.
CO2: To Explain the regulatory practices of banks in India.
CO3: To explain the latest trends and innovations in the Indian Banking Industry.
CO4: To analyse the recent developments in the banking sector and the
applicability of the same in the practical scenarios. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|
Introduction to Banking
|
||
Evolution of banking in India, Structure of banking Industry, Banking functions - Mid & Back Office functions: support Functions: -The Business Offerings of a Bank-Business Divisions:Audit, Finance & Control. Retail banking-corporate banking-investment banking-rural banking-Banker customer relationship-Banking licenses-Payment Banks-small finance bank-bank mergers | ||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|
Banking regulation and requirement
|
||
RBI-functions – Requirements- licensing and supervision, capital reserve, corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosures, Capital adequacy-Banking ombudsman scheme-Basel norms.
| ||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|
Bank Deposits and lending
|
||
Deposits: Importance and types. Loans: Types of loans – home loans, personal loans, business loans: Term loans, bank overdraft limit, bills discounting, cash credit, Education loan, gold loan,, vehicle loan, Consortium advances, loan syndication, loans against securities - Sound lending policy - Credit management – Non-performing assets- credit rating-The insolvency and bankruptcy code 2016-MCLR-securitisation | ||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|
Management in Banks
|
||
Marketing of banking services-customer services in banks-Public relations system in banks-Human resource management in banks-Management information system. Risk Management: types of risks; interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, market risk. Risk Management: Gap Analysis, Duration analysis, Asset/Liability Management, credit risk modelling(Altman’s Z-Score model), off balance sheet activities. | ||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|
Banking compliance
|
||
Anti-money laundering: Prevention of money laundering act (PMLA)-Customer due diligence-Know your customer norms- International sanctioning-Financial Intelligence unit-fraud detection and management in banks-International banking scenario-Documentary letter of credit-Correspondent banking and NRI accounts-bad banks | ||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|
Banking Development and Innovation
|
||
Electronic fund transfers system: National payment corporation of India-NEFT, RTGSSWIFT - Mobile banking – Interbank mobile payment systems, Unified payment Interface. Negotiated Dealing Systems & Securities Settlement Systems – Electronic Money – E Cheque. Financial Inclusion-Business correspondents–PMJDY-– Fin tech revolution in Banking - wearable apps, Internet of things. Core banking solutions, Interface with Payment system Network – Structured Financial Messaging system. | ||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| ||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Recommended references:
Gupta, S.N. (n.d.). Banking Law in Theory & Practice (5th ed.). Universal Law publishers | ||
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 15% CIA 2 25% CIA 3 15% End semester examination 40% Attendance 5% | ||
BBA532 - TAXATION MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | ||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
|
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:5 |
|
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||
Course Description: India has a well-developed tax structure with a three-tier federal structure, comprising the Union Government, the State Governments and the Urban/Rural Local Bodies. The power to levy taxes and duties is distributed among the three tiers of Governments, in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Constitution. The study of tax laws is of a great importance for Management students as it exposes students to the tax environment in India. This course is introduced as part of BBA program to give an overall idea about the theoretical and practical aspects of direct and indirect taxes in India. The content of the course is arranged in such a manner that it gives an outline of the Income tax law and GST Law in an analytical and simple manner.
|
||
Course Outcome |
||
CO1: Demonstrate the understanding of concepts of Income Tax regime in India. CO2: Application of the knowledge in computing taxable income CO3: Examine savings, investment schemes and other payments eligible for income tax exemptions. CO4: Assess Total income, compute Income tax payable and able to file e-returns CO5: Interpret the effect of Goods and Service Tax and Customs law in India |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||
Unit I: Introduction to Income Tax
|
|||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||
Income from Salary
|
|||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||
Income from House property
|
|||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||
Profits and Gains from Business and Profession
|
|||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||
Capital Gains and Income from Other source
|
|||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||
Gross Total Income, Deductions from GTI, Total income and Tax liability
|
|||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||
Overview on GST and Customs Law
|
|||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
Assessment outline and weightage of Marks out of 100
| |||||||||||||||||
BBA533 - STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||
Course Description: An organization consists of different departments and processes. Managers at all levels must understand how a company’s departments and processes “fit” together to achieve its goal. It focuses on all the functional areas of business and presents a cohesive strategic management model from a strategic perspective. The subject provides an insight into the strategy adopted by the companies in response to environmental change. The course provides a comprehensive and integrated presentation of current strategic management thinking in a clear and succinct format.
|
|||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||
On having completed this course student should be able to: 1: Identify the model of the origin and the process of crafting and implementing effective strategies in a competitive market 2: Examine how to create and sustain growth by aligning their strategy and organization to their environment. 3: Elaborate on how to conceptualize, design, and execute effective strategies. 4: Critically evaluate the strategic plan and performance. 5: Design effective strategic control. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning and Definition of Strategic management, Key terms, stages, strategic management model, comparing business and military strategies, Strategy-definition, strategy v/s tactics, Levels of strategy, Henry Mintzberg’s model of strategy development, Strategic Intent - vision and mission analysis, the process of developing vision and mission statement, characteristics and components, evaluating and writing mission statements, objectives – strategic v/s financial objectives, Abell’s model of Business definition – Business Model, Critical Success Factor (CSF) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purpose and Nature of External analysis, Concept and characteristics of environment, PESTEL, Porter’s five forces analysis, sources of external information, forecasting tools and techniques, external factor evaluation matrix and the competitive evaluation matrix | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ORGANISATIONAL APPRAISAL
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LEVELS AND TYPES OF STRATEGIES
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
STRATEGY GENERATION AND SELECTION
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The strategy analysis and choice process, strategy formulation analytical framework, SWOT and SPACE, BCG, Internal-External matrix, grand strategy matrix, QSPM, culture and politics of strategy analysis and choice. Strategic plan and its content | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
STRATEGY EXECUTION
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
STRATEGIC EVALUATION AND CONTROL
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The strategy evaluation process, criteria and methods, three strategy evaluation activities, balanced scorecard, characteristics of an effective strategy evaluation system, contingency planning, auditing, Contemporary challenges in strategic management, guidelines for effective strategic management. Strategic Control – Types of Strategic Control | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
3. Lawrence R.Jauch, William F Glueck, Business Policy and strategic management, Mc Graw Hill international editions, Fifth edition | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA541E - MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS SUSTAINABILITY (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Business Sustainability Management Course offers a predominantly professionally-oriented education that addresses sustainability challenges facing leaders in today’s complex work patterns. This Course blends business strategy, natural and social sciences. The Sustainable Business Management is basically a managerial effort which meets the need of present generation of people running MSME without compromising the capacity of future generations to fulfil their own needs. This entails sustained efforts by management people to raise the quality of life people. The Course engages with how and why companies form sustainability strategies and considers how an embedded perspective can be achieved through tools such as the planetary boundaries framework. Integrating sustainability into strategic initiatives of Business is especially important because these issues play out over the long term. The reality check for business leadership is that nine billion people simply cannot live well in this world if companies do not start leading new partnerships to co-create a safe operating space for humanity. In this course we consider how business leaders are taking this challenge seriously. Learning objective: The goal of this course is to broaden participants’ understanding of sustainability, allowing for a holistic recognition of the interconnectivity of issues and their impacts on the future of business. 1. To articulate the importance of sustainability in business, and drive social responsibility across organisation’s value chain. 2. To investigate the potential of technology, design, and innovation to enable or limit sustainable business practices 3. To explore the role of marketing and communication - both internal and external - in your sustainability strategy. 4. To define and explore opportunities for value creation through stakeholder and partner collaboration. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Outline the broader perspective of Business Sustainability issues and their impact on the future of business. CO2: Identify the role of businesses in sustainable economic development CO3: Examine the sustainable business standards in the Indian and Global contexts. CO4: Interpret the Sustainability related management standards for businesses CO5: Develop an ability to plan and create a Business Sustainability Report |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Introduction to MSME and Sustainability
|
|
Evolution, Definition of SMEs, Characteristics, Advantage of MSME & Its role & Significance in economic development, Role in Economic Development., Needs of SMEs. Forms of Organisations; Proprietary, Partnership, HUFs, LLP, Company etc., Establishing SMEs: Environmental Scanning, Market Assessment, Technology, Selection of Site, etc., - Organisational Structures – Rules &Regulations - Gender & Entrepreneurial Development., Introduction to Sustainability- Evolution, Approaches, and Principles of Multi-dimensions of Sustainability: Social, Environmental, Economic and Financial Sustainability. Business Drivers – issues and trends. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Sustainability Reporting and CSR: Introduction to Sustainability Reporting
|
|
Level of Knowledge : Conceptual The concept of Environment, Business and Society ,Sustainability and the Role of Corporation, The Triple Bottom Line Approach to Business, Role of financial and non-financial disclosures and reporting. What is sustainability Reporting ,Need for Sustainability Reporting, Benefits of sustainability Reporting, Sustainability Report as a tool for sustainability risk assessment and stakeholder communication on sustainability performance. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Monitoring and Measuring Sustainability Performance
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Establishing a sustainability management framework based of policy, system and procedures. Measuring, monitoring and improving sustainability performance. Establishing sustainability indicators, developing goals and improvement program. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Sustainability related management standards and Indices
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Analytical GRI Framework: disclosure requirements, Performance Indicators [Economic, Environmental, Labour Practices, Human Rights, Society, Product Responsibility] UN Global compact; OECD guidelines for Multinational Enterprises; The CERES Principles; Social Accountability 8000; Ethical Trading Initiative’s Base Code; ICC international Codes of Marketing and Advertising Practice, The UN Convention against Corruption. The AS8001-2003Fraud and Corruption Control Standard, OECD principles of Corporate Governance, ISO9001 Quality Management Standard; ISO 14001 Environmental Management System Standard; ISO 26000Social responsibility Guidance Standard; OHSAS 18001; ; SIGMA Management Framework; AS80008004; IFC Social and Environmental Management System; SA8000; ISO27000 and 28000 Security management System Standards; ISO 50001 Energy Management System; Dow Jones Sustainability Index; FTSE4Good Indices; Domini Social Index; Ethical Sustainability Index; BSE Greenex. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Planning a Sustainability Report & Sustainability Reporting
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Analysis and Research; Prerequisites of a sustainability Report, structure of a sustainability Report, The concept of sustainability Indicators, stakeholder Engagement including identification, mapping and prioritization , Indicator development (including performance measurement and monitoring) and materiality assessment information for inclusion in sustainability report, writing and designing the report Verification and Assurance of Sustainability Reports ( assurance Standards). Current and Future Trends in India , Role of Regulators, Institutional Framework, stakeholder Engagement , Future of Sustainability Reporting, Challenges before firms DPE Guidelines for PSUs on CSR and Sustainable Development, National Voluntary Guidelines, SEBI Guidelines, TERI-BCSD guidelines Sustainability Reporting at PSUs ( Case Studies and Experience Sharing) Sustainability Reporting Practices by Corporate Sector (Experience sharing will be done by executives from companies from different sectors ) Advocacy for Sustainability Reporting ( Experience sharing by officials from GIZ, GRI). | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Corporate Social Responsibility
|
|
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Business, Society and CSR, Legal and Economic Perspectives, Theories of CSR, Stakeholder analysis and Engagement, CSR Planning and Implementation: Need Mapping, prioritization, Roll-out, Creating Local Partnerships, Implementing, evaluating and scaling up CSR to maximize shared value. Cases: NTPC, ONGC, Tata Group, Shree cements. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Indian Institute of Banking & Finance (2017), Micro Small & Medium Enterprises in India, M/s Taxmann Publications Private Ltd. J.G. Stead & Edward Stead(2014): Sustainable Strategic Management, M. E. Sharpe & Co., | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Rogers, Jalal & Boyd (2010): An Introduction to Sustainable Development, PHI Learning,2007 Singh (2011)Triple Bottom Line Reporting and Corporate Sustainability, PHI learning. J.G. Stead & Edward Stead: Management for a Small Planet, M.E. Sharpe& Co.,2010 C.V. Baxi and Roopmanjari Sinha Roy(2011) Corporate Social Responsibility, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. C.V. Baxi and Roopmanjari Sinha Roy(2011) Corporate Social Responsibility, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. WebLinks https://www.globalreporting.org/reporting/reportingframeworkoverview/Pages/default.aspx http://www.sustreport.org/business/report/intro.html https://www.globalreporting.org/resourcelibrary/G3.1-Guidelines-Incl-TechnicalProtocol.pdf http://www.enviroreporting.com/ http://www.tatamotors.com/sustainability/pdf/GRI-report-07-08.pdf http://www.kpcindia.com/Pdf/Business/Sustainability%20Reporting%20(Under%20GRI).pdf http://www.sustainabledevelopment.in/services/corporate_substainability_management/acti 7 vi ties/sustainability_reporting.html
| |
BBA541F - SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: This course provides a comprehensive coverage of theory, tools and techniques relating to investments, focusing mainly on stock market instruments. It also explains the regulatory framework, theoretical expositions and practical applications of investment tools and techniques. Course Learning Objectives: This course aims: •To illustrate various investment avenues available for investors •To apply fundamental analysis/ technical analysis on listed companies in India •To evaluate Equity share/ bond based on valuation techniques •To appraise various types of derivatives available for hedging. •To construct and revise portfolios by analysis and evaluation of risk – return trade-off.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To classify investment options for different classes of investors. CO2: To examine the fundamental and technical analysis results for buy/sell/hold decisions. CO3: To evaluate a given stock or bond based on its valuation. CO4: To appraise the effectiveness of derivatives as hedging tools for investors CO5: To construct and revise portfolios based on risk-return analysis |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||
Introduction to Investments
|
|||
Financial Meaning of investment - significance of savings and investment - understanding of security, portfolio, speculation, gambling, and arbitrage mechanisms - Risk- systematic risk and unsystematic risk-Interest rate risk, inflation risk etc.-financial and business risk Legal framework of securities market, Comparison between investment and speculation and its significance in Indian financial system, Profile of Indian investors and factors influencing investment decisions. Financial positions, tax positions, risk perception and attitude - Risk-Return relationship. | |||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||
Investment avenues & attributes
|
|||
Investments options in India and foreign markets - characteristics features of financial instruments - company shares, debentures, bonds, convertible securities, hybrid securities, fixed deposits, gilt- edged securities, post office schemes, company and public provident funds, Other investment schemes and its features real estate, and insurance schemes. Investment attributes - risk, return, security, marketability, liquidity and convenience. | |||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||
Security analysis: Fundamental and Technical
|
|||
Fundamental analysis – company, industry and economy analysis - Tools for economic analysis- analysis of GDP-Monetary policy, Inflation Interest rates International influences- links between economy and industry sectors-prediction about market behavior-tools Technical Analysis Of stock -points and figures chart, bar chart, contrary opinions theory, confidence index RSA, RSI, Moving average analysis, Japanese Candlesticks – Bond valuation (Basic Models). | |||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||
Security Pricing and Valuation
|
|||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual/Analytical Factors influencing valuation - methods of equity valuation - Earning Valuation modal - use of P/E ratio, Dividend modal - Zero and constant growth modals. Intrinsic value method, Calculation of present and forecasted price of the stock. Valuation of fixed income instruments – present and future value - Calculation of simple, holding period and maturity yield, annuities. Calculation of portfolio networth. | |||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||
Derivatives Market
|
|||
Introduction to derivatives – Features – Types – Commodity derivatives and Financial derivatives – Kinds of commodity derivatives – Commodity derivative market in India - Kinds of financial derivatives – financial derivative market in India. Futures – meaning, index futures, valuation of index future. Arbitrage, hedging, pricing index futures, advantages of index futures. Options – meaning and salient features, call and put options, options price, price changes, risks, market structure, futures v/s options. Option trading strategies.
| |||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||
Portfolio Theory, Models and Analysis
|
|||
Meaning, return on portfolio, risk on portfolio, portfolio managers, SEBI guidelines for portfolio managers, portfolio management services. Efficient Market Hypothesis,Portfolio theory - contribution of William Sharpe and Harry Markowitz,- Single index model, capital asset pricing modal and arbitrage pricing theory. | |||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||
Portfolio Evaluation
|
|||
Portfolio evaluation: Sharpe ratio, Treynor ratio, Jensen ratio. International Portfolio Investment and management – Risk and return in international diversification. Trends in portfolio management, strategies: active and passive strategies, fees. | |||
Text Books And Reference Books:
Chandra P.(2017) Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Mcgraw Hill India | |||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1.Kevin S. (2015) Security Analysis and Portfolio Management PHI learning Pvt Ltd 2.Madhumati, R.M. (2008). Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education 3.Fischer D.E. (2009). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Pearson EducationBhalla, V.K. (2008). Investment Management. New Delhi: S. Chand. 4.Avadhani, V.A. (2008). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Himalaya publications
| |||
Evaluation Pattern CIA : 60 Marks ESE: 40 marks Total: 100 marks | |||
BBA541H - INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS LAW (2019 Batch) | |||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||
To outline the appropriate the machinery to resolve the conflicts between employer and employee. |
|||
Course Outcome |
|||
CO1: At the end of the course students will be:
1. Able to demonstrate an understanding about the Industrial Relations scenario in India
CO2: Identify the characteristics of Indian workforce and the role of trade unions. CO3: Analyze the sources of industrial conflict and its implication on the industry and economic growth of the country. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Industrial Relation: Evolution and Growth
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trade Unionism and Trade Unions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The concept of Trade Unionism – Politics and Trade Unions – Rights of Trade Unions – Roles, Functions and Objectives of Trade Unions – Classification of Trade Union – Trade Unions in India – Structure of Trade Unions in India – Union Security – Political Affiliation of Trade Unions – Problems of Trade Unions in India – Recognition of Unions – Rights of Recognized Unions – Trade Union Act 1926; Scope and Coverage, Objectives, Provisions | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Social Security Legislations
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Laws governing working conditions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Industrial Conflicts
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Industrial Dispute; Concept – Forms of Industrial Action- Types of Disputes- Causes of Industrial Disputes- Causes of Industrial Conflicts | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Industrial Dispute Act 1947
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Objectives – Definitions- Different forms of strike and lockout - Prohibitions for Strikes and Lockout – Illegal Strike and Lockouts – Layout, Retrenchment and Closure – Closure of Undertaking – Last IN First OUT – Unfair Labour Practices | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Industrial Dispute Settlement and Preventive Machinery
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: P. N Singh, Neeraj Kumar (2011). Employee Relations Management: Pearson Education | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Singh, B.D. (2009). Industrial Relations- Emerging Paradigm (2ndedi). Excel Books | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA541M - CONSUMER BEHAVIOR (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Understanding consumer behavior is one of the fundamental requirements for any marketer. With the introduction to the study of consumer behavior, it covers the underlying concepts, principles and theories of the subject and gives clear explanation on the consumer psychographics and demographics affecting his behavior in both individual and group buying situations.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On having completed this course student should be able to: |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UNIT I Introduction to Consumer Behavior
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer Decision making Process
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Individual determinants of Consumer behaviour
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Personality, Motivation, Perception, Learning, Attitudes – concepts only | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
External Determinants of CB: Family, Age and Gender
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Functions, FLC stages, Family decision making, Dynamics of husband wife decision making. Role of child in decision making, women’s buying behaviour | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Influence of Social Class
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Influence of Culture and Subculture on Consumer Behaviour
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diffusion of Innovation
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Engel.J.F,Kollat.D.T,&Minar.P.W (2008).Consumer Behaviour 4.Hinsdale IL Dryden Press. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA542E - SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP (2019 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description Social Entrepreneurship is an emerging field of business that helps build meaningful employment of resources by reflecting on social issues. The Course builds deeper insights into organizations that advance social change through innovative solutions. The students will also learn leadership and strategic aspects of social enterprises and how these are intertwined in the ownership, governance and management of any business. Course Objectives: To provide students with a working knowledge of the concepts, opportunities and challenges of social entrepreneurship. To engage in a collaborative learning process to initiate innovative solutions to critical social needs. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Assess the role of social entrepreneurship in building a sustainable society CO2: Examine insights about various sectors in social enterprises. CO3: Build own ventures to solve social problems with a strategic perspective on growth. CO4: Incorporate theoretical tools into sustainable solutions to diverse social contexts. CO5: Interpret legal ecosystems conducive for social entrepreneurship |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Introduction to Social Entrepreneurship
|
|
Evolution and historical background of Social Entrepreneurship, Role of social entrepreneurship in societies, economies and politics, Spectrum of Philanthropy to Commerce, Types of Social Enterprises, Mindset of a Social Entrepreneur. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Social Innovation and Sustainability
|
|
Meaning, Drivers of growth of SE, Problems in SE, Factors of Sustainable Development, Corporate Social Entrepreneurship, Cooperative Advantage in SE, | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Understanding Sector based Social Enterprises
|
|
Health, Education, Environment, Public Utility Services, Financial Literacy, UN-SDG Impact in Business-Cases | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Service-Learning
|
|
Service-Learning Assignments, Design Thinking for Social Innovation, Value Creation through Social change, | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Measurement of Social Impact
|
|
Importance of measuring Social Impact, Measurement methods-cost effectiveness and cost benefit analyses, social accounting and auditing, SROI, SIMPLE, benefit-cost ratio, Critical areas of performance. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Governance of Social Enterprises
|
|
LegalFrameworks for SE in India, Legal Structure for Social Enterprises, Investment and Exit Strategy, Strategy to Scale Up, Social Business Model | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Emerging areas of Social Entrepreneurship:
|
|
New Directions in Social Enterprise, Emerging Career Opportunities, Global Competitions in Social Enterprise Development, Social Intrapreneurship, Best Practices-Case Studies. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Wei-Skillern, J., Austin, J., Leonard, H., & Stevenson, H. (2007). Entrepreneurship in the Social Sector (ESS). Sage Publications | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Bornstein, D., & Davis, S. (2010). Social Entrepreneurship: what everyone needs to knowNew York: Oxford University Press. | |
BBA542F - GLOBAL BUSINESS FINANCE (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: Firms become increasingly involved in the global economy, issues in global financial management become more important. Events taking place on the global financial management from trade disputes to currency crises – make the issues of international transactions and exposure more challenging. Students need to acquire knowledge on the functioning of trade globally and its financial implications. Knowledge of foreign exchange activities and the hedging of foreign exchange exposures and other related aspects of risk coverage while doing international business shall be imparted. The objective is to blend sound theoretical knowledge of foreign exchange economics with practical and procedural aspects of risk management strategies and project appraisal from global investment perspective. Course Objectives: · To equip the students, understand the global financial markets and its significance from global business context · To analyse the implications of Balance of Payments on international transactions and economic exposure of business undertakings · To devise strategies and appraise the finance implications of strategies on international transactions To justify the international project investment decisions based on value created by specific project investments |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Able to understand the importance of financial markets and its significance from business context CO2: Able to analyse the implications of Balance of Payments on international transactions and economic exposure of business undertakings CO3: Able to devise strategies and appraise the finance implications of strategies on international transactions |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
International Financial Markets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Introduction, Motives for investing & borrowing in Foreign markets, International business methods, how financial markets affect an MNC’s value. Evolution of the International Monetary system, Bimetallism, Classical Gold standard, Interwar period, Bretton woods system, Flexible Exchange rate regime. The current exchange rate agreements, European monetary system, Mexican peso crisis, Fixed Versus Flexible Exchange rate regime | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance Of Payments
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Concept of Balance of payments, Concept and Principles behind compilation of BoP account, Components of BoP and factors affecting them, Importance and Limitations of BoP statistics, Relationship of BoP with other Economic Variables. (Practical Problems on BoP) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign Exchange Markets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual The structure of the FOREX markets, Functions of Foreign exchange markets, The foreign exchange rates, Arbitrage, The spot market, Cross rates of exchange, Bid-ask spreads, The forward market, The regulations. Derivatives, Foreign currency futures, foreign currency options | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange Rate Determination and Forecasting
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Interest rate parity, purchasing power parity, The Fisher effects, Forecasting exchange rates – Efficient market approach, Fundamental approach, Technical approach, Performance of forecasters | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing Foreign Exchange Exposure
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Management of foreign exchange risk, Management of translation Exposure - Management of transaction Exposure - Management of Economic Exposure | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign Exchange Risk Management Strategy
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Foreign Exchange Risk and Risk Management in the short-run- Intermediate Run and Long run -Hedging against foreign exchange exposure – Forward Market- Futures Market- Options Market- Currency Swaps-Interest Rate Swap-Hedging through currency of invoicing- Hedging through mixed currency invoicing –Country risk analysis. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
International Project Appraisal:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Project Appraisal in the International Context- Diversification of Projects Exchange Rate Risk and Cost of Capital- Methods of International Capital Budgeting-Financing the Multinational Corporation | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Jeevanandam. C. (2020). Foreign Exchange and Risk Management. New Delhi: Sultan Chand & sons. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Shapiro, A. C. (2016). Multinational Financial Management. USA: John Wiley & Sons. 2. Apte, P. G. (2020). International Financial Management. New Delhi: McGraw-Hill Publication. 3. Jeff Madura (2018). International Financial Management. New Delhi: Cengage Publishers. 4. Cheol Eun, Bruce Resnick (2018), International Financial Management, New Delhi, McGraw-Hill Reid W. Click., Joshua D.Coval (2011). International Financial Management. New Delhi: Himalya Publications. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA542H - COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The course offers an understanding the relevance of remuneration and reward to the employees. The course discusses the concepts, applications and research that goes into formulation of compensation philosophy for an organisations. It discusses the wage and salary and administration in the Indian context. The course equips students with tools to effectively manage rewards for individuals and groups in organizations in order to attract, motivate and retain them.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To demonstrate understanding of compensation philosophy, strategies and policies adopted by business organisation. CO2: CO 2: To analyse the relevance of various types of financial and non-financial rewards components. CO3: CO 3: To classify the different benefits and perquisites offered to employees ranging from junior to senior most executives CO4: CO 4: To examine the different pay grade systems and its objective for various positions by business organisation. CO5: To design compensation structure for the business organization. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The Foundation of Reward Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Job Analysis
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wage and Salary administration
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent pay
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Paying for Performance, Competence related pay; Skill related pay; Shop floor incentives and Bonus schemes; Sales force Incentive schemes. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Special Aspects of Reward Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Reward
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing Reward system
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Armstrong, M., & Murlis, H. (2014). Reward Management- Remuneration Strategy and Practice (4thedi), Crest Publishing House | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Berger, L. A., & Berger, D. R. (2015). The Compensation Handbook: A State-of-the-Art Guide to Compensation Strategy and Design (Sixth edition.). New York: McGraw Hill | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA542M - BRAND MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The course explores the significance of branding with the emerging managerial, relational and social perspectives. The course provides an understanding of different brand positioning strategies and how it influence consumer brand image. Further, the course also provides a detailed methodology of identifying varies reasons for brand failure and suggest methods to overcome it. Course Objectives: • To identify the various concepts of brand management • To demonstrate an understanding of the major paradigms of brand building • To interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of brand building • To examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of major brands |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1 : Identify the various concepts of brand management CO2: Demonstrate an understanding of the major paradigms of brand building CO3 : Interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of brand building. CO4 : Examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of major brands.
Examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of major brands.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Concept of ‘Brand’: Brand VS Product, Why Brand? Can everything be branded? Identification of branding challenges and opportunities; Strategic brand Management Process, Customer based brand equity; sources of brand equity, CRM, brand resonance model, Brand equity VS Customer equity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brand Positioning
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Points of parity & points of difference, positioning guidelines, brand value chain model, brand mantras, internal branding. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brand Elements
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brand elements- criteria for choosing it, integrated marketing communication. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secondary Brand Associations
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Leveraging Secondary Brand Associations - co-branding, licensing, celebrity endorsement, event sponsoring. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing Brand Equity
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
What it means: how to build it; Understanding and measuring brand equity using Inter-brand methodologies, Monitoring brands, Sources of brand equity (Brand Awareness, Brand personality, Brand loyalty,and Brand audit-Brand inventory, and brand exploratory, Qualitative & Quantitative Research techniques. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing Brand Extensions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brand hierarchy, design of a brand strategy-Brand Extension: Types of Brand Extension, Line and Category Extension, Pros and Cons of Brand Extension-Need for extension, Multi-Brand Strategy, Geographical Expansion. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contemporary Perspectives in Branding
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing brands Over Time- Brand Architecture: Handling a Large Portfolio, Multi-Brand Portfolio. Brand Hierarchy, Revitalizing brands: Re-launch, Rejuvenation, when brand is dying or stagnating, or when the market is dying or stagnating. Special branding categories: Service brands, Private labels, Industrial brands, Luxury brands, Heritage brands, Internet brands, TOM (Top of mind recall) brands. Brand building in Indian context, Managing Premium brands. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Essential references: Keller, K.L. (2013). Strategic Brand Management(3rd edi). Prentice Hall of India. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Recommended references:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA543E - FAMILY BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Family Businesses make up most of the businesses that operate in our country and over the world. The success of these businesses contribute to the over-all economic development of our country. Understanding how family businesses are run, why family businesses are considered special, dynamics of the family within the business, Ownership legacy, sibling rivalries, professionalism, succession, and strategic planning are some of the topics that will be covered in this course. The students will also learn leadership and relationships that are inherent in family businesses and how these are intertwined in the ownership, governance and management of the family business. Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to enable students:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To interpret understanding of the importance of family managed business, governance and relational dynamics in family run firms. CO2: To develop their orientation to handle non family members in the Family Managed Business CO3: To acquire skills related to professionalising the family business, conflict resolution, taking leadership positions, importance of succession planning and working on wealth management for family and business CO4: To adapt to the vision of the Family Business and build new strategic directions. CO5: To combine solutions that impact overall functions of the family managed business/enterprise |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit I: INTRODUCTION
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nature, Importance, and Uniqueness of Family Business; Economic impact; Working Definition of Family Business; Life Cycle; Family Systems, Dynamics Challenge, Genograms, Policy Making; Perspectives-The Systems Theory, The Agency Theory, The Strategy View, The Stewardship Theory; Ethics, Social Responsibility, Philanthropy in Family Business, Contemporary Research
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit II: FAMILY BUSINESS GOVERNANCE
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The ownership challenge; Professionalization challenge; Diagnosing Family Business; Governance-Board of Directors, Family Councils, Family Offices
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit III: SUCCESSION
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Development and Selection of Next Generation; Transfer of Power; Future of Family Business; Trans generational Entrepreneurship; Strategic Planning
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit IV: ESTATE PLANNING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Importance of generational transfers; Pitfalls of estate planning; Estate Taxes; Owner’s Plan-responsibilities of Board, owner and management; Trusts and other Legal Devices
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit V:WEALTH MANAGEMENT
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Measures; Financial Statement Analysis; Family Business Accounting; Business Valuation, Valuation Methods | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit VI: KEY NON FAMILY MANAGEMENT
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nonfamily Managers, Perspectives, concerns; Career opportunities; Extending culture, Motivating and retaining; Best Practices
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit VII: BUSINESS PROCESS MANAGEMENT IN FAMILY BUSINESS
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Process Automation – Digital Marketing, ERP, Balance Score Card Tool, Aligning Human resource and business strategy, Improving organizational processes using Balanced Scorecard approach, Corporate Governance issues, Best Practices Management, Case Studies. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Essential references: 1. Poza, E. J. & Daugherty, M.S. (2015), Family Business, 4th Edition, Cengage Learning | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Recommended Reading:
8. Bork, Jaffe, Lane, Dashew, Heisler (1996). Working with family businesses: A guide for professionals.Jossey Bass Publishers. 9. Collier, C.W. (2002).Wealth in families. Harvard University. 10. Dyer, Jr. W.G. (1986). Cultural change in family firms: Anticipating and managing business and family transitions. Jossey-Bass Publishers. 11. Fleming, Q.J. (2000). Keeping the family baggage out of the family business | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA543F - STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strategic Financial Management emphasizes applying financial management techniques strategically to achieve the organization's objectives. This is done by reassessing the fundamental assumptions that cut across the traditional boundaries of the subject. The course will facilitate future managers to take strategic financial decisions concerning classical theory and contemporary research. This course intends to provide various strategies involved in the financial decision-making process and update the students on the availability of various sources of financing, choosing appropriate sources for funding to have optimum capital structure. It also covers various techniques in managing an organization's financial resources through better investment decisions (techniques) to achieve its business objectives and maximize its value which will help students who will be budding entrepreneurs/businessmen/financial analysts. Course Objectives: · To strategically extend the finance skill of the students on different financial management techniques to achieve the organisation's objectives. · To equip students to identify, evaluate and develop strategies relating to financing decisions. · To estimate the company's strategies relating to financial decisions, investment and dividend decisions. · To apply the strategic aspects of finance in various financial decision-making processes.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CLO1: Understand the process of strategic planning and its impact on the financial performance of the companies CLO2: Evaluate finance skills on different financial management techniques strategically to achieve the organization?s overall objectives. CLO3: Propose strategies relating to financing decisions, investment, and dividend decisions. CLO4: Discuss the strategic aspects of finance in various financial decisions making processes. CLO5: Build students' expertise about alternative sources of finance for long-term and short-term investment. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:14 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Planning and Risk Analysis:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Structure theories and planning
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividend Theory and policy
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Working Capital Finance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:14 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset Based Financing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Venture Capital/ Private Equity and Alternative Sources of Finance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA543H - INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The development of many multinational companies in the world economy has led and compelled companies to develop a strategic perspective in their HR approach to the international assignments and hence making it imperative for the organizations to examine the activities of the people working in the multi-cultural organizations. The course provides basic knowledge about the enduring concepts in internationalization of business and its implication on Human Resources Management Practices. It provides an understanding of challenges in sustaining international operations through assignments and managing recruitment, staffing, training and development, compensation management. The course also focuses on the expatriate management techniques and the ethical practices of a business enterprise across the world.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: : On completing the course student will be able to: CLO1: Demonstrate the differences between and domestic and international HRM in terms of its applications and implications CLO2: Identify the cross-cultural differences and ethical issues involved in managing people at global workplace CLO3: To analyse and evaluate the business issues and challenges in economic, social, psychological, technical , ethical and legal aspects of global businesses from an HR perspective CLO4: To analyse the application and implications of IHRM practices and techniques in managing business operations and people based on the international framework CLO5: To develop IHRM policies to integrate business objectives and the activities of people at global workplace |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Globalization and IHRM
|
|
Globalization, Evolution of global HRM, global versus domestic HRM, mapping global HRM, The nature and importance of culture, country and regional cultures, country culture versus MNE culture, cultural convergence or divergence, impact of culture on IHRM, Research in IHRM
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
International workforce planning and staffing
|
|
International workforce planning, staffing-choices and implication for MNEs | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
International recruitment, selection and repatriation
|
|
Staffing with expatriates, the international recruitment function, mistakes and failures, successful expatriation and best practices | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
International training and management development
|
|
The training function, virtual and global teams, global leadership development, cross cultural preparation, knowledge management and MNEs | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
International compensation and Performance Management
|
|
International remuneration, compensation and benefits, determinants of compensation, international compensation and benefits management, Performance management function and MNEs, international assignees and PA | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Well-being of International workforce, and international HRIS
|
|
Well-being of International workforce, Health and safety, crisis management, global HR support service and information systems | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Comparative IHRM
|
|
HRM issues in Europe, North America, Asia, IHRM department, professionalization of IHRM, Future of IHRM. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Essential Reading 1. Dowling, P. J., Festing, M., & Engle, A. D. (2019). International Human Resource Management (7th Ed.). New Delhi: Cengage Learning. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Recommended Reading 1. Punnett, B. J. (2019). International perspectives on organizational behavior (4th Edition.). New York: Routledge. 2. Edwards, T., &Ress, C. (2017). International Human Resource Management: Globalization, National Systems and Multinational Companies (Third Ed.). New York: Pearson. 3. Wintersberger, Daniel. (2017). International Human Resource Management: A Case Study Approach. U K: Kogan Page | |
BBA544E - WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: India is in a stage of robust economic growth, which can be accentuated by growth of entrepreneurs, who contribute through their innovation and sustainable ideas. This course on working capital management covers both the theoretical and practical aspects of working capital management of MSME units. It will highlight the necessity of proper management of current assets and current liabilities. It focuses on starting a new venture in India or any part of the globe and provides the skill set to analyze working capital finance by proper estimation of every component of Current assets and liabilities. Course Objectives: · To understand the concepts of working capital. · To comprehend with the need for having inventory control in firms · To evaluate sound credit policy by business firms. · To apply sound cash management system in business organizations. · To construct working capital estimation statements |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand the concepts of working capital CO2: Evaluate sound credit policy by business firms. CO3: Appraise sound cash management system in business organizations. CO4: Explain the need for having inventory control in firms CO5: Construct working capital estimation statements |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Working Capital Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Concepts of Working Capital, Operating cycle and production cycle, Types of Working Capital Significance of Working Capital, Inadequate Working Capital Excess Working Capital and Adequate or optimum Working Capital, Determinants of Working Capital , Issues in Working Capital management ,Determinants of Working Capital, Principles of Working Capital Management, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Working Capital Estimation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Estimation of Working Capital needs- Working Capital requirement under extra shift. Zero Working Capital approach, Estimation using operating cycle approach, Cash Budget, Cash flow statement, projected balance sheet and Regression method. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management of Cash
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Introduction, Motives of holding cash, managing cash flows Determination of optimum cash balance. Cash planning and Cash management models Investment of surplus cash, Management of Marketable Securities Case studies on cash management | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Receivables Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Introduction, meaning of receivables, Objectives of RM Cost of maintaining receivables. Factors affecting size of Receivables, Dimensions of RM, and Formation of credit policy: Nature, goals, optimum credit policy, its variables, Credit standards- Altman Z score and using discriminatory analysis; Credit Period policy; Collection policy and procedures, collection period and ageing schedule, Practical problems on receivables management, Factoring and receivables Management, Case studies.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventory management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Meaning of inventory, Nature of inventory, need of holding inventory, Benefits of inventory, Risks and costs of holding inventory. Objectives of inventory management, Tools and techniques of inventory management, perpetual inventory management system Determination of stock levels, EOQ, ABC analysis, VED analysis Inventory turnover ratios, Just In time inventory, Stock out costs, Valuation of inventories: using Incremental analysis; Case studies on inventory management | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financing of Working capital
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Working capital Committee Reports, Dahejia committee, Chore Committee, Marathe committee, Chakravarty committee and Kannan Committee. Sources of Working capital finance, new trends in financing of working capital by banks Instruments of working capital financing. Valuation of working capital alternates: In house and factoring arrangements. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contemporary trends in Working capital
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Turnover Method, Maximum Permissible Bank Finance (MPBF) System, Cash Budget System and Net Owned Funds System, Online Working capital financing. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA544F - BUSINESS VALUATION (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To understand the purpose of business valuation and to gain concepts of business valuation process. CO2: To apply the standard techniques of business valuation in practice. CO3: To develop analytical skills and communication strategies for discussing business valuation. CO4: To assess a firm?s business and competitive strategy and to assess whether business creates value for shareholders. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to business valuation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Discounted Cash Flow methods
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-discounted cash flow method
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Other Non DCF Approaches-Book Value approach-Stock and Debt approach-Strategic approach to valuation-Guidelines for corporate valuation
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advanced concepts in Valuation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Advanced issues in Valuation-Valuation of companies of different kinds-valuation in different contexts-Loose ends of valuation-Valuation of intangible assets: Patents, trademarks, copyrights and licenses; Franchises; Brands
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Value Based Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Value Based Management- Methods and Key premises of VBM - Marakon approach - Alcar approach - Mckinsey Approach-Stern Stewart approach-BCG Approach-Lessons from the experiences of VBM adopters
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Case Studies in valuation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
• Prasanna Chandra. (2011). Corporate Valuation and Value Creation. Tata McGraw Hill. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
CIA1 - 15% CIA2 - 25% CIA3 - 15% End Semester Examination - 40% Attendance - 5%
Question Paper Pattern Mid Semester Question Paper
End Semester Question Paper (theory Paper)
End Semester Question Paper (Problem Paper)
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA544H - HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
The course provides an in-depth understanding of various concepts related to the HRD initiatives that are practiced in organizations. It focuses on the study and practice for increasing the learning capacity of individuals, groups, and organizations. It explains the process of development and application of functional knowledge through interventions in order to optimize human and organizational growth and effectiveness. Course Objectives: To provide an understanding of fundamental concepts, methods and approaches to HRD.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Identify the training need requirements across various functional areas
CO2: Plan training programmes to meet the organizational requirements
CO3: Analyse the challenges in implementing the training programmes
CO4: Compare the different types of training offered in the organization CO5: Design an appropriate HRD intervention to solve real time organizational problems
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||
Introduction to HRD
|
||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Definition, Objectives, Scope and Importance of HRD; HRD philosophy, Features of HRD, HRD Mechanisms, Integrated HRD systems, HRD field and climate, Organizational strategy and HRD intervention, HRD Audit. | ||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||
Pre-Training Work
|
||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Training, development and education, Training policies, objectives and strategies, Importance of TNI, Pre-training activities, Identifying training needs, Training at different levels, Business goals vs training. | ||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||
Curriculum and Pedagogy
|
||||
Training specification, training design, impediments to effective training, specification of training methods, seven principles of good practice, expectation of participants, qualities of good trainers. | ||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||
Training Evaluation
|
||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Purpose of training evaluation, principles of evaluation, process of evaluation, clients in training process, training evaluation models. | ||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||
Coaching & Mentoring
|
||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Roles of Managers, Coaching, Competencies of coaches, developing a coaching eye, coaching style of leadership, management support in coaching, managing the role stretch of executives. Leaders and Managers, leadership characteristics, developing leadership potential, mentoring, mentoring vs coaching, implementing mentoring practices. | ||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||
Counselling
|
||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Quality of work life, counselling, prerequisites of employee counselling, guidelines to effective counselling, counselling techniques, types of counselling, counselling process, stress management interventions, benefits of counselling. | ||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||
Developing Commitment and Motivation
|
||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Organizational commitment, types of commitment, determinants of organizational commitment, creating a suitable environment, developing commitment in individual employees, Motives and applied motivation. | ||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Haldar, U.K. (2013). Human Resource Development (1sted.).New Delhi, India: Oxford University Press. | ||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| ||||
BBA544M - CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | ||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||
|
||||
Course Outcome |
||||
CO1: Analyse relationship theory from the point of view of the customer and the organisation. CO2: Critically analyse an organisation's relational strategies with stakeholder groups that affect how well it meets customer needs CO3: Evaluate CRM implementation strategies CO4: Formulate and assess strategic, operational and tactical CRM decisions. CO5: Plan and conduct an investigation on an aspect of CRM, and communicate findings in an appropriate format. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Emerging Concepts in Customer Relationship Management:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data, Information & Technology
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CRM Technology and Data Platforms, Database and Data Management, and the role of Business Intelligence (BI) in CRM, Database and customer data development | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Relationship marketing and the Concept of Customer Value
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strategic CRM
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Implementing the CRM strategy
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CRM Evaluation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Privacy, Ethics and Future of CRM
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
V. Kumar, W. R. (2012). Customer Relationship Management: Concept, Strategy, and Tools (2nd edition). Springer.99 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA545E - PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description Innovation is a vital process in driving change at every level in society: Enterprises which fail to innovate may find themselves overtaken by competitors to the detriment of economic development and growth on a regional, national and international scale. Innovative products require lot of creativity to be able to compete in this competitive arena. This course will draw on the perspectives of marketing, design and manufacturing into a single approach to product development. It will also provide a set of product development methods that can be put into practice on development projects. In addition, selected cases drawn from a range of sectors will be used to illustrate practical aspects associated with implementing the concept of product design and development. Course Objectives · To develop a critical understanding of concepts that goes into management and development of new products/services and how the product life cycle affects the product. · To comprehend the methods and ways in which they could apply for patents/copyright/trademark for new products. · To evaluate how various modes of design are used in the process of new product development. To analyse the different systems and methods that is critical for the design and development of new products/services. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Develop a critical understanding of concepts that goes into management and development of new products/services and how the product life cycle affects the product. CO2: Apply the different systems and methods that are critical for the design and development of new products/services. CO3: Examine the methods and ways in which they could apply for patents/copyright/trademark for new products. CO4: Evaluate how various modes of design are used in the process of new product development. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Product Planning
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
New Product Development stage, including: Idea Generation, Idea Screening, Concept Development and Testing, Marketing Strategy Development, Business Analysis, Product Development, Test Marketing, Commercialization, PLC, Branding & Globalization. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Idea Generation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Generating Ideas for New Products, Building a Culture of Innovation; Sources of ideas: continuous improvement, imitation, customer needs analysis. Characteristics of successful product development, product specification – Physical, chemical & operational, Challenges of product development, product development types. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Design Thinking Techniques
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Modes of design thinking, Developing and Selecting Product; Concepts; Product Architecture; Industrial Design; Ergonomics, User Interface Design. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Prototyping and Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Types of prototyping, Rapid prototyping, Design for Manufacturing; Product Testing and Reliability, Simulation and Design Tools; Product Launch; Design for the Environment; Product Lifecycle Management. Design for assembly, design for disassembly, robust design. Technology life cycle, Types of testing, Product Development Economics, Activity based costing. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Testing and Launching New Products
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Pre-test-market forecasting, beta testing, test markets, information acceleration; The social impact of new products; socially responsible innovation. Value engineering, steps in value engineering. Quality standards: ISO, 6sigma and BIS. Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA), Ishikawa Diagram (Fishbone Diagram). | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Service Design
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Purpose and objectives of service design, service design process, RACI matrix, issues in service design, Critical success factors and key performance indicators. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Intellectual Property Rights and Patent Laws
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to Intellectual Property Management (IPM) – Need for IP management, Purpose of a Patent, Infringement of Patents, Copyright and trademark, Importance of IP and Terms of protection, Patent Filing Procedures. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Product Design and Development, Ulrich, Karl T., Eppinger, Steve D., and Yang, Maria C., 7th ed., McGraw-Hill Education, 2019. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Product Design and Manufacturing, Chitale A.K, Gupta R.C, 6th ed,. PHI Learning Private Ltd, 2013. 2. Intellectual Property Rights and the Law, G.B.Reddy., Gogia Law Agency, 7th ed., Reprint, 2009. 3. Design for Assembly Automation and Product Design, Boothroyd, G, Marcel Dekker 1980. 4. Human Factors in Engineering and Design, Mark S Sanders, McGraw Hill, 1993. 5. Fundamentals of Quality control and Improvement, Amitava Mitra, 2nd ed, Pearson Education Asia, 2002. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA545H - ORGANIZATION THEORY AND DESIGN (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Organization Theory and Design focuses on integrating contemporary thinking about organization design with classic ideas and theories. It describes about the organizations that have undergone major shifts in organization design, strategic direction, values or culture as they strive to become learning organizations and be more competitive in today’s turbulent global environment. This course focuses on the complexity of the global environment and explores concepts and ideas that can help the HR managers design their organization to be more effective on a global scale. This course focusses on organization design as a key success factor for any business environment, cultural shift or transformation effort and its contribution to organization effectiveness. Course Objectives:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course student will be able to: CLO1: Analyse the use of organizational design in promoting creativity and innovation from a global perspective CLO2: Identify and analyse various challenges in designing an organizational structure CLO3: Examine new forms of organization design & structure adopted by companies to meet changing business requirements CLO4: Identify and Analyse various factors affecting organizational design and structure CLO5: Conduct an organizational analysis using a framework to assess the need to integrate structure, strategy and technology |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organisations and Organisational Stakeholders
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Organization theory- Organizational structure, organizational culture, organizational design, Importance of organizational design-gaining competitive advantage, managing diversity, increasing efficiency and innovation, improving coordination and motivation, developing and implementing strategy, Consequences of poor organizational design, Organizational stakeholders-inside stakeholders, satisfying stakeholders’ goals and interests | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic Challenges of Organisational Design
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Organizational roles, Vertical and Horizontal Differentiation, Organizational Design Challenges-Balancing differentiation and integration, balancing centralization and decentralization, balancing standardization and mutual adjustment, coordinating the formal and informal organizations, Mechanistic and Organic Organizational structure | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Designing Organisational Structure: Authority & Control
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Top managers and Organizational Authority, Vertical Differentiation –size and height limitations, problems with tall hierarchies, Factors affecting the shape of the Hierarchy, Principles of Bureaucratic Structure, Advantages and limitations of Bureaucratic Structure | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Designing Organisational Structure
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Functional Structure: Advantages of a Functional Structure, Control Problems in a Functional Structure, Changing the design of the functional structure, moving to a Divisional Structure-Product and Multidivisional Structure, Geographic Structure, Market Structure, Matrix Structure | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organizational Strategy and Structure
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Organizational Strategy and Structure-Sources of Core Competences, Three Levels of Strategy and structure | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Organisational Design and Technology
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Technology and Organizational Effectiveness, Technical Complexity and Organizational Structure, Routine tasks and complex tasks- Theory of Charles Perrow, Task Interdependence: The Theory of James D Thompson | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing the New Technological Environment
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Managing Innovation in High-Tech Organizations, Advanced Technology and Organizational Culture, Creating a Culture for Innovation, Flexible Work Teams | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Anderson, D. L. 1. (2013). Organization Development: The process of leading organizational change (3rd edition.). Los Angeles: SAGE Publications. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA545M - INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The course objective is
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1 : ? Understand the manifestations of international markets CO2: ? Analyze the various aspects in international marketing CO3: ? Apply the management functions of international marketing CO4: ? Construct and compare the strategy issues and choices available for managers in international marketing |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|
Introduction to International Marketing
|
||
| ||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|
Global Marketing Environment
|
||
| ||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|
Approaching Global Markets
|
||
Analyzing and Targeting Global Market Opportunities, Global Customers, Global Marketing Environment, Global Marketing information systems and Market research, segmentation, targeting and positioning, importing, exporting and sourcing, | ||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|
Global market entry strategies
|
||
| ||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|
Global Marketing Mix
|
||
| ||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|
Strategy and leadership in the twenty first century
|
||
| ||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|
Legal and Ethical concepts in International Marketing
|
||
| ||
Text Books And Reference Books:
1. Donald L. Brady (2015) Essentials of International marketing, Routledge,Cengage Learning 2. Daniel W Baack, Eric G. Harris, Donald Baack (2012), International Marketing, SAGE Publications 3. U C Mathur (2008) International Marketing Management, SAGE Publications. 4. Pervez N. Ghauri, Philip R.Cateora,(2006) International Marketing, Mc Grawhill Education.
| ||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Essential Reading: Keegan, Warren J., & Green, Mark C. (2017) Global Marketing , Pearson Education Inc. publishing as Prentice Hall International,
| ||
Evaluation Pattern CIA = 60 MARKS ESE = 40 MARKS | ||
BBA551A - DATA MANAGEMENT FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS (2019 Batch) | ||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||
Course Description: The goal of the course is to present a basic introduction to database management systems, with an emphasis on database design methodologies (ER diagrams and normalization theory), database query languages (relational algebra and SQL) and Big Data. Students will design and implement a simple database system to deepen their understanding of the basic database concepts and theories. After taking this course, the students will have the capability of developing various database applications such as enterprise information systems, e-commerce systems, business management systems and business analytics. Course Objective: On having completed this course student should be able to: · To understand terms related to database design and management · To design a relational database development process · To develop and Implement big data management framework · To construct conceptual data models & develop logical data models To apply data management models across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance, HR and Operations. |
||
Course Outcome |
||
CO1: Understand terms related to database design and management
CO2: Design a relational database development process. CO3: Develop and Implement big data management framework
CO4: Construct conceptual data models & develop logical data models. CO5: Apply data management models across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance, HR and Operations. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
DBMS & RDBMS
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Definition of data, uses & need of data in organizations, Need for Information, Qualities of Information, Definition of DBMS, Entities & their attributes, advantages & disadvantages of DBMS, DBMS Architecture, Functions of DBMS, Data Models: The hierarchical model, the network model, the relational model and OORDBMS | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||
Database Design (Practical)
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Understanding the need for Data base, mapping user’s output needs with database design, Feasibility Study Understanding fields, record, file and database, designing front end and back end user interface, integration of backend database with online and traditional interfaces using MS ACCESS, Definition and need of Normalization, First Normal Form, Second Normal Form, Third Normal Form. Relations, domains & keys. | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||
Relational Model & SQL
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Understanding the history of RDBMS, its role and importance of creating robust database, RDBMS Terminology, CODD's rule for RDBMS, Concept of Relational Model, and SQL: SQL Database creation & manipulation views & queries on RDBMS.
| |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||
Database Recovery & Backup, Performance & Security
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Introduction to database Recovery, Concurrency Control Techniques, Locking mechanism, Dead Locks, Techniques of backup, RAID configuration, database Security techniques and storage technique- DAS, NAS, SAS | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||
Big Data
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Introduction to Big Data, Characterize the phenomena of Big Data and Big Data Analytics, Analyze and apply different visual analytics concepts and tools for a big data sets, Analyze and apply different concepts, methods, and tools for analyzing big data in organizational contexts, critically assess the ethical and legal issues in Big Data Analytics | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||
Introduction to MongoDB
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
What is MongoDB? - Why MongoDB? Using JSON, Creating or Generating a Unique Key, Support for Dynamic Queries, Storing Binary Data, Replication, Sharding, Updating Information In-Place - Terms used in RDBMS and MongoDB - Data Types in MongoDB – CRUD (Create, Read, Update and Delete): Insert (), Update (), Save (), Remove (), find () – Arrays- MapReduce Functions- Aggregation- Java Scripting | |||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||
Introduction to Cassandra & Hive
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Data Types, CRUD: Insert, Update, Delete, Select -Collections: Set, List, Map- Using a Counter -Time To Live (TTL)- Alter: Alter Table to Change the Data Type of a Column, Alter Table to Delete a Column, Drop a Table, Drop a Database, Hive Data Unit - Hive Architecture - Hive Data Types: Primitive Data Types, Collection Data Types - Hive File Format: Text File, Sequential File, RCFile (Record Columnar File), Hive Query Language | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Seema Acharya, Subhasini Chellappan (2017), "Big Data Analytics" Wiley Publication 2. Tom White (2012), “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide” O’reily Media, Third Edition | |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Elmasari, Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Addison Wesley. | |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA552A - DATA VISUALIZATION (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description This course introduces undergraduate students to Data Visualization. This course is intended to teach students how to create meaningful charts and figures that can simultaneously convey useful information and be pleasing to the eye. Students will learn to use TABLEAU, programming language R to develop graphics.
Course Objectives: · To understand a business problem through the data · To illustrate TABLEAU interface components to create most effective presentation through powerful visualization · To build static and interactive dashboards · To export structured data into R from various sources and visualize them using ggplot2 · To assess diagnostic modeling techniques through hands on exercises using R software |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: Demonstrate the principles of data visualization. CO2: Develop the understanding of data using various statistical graphs. CO3: Test for diagnostic modeling techniques using R software. CO4: Build static & interactive visualization reports using Tableau and R software. CO5: Construct a model with live data visualization dashboards of different business scenarios using Tableau and R Software. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|
Working with Data using Tableau
|
||
Introduction & need for data visualization, classification of data visualization, granularity of the data, data Types, derived variables, univariate analysis, joins and blends – joining tables, Cross database joins, blending data sources, filtering data, data transformation | ||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|
Data Visualization using Tableau
|
||
Different types of Chart (Scatterplot, Corrplot, Heatmap, Stackbar, Treemap, Sunburst) Network Graphs, Animated chart using gganimate, tweenr, segmented analysis, correlation analysis, crosstab analysis, multivariate analysis | ||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|
Dashboard and Story Telling Using Tableau
|
||
Designing dashboards in Tableau, tiled versus floating, manipulating objects on the dashboard, building the views, creating the dashboard framework, implementing actions to guide the story, interlude – context filtering, Designing for different displays and devices | ||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
Statistical Data Analysis using R
|
||
Descriptive statistics, summarization of different types of data, hypothesis testing, parametric test & non-parametric data, multivariate analysis | ||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
Visualizing data with R
|
||
Loading tables and CSV Files, loading excel files, exporting data, the grammar of graphics, Basic plots and data structures, Intermediate plotting with ggplot2, Time series with dygraphs, Interactive ggplots with ggiraph, data manipulation verbs from dplyr and tidyr, gathering data, cleaning data, and tidying data | ||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
Dashboard using R
|
||
Introduction to R Shiny, Static report using flex dashboard package, understanding input elements, building simple interactive visuals, filtering charts using input controls, automatically creating visuals for any input data, advanced interactivity using observe functions, guidelines for visuals & dashboard | ||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
Visualizing using text data
|
||
Creating word cloud using Text data, plotting simple maps using Online API, layered grammar of graphics. | ||
Text Books And Reference Books: · Sinha, C. (2017). Tableau 10 for Beginners, Ohio Computer Academy. · Garrett Grolemund (2014) Hands-On Programming with R (Write your own functions and simulations), OReilly. | ||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading · Milligan, Joshua N. (2019). Learning Tableau 2019, 3rd Edition, Packt Publishers. · Jeeva Jose (2018). Beginner’s guide for Data Analysis using R Programming, Khanna Publishing | ||
BBA553A - PYTHON PROGRAMMING FOR BUSINESS ANALYTICS (2019 Batch) | ||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||
This course will provide students with skills and knowledge of Python programming and experience in designing and developing business analytics applications. This course equips a motivated student with little or no prior programming experience with a working knowledge of the Python programming language and the Pandas package, for the purpose of descriptive data analytics. These skills are foundational for anyone interested in a career in data science, and they are beneficial for every manager in today’s data-rich economy. Python is one of the world’s most popular programming languages due to its simplicity, versatility, efficiency, and community support. Recent surveys have found it to be the most highly demanded programming language among job postings in data science. Pandas is a Python package that makes analyzing data easy, and it is widely used by data scientists at Google, Facebook, JP Morgan, and a host of other major companies.
|
||
Course Outcome |
||
CO1: Illustrate basic operators and functions using Python Programming
CO2: Apply condition expressions and functions to different data sets for given conditions.
CO3: Apply the basic skill of designing Graphical User Interfaces in Python
CO4: Interpret the quantitative output which is analyzed using Python Programming.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Python Programming
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||
Data Collections and Language Component
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Define and use functions and modules, working with recursion, Basic skills for working with lists, work with a list of lists, work with tuples, work with dates and times, Introduction to file I/O, use text files, use CSV files, use binary files, handle a single exception, handle multiple exceptions
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||
UNIT III: Data Manipulation in Python
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||
GUI Programming in Python using Tkinter
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Tkinter Introduction, Working with widgets: button, labels, text boxes, Checkbutton, etc. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||
Python Packages/Libraries
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||
Python and Data Analytics
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||
Python Application in Business Analytics
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Python for Text Analytics, Handling Qualitative Data, Python for Spatial Analytical, Web Scraping Data & its application in Business with Use Case / Case Study | |||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Guttag, John (2013), Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python. Spring edition. MIT Press. | |||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Guttag, John (2013), Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python. Spring edition. MIT Press. | |||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||
BBA555F - FINANCIAL ECONOMETRICS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||
CO1: understand the basics of econometrics and econometric techniques. Forecast financial data using econometric techniques (ARIMA) and measure their effectiveness. Find out the Long term and short term association among the variables Estimate volatility of Financial time series variables |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Basics of Econometrics
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Stationarity and Non Stationarity Time Series Models
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||
Linear Regression Model
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Univariate Time Series Model
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||
Conditional Variance Models
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Multivariate Stationary and Non-Stationary Models
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Prasanna Chandra. (2020). Corporate Valuation: Text and Cases. 2e Paperback. McGraw Hill | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA581 - INTERNSHIP PROJECT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:1 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: Internship Project work is aimed at providing an organization exposure to the student, in understanding the various departments and provide the students a hands-on experience of working in organizations and understanding their basic functionalities. Students get an opportunity to understand the nature of business and intend to gain an experience of how planning, organizing, directing, communicating, coordinating and controlling is undertaken at various levels in different functional areas like Finance, Production, Marketing, Human Resources, etc. Course Objectives: · To provide an understanding of the organization and its basic functionalities. · To learn about management, organizational values, and business practices of the organization, organization structure, products/service, clients, etc. · To gather comprehensive information about various businesses/processes of the organization · To gain an understanding of the company’s vision, Mission, etc.
· To evaluate the contribution and challenges of the company interned.
|
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
On having completed this project student should be able to: The student after completing the internship would have understood the basic structure of an organization and the working procedures of different departments and issues faced by them. which would provide a base for their career development |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
1. Introduction
|
|
1.1 Industry Profile 1.2 Company profile 1.3 Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
2. Organization structure/chart (Hierarchy
|
|
2.1 Organizational chart | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
3 Functional areas (Divisions)
|
|
3.1 Finance 3.2 Marketing 3.3 HRM 3.4 Production Any other | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
4 Analysis & Interpretation (If required)
|
|
Spealisation area | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
5 SWOT analysis-Company
|
|
5.1 Company SWOT analysis | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Conclusion
|
|
Conclusion | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
6 Suggestions/Recommendations
|
|
Suggestions/Recommendations
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: Respective organization website | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Respective organization website | |
Evaluation Pattern [1.]VIVA-VOCE (50 Marks):-
• Organizational Knowledge: 15 Marks
• Domine knowledge and Experience:25 Marks
• General questions and answers: 10 Marks
[2.]REPORT VALUATION(30 Marks):-
Introduction, Company Profile and organization chart And various department details: 10 Marks
Analysis, interpretation and suggestions:10 Marks
Format Compliance Clarity and coherence in writing: 20 Marks
[3.] FACULTY GUIDE(20 Marks):-
o Weekly report submission and activities performed during the internship: 10 Marks
o Timely submission of Final Report: 10 Marks
| |
BECH531N - INDIAN ECONOMY (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:5 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description This paper aims at initiating among the students discussion on some of the key issues of Indian economy. It also aims at making the students understand the macroeconomic challenges and policy management in India with special reference to Karnataka. This paper exposes the students to the quantitative data on various economic aspects and policies in India and Karnataka as well.
Course Objectives
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: The student is able to understand the features and structural changes of Indian economy and compare with the growth pattern and challenges of other economies. CO2: The course enables the student to apply the theoretical knowledge in the actual working of Indian economy. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||
Economic Development since Independence
|
|||||||||||||
Major features of the economy at independence; Growth and development under different policy regimes, goals, constraints, institutions and policy framework; an assessment of performance, sustainability and regional contrasts; structural change, savings and investments
| |||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||
Population and Human Development
|
|||||||||||||
Demographic trends: Population growth and size of population, aspects related to birth rate and death rate, composition and density of population, demographic transition and issues; Education: Literacy rates, enrollment rates; Primary, secondary and higher education; Technical education and skill gaps; Health and malnutrition: Trends, issues and programs. | |||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||
Growth and Distribution
|
|||||||||||||
Trends and policies in poverty: Debate on poverty line; Inequality and unemployment trends; Employment generation programs and issues. | |||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||
International Comparisons
|
|||||||||||||
GDP; Unemployment; Poverty and Human Development Index (HDI): India’s position in International level; India and global economy. | |||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||
Balanced Regional Development
|
|||||||||||||
Indicators of Regional Imbalances; Causes of Economic Backwardness and Regional Imbalances, changing scenarios in backward states since Economic reforms; Policy Measures to remove Regional Disparities; State Human Development Reports; End of the five-year plan, Three Year Action Agenda and Regional development. | |||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Datt, G., & Mahajan, A. (2016). Indian economy. (72nd ed.). New Delhi:S.Chand& Company Pvt. Ltd. Iteshamul, H. (2015). A Handbook of Karnataka. Bangalore: Government of Karnataka. Kapila, U. (2016). Indian Economy – Performance and Policies (17th ed.). New Delhi: Academic Foundation. Misra, S. K., &Puri, V. K. (2011). Indian economy (34th ed.). Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House. | |||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Aiyar, S. S., &Mody, A. (2011). The demographic dividend: Evidence from the Indian states. IMF Working Paper WP/11/38, International Monetary Fund. Balakrishnan, P. (2007). The recovery of India: Economic growth in the Nehru Era. Economic and Political Weekly, 42 (45-46), 52-66. Baru, R., Acharya, A., Acharya, S., Kumar, A. S., & Nagaraj, K. (2010). Inequities in access to health services in India: caste, class and region. Economic and Political Weekly, 45 (38), 49-58. Basu, K. (2009). China and India: idiosyncratic paths to high growth. Economic and Political Weekly, 44 (38), 43-56. Deaton, A., &Drèze, J. (2009). Food and Nutrition in India: Facts and Interpretations. Economic and political weekly, 44 (07), 42-65. Drèze, J., & Sen, A. (2013). An Uncertain Glory: India and its Contradictions. NJ: Princeton University Press. Dyson, T. (2013). Population and Development: The Demographic Transition. New York: Zed Books Ltd. Economic Survey of Karnataka 2016-17. Government of Karnataka. Himanshu, R., & Sen, A. (2010). Towards New Poverty Lines for India. Economic & Political Weekly, 45 (1), 2-8. Himanshu. (2011). Employment Trends in India: A Re-examination. Economic and Political Weekly, 46 (37), 43-59. James, K. S. (2008). Glorifying Malthus: Current debate on demographic dividend in India. Economic and Political Weekly, 43 (25), 63-69. Kapila, U. (Ed.). (2009). Indian Economy since Independence. New Delhi: Academic Foundation. Meti, T. K. (1976). The Economy of Karnataka: An Analysis of Development and Planning. New Delhi: Oxford & IBH Publishing Company. Mohan, R. (2008). Growth record of the Indian economy, 1950-2008: A story of sustained savings and investment. Economic and Political Weekly, 43 (19), 61-71. Narayana, M. R. (2004). An Overview of the Karnataka Economy'. Chapter One in Karnataka Development Report, Karnataka:Institute for Social and Economic Change Shetty, S. L. (2007). India’s Savings Performance since the Advent of Planning. Institutions and Markets in India’s Development: Essays for K. N Raj, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Somasekhara, N. (1978). Planning and Development in Karnataka: Targets, Allocations, and Perspectives. Mysore: Geetha Book House. Vaidyanathan, A., & Krishna, K. L. (Eds.). (2007). Institutions and Markets in India's Development: Essays for KN Raj. Oxford. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. | |||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||
BECH532N - INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:5 |
||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||
The aim of this paper is to provide students with a strong foundation in the principles of international economics which will help them to understand the trade theories and associated policies adopted in various countries. The paper will enable students to understand the impact of the globalization on income, employment and social standards in the current international scenario. The paper covers the pure theory of trade and extensions thereof, commercial policy, economic integration, balance of payments, foreign exchange rate determination, international monetary system and economic crises in recent times. Course Objectives
|
|||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||
CO1: Gain a strong foundation in the principles of international economics CO2: Be able to comprehend the trade policies and the impact of the same on income, employment and social standards in the current globalised scenario. CO3: Secure insights on the causes, consequences and solutions to economic crises that have occurred in recent times. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||
Introduction and Essentials
|
|||||||||||||||||||
The Subject Matter of International Economics; Trade Based on Absolute Advantage; Trade Based on Comparative Advantage; Misconceptions about comparative advantage; Comparative advantage in practice. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||
The Standard Theory of International Trade and Terms of Trade
|
|||||||||||||||||||
The Basis for and the Gains from Trade with Increasing Costs; Trade Based on Differences in Tastes; The Equilibrium Relative Commodity Price with Trade; Partial Equilibrium Analysis & General Equilibrium Analysis; Terms of trade.
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||
The Heckscher - Ohlin Theory, Economies of Scale, Imperfect Competition and International Trade
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Heckscher-Ohlin Theory; Factor-Price Equalization, Effect of Trade on Income Distribution; The Leontief Paradox; Empirical relevance of the H-O theory in the current period; Economies of Scale and International Trade; Imperfect Competition and International Trade-Intra industry trade; Technological gap and Product Cycle models. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||
Trade Restrictions: Tariffs and Nontariff Trade Barriers
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Partial Equilibrium Analysis of a Tariff; General Equilibrium Analysis of a Tariff in a Small Country; Import Quotas; Other Non-tariff Barriers; Neo- Protectionism | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||
Economic Integration
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Meaning of Economic Integration, Trade-Creating Customs Unions; Trade-Diverting Customs Unions; The Theory of the Second Best and Other Static Welfare Effects of Customs Unions; ASEAN, SAARC; Multilateralism; WTO; New outlook towards a global trading system. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||
The Balance of Payments, Foreign Exchange Rates
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance of Payments: Principles; Disequilibrium in BOP, BOP Crisis in India in 1991 Functions of the Foreign Exchange Markets; Foreign Exchange Rates; Purchasing Power Parity Theory; Stable and Unstable Foreign Exchange Markets. Rupee Convertibility
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||
The International Monetary System and Macroeconomic Policy Coordination
|
|||||||||||||||||||
The Evolution of the Bretton Woods System; The IMF; Policy Coordination with Floating Exchange Rates; The Single Currency and Economic Integration; The European Monetary Union. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||
International Economic Issues
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Financial liberalisation, capital movementsand economic crises. Sustainable trade; Issues in emerging markets, international trade and ethics. | |||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Salvatore, D. (2016). International Economics: Trade and Finance. (12th ed.). Oxford: John Wiley International Student Edition. | |||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Alder, J., & Wilkinson, D. (1999). International Trade and the Environment: Ethical Issues. In Environmental Law and Ethics(pp. 325-353). Palgrave, London. Bowen, H., Hollander A. &Viaene J. (2012). Applied International Trade Analysis. London: Macmillan Publication. Dornbusch , R. (1980).Open Economy Macroeconomics ( International Students Edition). New York: Basic Books. Kapila, U. (2018). Indian Economy: Performance and Policies. (17th ed.). New Delhi: Academic Foundation. Krugman, P., Obstfeld, M. &Melitz,M. (2012). International Economics: Theory and Policy. (9th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education. Lobo, R. (2003). Southeast Asian Crisis: An Economic Analysis. New Delhi: Serials Publication. Mankiw, G. N. (2012). Principles of Macroeconomics. (6th ed.). New Delhi: Cengage Learning India. Marrewijk, C.V. (2007). International Economics: Theory, Application and Policy. Oxford: Oxford University Press. McGee, R. (2016). Ethics in International Trade. Mihalcea, A. D., &Anghel, l. C. Romanian Capital Market: On the Road Toward an Emergent Market Status. Challenging the Status Quo in Management and Economics, 168. Reddy, Y.V. (2011). Global Crisis, Recession and Uneven Recovery. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan. Stiglitz, J. (2016). The Euro and its Threat to the Future of Europe. London: Penguin. World Summit on Sustainable Development: (2002).Globalization and the Importance of Trade. | |||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||
BECH533N - POLITICAL ECONOMY OF INDIA (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:5 |
||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||
The primary aim of this course is to introduce students to political economy theory and the political economy of India. The discourse examines the interplay of politics and economics so that students comprehend the impact of political processes on economic development. Thirdly, the aim is to acquaint students to significant political economy issues namely liberalization and withdrawal of the state from its engagement in development. This course will:
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||
CO1: understand the interplay between politics and economics and how that influences the decisions at the state level. CO2: examine how political ideology shapes the economy through the lens of major theoretical perspectives in political economy. CO3: identify and compare the main political themes in the Indian economy CO4: effectively communicate complex ideas through written and oral presentations. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Introduction to Political Economy Theory
|
|
People and Society; Theory of complementary holism; Justice maxims: Conservative, liberal and radical and their shortcomings. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
Political Economy of the Market and the Macro Economy
|
|
Functions of the market: Supply and demand reconsidered; The fallacy of the beneficent invisible hand and market failure.
Macro economy: Macro law of supply and demand reconsidered; Myth about inflation and Deficits; Wage lead growth. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Caste, Class and Mixed Economy Model
|
|
Gradualism vs. Radical economic and social change: Caste composition of classes and class divisions within castes; Mixed economy model in India: its evolution as a pattern of mobilisation and the goals of planning. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
Political Economy of Liberalisation
|
|
Political economy of liberalisation: The attack on socialist principles of planning and retreat of the state from economic planning; The aims and achievements of privatisation; The interface between public investment and economic growth. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
Autonomy of the State; Dynamics of dominant Oligarchy
|
|
Autonomy of the State; Dynamics of dominant oligarchy and the re-emergence of the dominant propriety classes: A brief examination on their impact on public mobilisation and capital management. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Conflict and Commensuration: Contested Market Making
|
|
Indian Developers and foreign investors; Making a market 1: Government reforms; Making a market 2: Investor-developer collaborations; The politics of commensuration; Value of companies; Value of land; Value of enterprise; Two different fields of practice; Value projects. | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA I: 20 % CIA II: 25 % (Mid Semester Examination) CIA III: 20 % Attendance: 05 % ESE: 30% | |
BECH541AN - FOUNDATIONS OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description Introductory course on the basic principles of agricultural economics. Production economics, principles of supply and demand, resource economics, world food situation, marketing of agricultural products, and agricultural public policy. Course Objective The objective of this course is to familiarise students with policy issues that are relevant to Indian agricultural economics and enable them to analyse the issues, using economic concepts. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: The students will attain the capability to explore the economic foundations for public policy analysis related to agricultural issues |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||||||
Nature and Scope of Agricultural Economics; Traditional agriculture and its modernisation; Role of agriculture in economic development; Interdependence between agriculture and industry- empirical evidence; Principles of land utilization; Land distribution- structure and trends; Land values and rent; Land tenures and farming systems- Peasant, capitalist, collective, state and co- operative farming; Tenancy and crop sharing- Forms, incidence and effects; Land reform measures and performance; Problems of marginal and small farmers. | |||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||
Agricultural Growth and Practices in India
|
|||||||||||||
Agricultural situation during five year plan periods; Role of Public Investment and Capital Formation in Indian Agriculture; Recent trends in agricultural growth in India; Inter regional variations in growth of output and productivity; Cropping pattern shifts; Strategy of agricultural development : Supply of inputs- Irrigation, power, seed and fertilizers and role of technology – Green Revolution; Sustainable agriculture: concepts and constraints, indigenous practices; Bio- technological practices; Organic Farming – Case Study; Role of allied activities in Agriculture: Livestock management-Dairy farming. | |||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||
Consumer and Producer Theory in Agricultural Economics
|
|||||||||||||
Production function analysis in agriculture – factor combination and resource substitution, cost and supply curves; Size of farm and laws of returns – theoretical and empirical findings; Characteristics of demand for farm products – Concept and measurement of own-price, cross- price and income elasticities of demand and their interrelationship in agricultural sector; Issues relating to specification of supply response function (distributed lags, acreage vs. production response etc.); Quantity and quality components of demand for food; Characteristics of supply of farm products; | |||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
||||||||||||
Agricultural Prices and Rural Labor Market
|
|||||||||||||
Marketing and state policy; Agricultural markets and marketing efficiency- marketing functions and costs; Market structure and imperfection; Regulated markets; Marketed and marketable surplus; Need for state intervention: State policy with respect to agricultural marketing, Warehousing, Prices, Taxation and crop insurance; Behaviour of agricultural prices: Cobweb model, Price and income stability, Objectives of agricultural price policy- Instruments and evaluation; Food security in India and public distribution system; Interlocking of factor markets; Mobility of labour and segmentation in labour markets; Agricultural employment- Trends and determinants | |||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||
WTO and Indian Agriculture
|
|||||||||||||
Terms of trade between agricultural and non-agricultural sectors; WTO and Indian agriculture- Advantages and disadvantages in relation to Indian Agriculture; Agricultural Subsidies in India: importance, issues and challenges; patents. | |||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Barkley, A., & Barkley, P. (2013). Principles of Agricultural Economics. London: Routlegde, Taylor and Francis. 2. Colman, D., & Young, T. (1989). Principles of Agricultural Economics: Markets and Prices in Less Developed Countries. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 3. Government of India. (2017). State of Indian Agriculture 2015-16. New Delhi. Retrieved from http://eands.dacnet.nic.in/PDF/State_of_Indian_Agriculture,2015-16.pdf 4. Lekhi, R. K., and Singh. J. (2016). Agricultural Economics – An Indian Perspective (11th ed.). New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers 59 | |||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Ashok, R. (1982). Indian Agricultural Economics: Myths and Realities. New Delhi: Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd. 2. Chatterjee, S., &Kapur, D. (2016). Understanding Price Variation in Agricultural Commodities in India: MSP, Government Procurement and Agriculture Markets. India Policy Forum 2016. NCAER: National Council of Applied Economic Research. 3. Datt, G., & Mahajan, A. (2016). Indian Economy (72nd ed.). New Delhi: S. Chand &Company Pvt. 4. Ltd. 5. Desai, G. M., & Vaidyanathan, A. (1995). Strategic Issues in Future Growth of Fertiliser Use in India. New Delhi: Macmillan India. 6. Kapila, U. (2016). Indian Economy – Performance and Policies (17th ed.). New Delhi: Academic 7. Foundation. 8. Misra, S. K., &Puri, V. K. (2011). Indian Economy (34th ed.). Delhi : Himalaya Publishing House. 9. Rao, V. M. (2001). The Making of Agricultural Price Policy: A Review of CACP Reports. 10. Journal of Indian School of Political Economy. 8 (1). 11. Robert, E., Pray, C. E., &Rosegrant, M. W. E. (1999). Agricultural Research and Productivity Growth in India. International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI) Research Reports. 12. Singh, A., Sadhu A. N. & Singh, J. (2000), Fundamentals of Agricultural Economics (11th ed.). 13. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House. 14. Tripathi, A. K. (2013). AgriculturalPrice Policy, Output, and Farm Profitability—Examining Linkages during Post-Reform Period in India. Asian Journal of Agriculture and Development, 10(1), 91-111. 15. Vaidyanathan, A. (2010). Agricultural Growth in India: Role of Technology, Incentives and Institutions. New Delhi: Oxford University Press India. | |||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
* Mid Semester Exam ** End Semester Exam | |||||||||||||
BECH541BN - ADVANCED ECONOMETRICS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||
This course provides a comprehensive introduction to some of the advanced econometric concepts and techniques. The course begins with an introduction to lag modelling and covers distributed as well as dynamic models. Then the students will be introduced to the world of Simultaneous Equation Models and deals in depth with the isse of simultaneity and its solutions. The students will then be introduced to the analysis of two major types of data used in econometric analysis viz. time series and panel data. The course also covers different approaches to econometric forecasting. Some of the important testing procedures such as Granger Causality, Unit root tests, Seasonality tests, Structural break test, Cointgration test and Model stability tests will be introduced to the students during this course.
Course Objectives The course aims at providing students with:
|
|||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||
CO1: For the construction and estimation of lag models and simultaneous equation models. CO2: To apply econometric techniques for the analysis of time series and panel data. CO3: To analyse each economic problem in depth CO4: To do not only the estimation of the model and testing of the hypotheses, but also perform post-estimation diagnostics and see how well the model performs. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
||||||||||||||||||
Dynamic Econometric Models
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Lags in econometric models; Distributed lag model; Autoregressive lag model; Reasons for lags; Estimation of distributed-lag model, The Koyck Approach to distributed-lag model; Rationalisation of koyck model: The adaptive expectations model, partial adjustment model; Estimation of autoregressive models; The method of instrument variable (IV); Causality in economics: The granger causality test. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||
Simultaneous-Equation Models
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Nature of simultaneousequations models; Simultaneous equation bias; Structural models; Reduced form models; Identification problem; Rules of identification; Tests for simultaneity and exogeneity; Method of indirect least squares (ILS); Method of two-stage least squares. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||
Time Series Econometrics: Basic Concepts
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to time series; Stationary and nonstationary time series; Spurious regression; Unit root tests: Dickey fuller and Augmented dickey fuller tests; Transforming nonstationary time series; Cointegration: Testing for cointegration, error correction mechanism. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||
Time Series Econometrics: Forecasting
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Approaches to economic forecasting; ARIMA models; The Box-Jenkins methodology; Vector autoregression; Forecasting with VAR; Testing causality using VAR. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||
Panel Data Regression Model
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to panel data; Constant coefficient model; Fixed effect LSDV model; Fixed effect WG model; Random effects model, Properties of estimators. | |||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Gujarati, D. N. (2016). Econometrics by Example (2nd ed.). New Delhi: Palgrave. Gujarati, D. N., Porter, D.C., &Gunasekar, S. (2017). Basic Econometrics. (5th ed.). New Delhi: McGraw Hill. Studenmund, A. H. (2016). Using Econometrics: A Practical Guide. (7th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson. | |||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Enders, W. (2013). Applied Econometric Time Series (3rd ed.). New York: John Wiley & Sons. Greene, W. H. (2003). Econometric Analysis (5th ed.). New Delhi: Pearson Education. Hamilton, J. D. (1994). Time Series Analysis. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Koutsoyiannis, A. (1973). Theory of Econometrics. New York: Harper & Row. Pindyck, R. S., &Rubinfeld, D. L. (1990). Econometric Models and Econometric Forecasts (4th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill. Wooldridge, J. M. (2002). Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data. Massachusetts: MIT Press.
| |||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||
BECH542AN - COMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-I (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||
This course is an introduction to the various three important softwares highly used in economic analysis especially Quantitative/Qualitative data analysis. The course begins with an introduction to MS Excel, managing data in MS Excel and doing basic statistical analysis using MS Excel. Then the course will introduce students to more widely used statistical package for social sciences (SPSS) and provide hands on training on how to deal with cross sectional data base. A separate module has also been included for Qualitative data analysis using Nvivo data editor to make students get exposure to deal with qualitative data base. Course Objectives The major objectives of this course are
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||
CO1: get hands-on experience in quantitative/qualitative data analysis CO2: carry out independent research using qualitative data CO3: get opportunities to practice the theories learnt in Statistics and Econometrics, there by enhance and concrete their understanding of the subject. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basics of Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to MS Excel: Excel Worksheet, the Ribbon, Tool Bar, Creating file, Formatting Cells, Basic Maths; Introduction to formula: formula anatomy, Math functions, Basic Statistics, Logical functions; Data tabulation: sorting, filtering; Graphical representation of data: column, bar, pie, line, area charts. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statistical Analysis using Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pivot tables; Descriptive Statistics; Histogram; Data Analysis: ANOVA; F-test; t-test; z-test; Correlation; Covariance and Regression. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data Analysis using SPSS - I
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to SPSS: Theoretical background of statistics; creating a new file; opening a file; data setup; reverse coding; selecting cases; splitting a file; graphical representation of data: creating graphs and carts using chart builder. Parametric tests: ‘t’ test: One sample t test; independent t test; paired sample t test. Analysis of variance (ANOVA). Non-parametric tests: Introduction to non-parametric tests; Chi-square test; Mann-Whitney test; Wilcoxon test; Kruskal-Wallis test; Friedman’s ANOVA. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Data Analysis using SPSS - II
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Correlation: Simple correlation; Multiple correlation; Partial correlation. Regression: Simple linear and multiple linear regression model; Binary logistic model; Multinomial logistic model; Probit model. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NVivo ? I
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NVivo and qualitative research; What methodologies does NVivo support? Create a new project; Open a project; Importing various types of data; Source classifications, Literature reviews in NVivo, Creating externals for the things you cannot import
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NVivo ? II
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Coding and making nodes; Memos, annotations and links; Summarize your data in framework matrices; Use queries for text analysis; Use queries to explore your coding; Visualize your project: Display your data in charts; Create models and graphs to visualize connections; Work with tree maps and cluster analysis diagrams | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Bazeley, P., & Jackson, K. (Eds.). (2013). Qualitative Data Analysis with NVivo. London: Sage Publications Limited. Field, A. (2009). Discovering Statistics using SPSS. London: Sage publications. Gibbs, G. R. (2002). Qualitative Data Analysis: Explorations with NVivo. Buckingham: Open University Press. Hall. Levine, D. M. (2005). Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel (5th ed.). New York: Prentice | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Anderson, D. R., Sweeney, D. J., Williams, T. A., Camm, J. D., & Cochran, J. J. (2014). Essentials of Statistics for Business and Economics. Boston: Cengage Learning. Di Gregorio, S. (2000, September). Using Nvivo for your literature review. In strategies in qualitative research: issues and results from analysis using QSR NVIVO and NUD* 1st conference, Institute of Education, London.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BECH581N - INTERNSHIP (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One of the requirements of B.A. Economics (Honours) students at CHRIST (Deemed to be University) is the ability to apply theoretical knowledge acquired in their course in practical applications. Hence, the students are expected to complete a short summer internship during the summer break after the fourth semester as part of the course curriculum. Having undergone extensive understanding/training in Economic theories, Mathematical Methods, Statistics, Research Methodology, Basic and Applied Econometrics, this course enables students to demonstrate an understanding of how to apply theoretical knowledge to practice in different organizations/institutions of their choice. The minimum duration of the internship is stipulated as four weeks. It is evaluated on the basis of set criteria out of 50 marks and has maximum of two (2) credits. Course Objectives
Methodology The students are expected to identify and communicate to the organization/institution where they want to pursue their internship, and the same should be communicated to the Economics cluster and get it approved prior to the commencement of the internship. As a requirement, the students have to submit a letter of confirmation of their internship from the interning organization/institution. After successful completion of the internship, the students should submit a final Internship Report and Blue book (internship diary) for evaluation (includes viva-voce examination).
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: identify potential research area(s) and career options CO2: formulate a research problem statement CO3: identify the necessary types and sources of data; CO4: identify tools for analyzing the data; CO5: interpret the findings CO6: gain industry experience in applying theories/approaches CO7: gain skill sets required to conduct independent research (Dissertation work)
gain skill sets required to conduct independent research (Dissertation work)
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Methodology
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The students are expected to identify and communicate to the organization/institution where they want to pursue their internship, and the same should be communicated to the Economics cluster and get it approved prior to the commencement of the internship. As a requirement, the students have to submit a letter of confirmation of their internship from the interning organization/institution. After successful completion of the internship, the students should submit a final Internship Report and Blue book (internship diary) for evaluation (includes viva-voce examination). | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Nil | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Nil | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation at the beginning of the 5th Semester is based on the following categories:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SDEC512N - SKILL DEVELOPMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:0 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This is an introductory course on STATA. The primary objective of this course is to make familiarize the statistical package to the students and help them to analyse the basic statistical methods for data analysis. This includes creating and opening stata files, creating do files, creating log files, importing, and exporting of files, combining files, and modifying files etc. Learning Outcome · To make familiarize the statistical package and various data sets that are using in the field of Economics · To impart the necessary skills to handle those data
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: The students will have an understanding of the basic understanding of the package and to provide hands on experience of the theories that they have studied. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||||||
Introduction to STATA: the variable view, command view, review and data edit, do file creation, log file creation, importing and exporting data, generating variable, combing data files, modifying data and- rename, replace, labeling, recode, user written files etc. | |||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||||
Summarising and Analysisng data
|
|||||||||||||
Describe, summarise, tabulate, bysort | |||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||
Introduction of Survey Data, Time Series and Panel Data
|
|||||||||||||
NSS data methods and concepts, and panel data | |||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||||
Working with Data
|
|||||||||||||
NSS data extraction and other methods, hands on experience with time series and panel data | |||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: STATA manuals Long, S., and Freese, J., 2006.Regression Models for Categorical Dependent Variables Using Stata, second ed. Stata Press, Texas. Longest, K. C. (2014). Using Stata for Qualitative Analysis (2nd ed.). London: Sage Publications. Cameron, C. A. and Trivedi P. K. (2010), Microeconometrics Using Stata, revised edition. College Station, TX: Stata Press.
| |||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading NSSO Manuals and Reports
| |||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||
BBA611A - BUSINESS ANALYTICS SKILLS-II (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||
Course Description: This is a full-fledged practical oriented course which covers entire aspects of Business Analytics Application Areas. The application of the gained knowledge, skills and competences will help students in forming the exposure and expertise towards emerging technologies & applications related to Business / Artificial Intelligence & Its application in Business. Course Learning Objectives: This course aims:
To develop critical thinking of the students to explain the role of forecasting in business decision-making. |
|||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||
CO1: Equip the students to appraise the interrelationships among elements that comprise a modern security system, including hardware, software, policies, and people;
CO2: Train the students with mobile operating system and mobile development IDEs.
CO3: Facilitate the students in designing & developing Chatbots in business applications & business decision-making. CO4: Develop critical thinking of the students to explain the role of forecasting in business decision-making. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||
Internet of Things / Industrial Internet of Things
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application The Internet of Things Today, Time for Convergence, Towards the IoT Universe, Internet of Things Vision, IoT Strategic Research and Innovation Directions, IoT Applications, Future Internet Technologies, Infrastructure, Networks and Communication, Processes, Data Management, Security, Privacy & Trust, Device Level Energy Issues, IoT Related Standardization, Recommendations on Research Topics. Industry 4.0 for IIoT | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||
Mobile Application Development
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Introduction to Mobile development IDE's, Introduction to Worklight basics, Optimization, pages and fragments, writing a basic program- in Worklight Studio, Client technologies, Client side debugging, creating adapters, invoking adapters from Worklight Client application, Common Controls, Programming exercise with Skins, Understanding Apache Cordova, Offline access, Encrypted cache deprecated, Using JSONStore, Ionic, Phonegap | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||
Chatbot Design & Development
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application What is Chatbot, Different Types of Chatbots, Technical aspects of chatbots, Chatbot Architecture, Conversational Design & Chatbot Development, Chatbot Testing & Iteration, Introduction to Dialogflow, creating a Chatbot using Dialogflow. | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||
Cyber Security
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Introduction to Cyber Security & Privacy Management, Types of Threat Actors, Legal, reputational and other business risks, Fundamental differences in regional approaches to privacy protection, Cyber Forensic Tools & Techniques, Forensic Accounting | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||
Blockchain
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Introduction to Blockchain, Advantage over conventional distributed database, Blockchain Network, Mining Mechanism, Distributed Consensus, Blockchain Construction, Blockchain application, Private and Public Blockchain, Blockchain Demo & Use Cases | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||
Do It Yourself (DIY)
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Chatbot Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Mobile Applications Development Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Blockchain Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Internet of Things | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA611E - ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS-II (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: This is the era of entrepreneurship. The start-up culture has pervaded the socio-economic fabric of our world and it is imperative that budding entrepreneurs are equipped with the right skills sets that will see them achieve their goals. The course will address various practical issues that entrepreneurs are likely to face and give them hands on practice of the same. Course Objective: · To apply the various tools and techniques learnt in real time scenarios To provide hands on practice on various entrepreneurial practices |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: Interpret different source of capital required to start, scale and sustain a business CO2: To analyse different negotiation skills required to build strong relationship with the suppliers CO3: To apply the skills required to closing business deal with potential clients/customers/channel partners CO4: To appraise a cohesive and high-performing team that consistently meets the organisational goals CO5: To adapt various tools and techniques required for valuation of a business. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Sourcing Capital
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Processing banking/funding related documents, Strategic management - setting metrics, aligning incentives, defining strategy | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Negotiating with suppliers
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Negotiating with suppliers, drafting Service level agreements | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Closing a deal
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Sales pitch to potential clients/customers/channel partners. | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Team Building
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Designing various types of interventions that would help bring the team together to achieve organizational goals | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Business Valuation
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Practice various tools and techniques for valuation of a business. | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: https://cleartax.in/s/business-resources https://hbr.org/2015/07/how-to-negotiate-with-powerful-suppliers https://essentials.salesforce.com/downloads/smb-growthkit-pitchworksheet.pdf https://www.usaid.gov/sites/default/files/documents/1864/T http://edu.nacva.com/preread/2012BVTC/2012v1_FTT_Chapter_Six.pdf
| |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading https://cleartax.in/s/business-resources https://hbr.org/2015/07/how-to-negotiate-with-powerful-suppliers https://essentials.salesforce.com/downloads/smb-growthkit-pitchworksheet.pdf https://www.usaid.gov/sites/default/files/documents/1864/T http://edu.nacva.com/preread/2012BVTC/2012v1_FTT_Chapter_Six.pdf
| |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA611F - ADVANCE PANEL DATA ANALYSIS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: Financial econometrics is the intersection of statistical techniques and finance. It provides a set of empirical tools to analyze historical financial data, model underlying economic mechanisms, and predict future price trends. This course covers both few topics of time series and panel data techniques. The course prepares students to conduct empirical research in an academic or business setting. Eviews or R Programming or Gretl software’s will be used for the class. Course Learning Objectives: This course aims: 1. To build a strong foundation in quantitative research using econometric tools. 2. To develop research skills using panel and time series data analysis 3. To apply suitable and popular econometric analyses for financial data. 4. To investigate market interdependence (in the mean and variance equations) To forecast financial data using high-level econometric techniques and measure their effectiveness. |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: Build a strong foundation in quantitative research using econometric tools CO2: Develop research skills using panel and time series data analysis CO3: Apply suitable and popular econometric analyses for financial data CO4: Investigate market interdependence (in the mean and variance equations) |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Theory Introduction to Econometrics • Need for Econometric Analysis • Basic Terminologies • Types of Data • Steps in Econometric Analysis | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Bivariate and Multivariate Models
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Bivariate and Multivariate Models - Cointegration: Background; why and when to do? • Granger’s causality test – What it signifies? | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
Bivariate and Multivariate Models
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Bivariate and Multivariate Models - VECM – How error correction happens? • VAR • Wald test - testing Joint significance • Impulse Response Function • Variance Decomposition | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||
Panel Data Analysis
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Panel data Analysis • Advantages; Types of Panel data • Panel Unit Root analysis • Pooled OLS; Fixed Effect and Random Effect model • Hausman test | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Dynamic Panel Data Analysis
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Dynamic panel data (DPD) setup. Correlation between the lagged dependent variable and error term. Nickell bias. Anderson and Hsiao estimator. GMM estimation notes. | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
Dynamic Panel Data Analysis
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Arellano-Bond estimator. System DPD estimator. | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Wooldridge, Jeffrey M. (2002) Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data. MIT Press | |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Baltagi, B. (2008). Econometric analysis of panel data. John Wiley & Sons..2. Wooldridge, Jeffrey M. (2009) Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach. 4 th Edition. South-Western College Publ. | |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA611H - HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SKILLS-II (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: HR managers are the key to the success of talent acquisition and management for the organization. They are responsible for providing the organization with the proper key performance indicators to show that the organization is in alignment with its mission, values and goals. HR is also responsible for ensuring that supervisors and managers as well as rank and file employees understand the corporate policies and procedures. They have the responsibility to ensure that these processes are applied consistently and correctly. HR has the responsibility to learn the language of business so that they can communicate with the management of the organization in their space rather than that of HR and emerge as a true business partner. Course Objectives: · Extend HR Concepts and theories to real life situations. · Take part in designing and executing various learning activities related to HR function · Evaluate different perspectives of HR related issues and challenges Develop written and oral communication skills. |
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: Compare the concepts and theories studied in classroom with the real time business situation. CO2: Analyse various functions of HR and its significance to organization CO3: Assess the various issues and challenges related to Human Resource Management CO4: Propose solutions to real time problems |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Salary Fitment
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Deciding the salary to be offered to a candidate based on job evaluation techniques and salary fitment. | |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Closing an Offer
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Negotiating with candidates, realistic job previews, closing an offer and follow up with candidates to the date of joining. | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Goal Setting
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Designing performance management forms and setting KRAs, aligning with organizational objectives, provide constructive feedback. | |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
HR Policy Formulation
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Designing various types of policy and documenting the same. | |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
Grievance Redressal
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Design grievance redressal procedure for various organizations. | |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||||
Exit Interview
|
|||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Design exit process forms and flowchart, conduct exit interviews. | |||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: · www.chrmglobal.com/Replies/2232/1/Salary-fitment-for-potential-employee's.html | |||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading · www.chrmglobal.com/Replies/2232/1/Salary-fitment-for-potential-employee's.html · www.chrmglobal.com/Replies/2232/1/Salary-fitment-for-potential-employee's.html
· https://www.indeed.com/hire/c/info/job-offer-letter-format
· https://www.hrpayrollsystems.net/tips-successful-hr-goal-setting/
· https://www.citehr.com/25621-hr-policy-formulation.html
· https://www.fddiindia.com/aboutus-new/img/Grievance_Redressal.pdf
| |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA611M - MARKETING SKILLS-II (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: Marketing analytics enables marketers to measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to maximize its effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI). Beyond the obvious sales and lead generation applications, marketing analytics can offer profound insights into customer preferences and trends, which can be further utilized for future marketing and business decisions. Course Objectives
|
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: Students are able to understand of how to use marketing analytics to predict outcomes and systematically allocate resources CO2: Students are able to measure brand and customer assets, understand regression analysis, and design experiments as a way to evaluate and optimize marketing campaigns CO3: Students are able to measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to maximize its effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI). |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Basics of Forecasting Models
|
|||||||||||
| |||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Customer Analytics: Predicting Individual Customer Behavior
|
|||||||||||
Exploring your Data with Visualization and Descriptive Statisticsfrom Analysis to Action | |||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Managing Customer Equity
|
|||||||||||
| |||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||
Marketing Mix Modeling
|
|||||||||||
| |||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||
Marketing Experiments
|
|||||||||||
| |||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
||||||||||
Regression Basics
|
|||||||||||
| |||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||
BBA631 - INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||
Course Description: This course provides students with the tools to better understand & analyse products and processes with an insurance component. The course also covers the use of insurance products as part of a broader enterprise wide risk management strategy and provides an overview of key and unique risk management issues. This course intends to provide a basic understanding of the insurance mechanism and examine the identification of risk, measurement and the methods of handling risk
|
|||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||
CO1: To demonstrate and understanding of the importance and the basic concepts of
insurance.
CO2: To build the basic idea of life insurance contract, issuance and settlement of an
insurance contract
CO3: To build the basic idea of various aspects of General Insurance contract, issuance
and settlement of a general insurance contract.
CO4: To Explain the claims management and claims settlement in General Insurance and
Life Insurance.
CO5: 5. To discuss the risk identification and risk measurement process in Insurance
compani.es |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Life insurance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
General insurance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to risk, identification and measurement of risk
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Risk Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA632 - OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the key concepts and issues of operations management
in manufacturing and service organizations. CO2: Analyse the strategic role of operations management in attaining
competitive advantage for a firm. CO3: Apply and relate operations management with other key
departments of a firm. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Production and Operations Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing Global Operations, Scope of Production and Operations Management | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Plant Location and Plant Layout
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Materials Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction and Meaning, Scope or functions of Materials Management, Material planning and control, Purchasing, Stores Management. Inventory control, Problems in vendor rating, EOQ and ABC Analysis, Standardization, Simplification, Value analysis. Just in time, Ergonomics. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Material Handling
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Production Planning and Control
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction and Meaning, Need, Objectives, Phases of Production Planning and Control, Functions of Production Planning and Control, Operations Planning and Scheduling Systems, Aggregate Planning, Master Production Schedule (MPS), Material Requirement Planning (MRP), Capacity Planning, Routing, Scheduling | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Quality Control
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maintenance Management and Waste Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction, Objective, types, maintenance planning and scheduling, Modern Scientific Maintenance Methods- Six Sigma Maintenance, Enterprise Asset Management (EAM), Lean Maintenance, Computer Aided Maintenance. Introduction and Meaning of Waste Management, Reasons for Generation and Accumulation of Obsolete, Surplus and Scrap Items, Identification and Control of Waste, Disposal of Scrap. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
International publishers | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Publishing House | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA633 - BUSINESS LAW (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: A law that governs the dealings regarding commercial matters, quietly known as business law. Business Law, a branch of civil law comprises governance of commercial and business transactions in both the public and private realms. Business law helps to resolve the business disputes, maintain order and build an acceptable standards when it come close to the other business, government and customers. A better understanding of legal matters also provides a manager with a framework on which a decision can be made. This course covers important sub branches of Business Laws, such as Contract Law, Intellectual Property Law, Consumer Protection Law, Competition Law, Law of Sale of Goods and Cyber Law etc. Course Objectives:
To identify the causes of the problem faced by consumers and competitors and analyze the remedies provided for violations of legal provisions |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to: CLO.1. Illustrate the legal provisions of key aspects of business laws CLO.2. Outline the framework of Contract Law in India CLO.3. Explain the legal provisions relating to Patents, Trade Marks and Copy Rights in India CLO.4 Demonstrate an understanding of regulatory framework of Sale of Goods CLO.5 Identify the causes of the problem faced by consumers and competitors and analyze the remedies provided for violations of legal provisions |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Law of Contracts
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning and Scope of Business Law – Sources of Indian Business Law. The Indian Contracts Act, 1872: Definition – types of contracts- Essentials of a Contracts. Discharge of a contract and remedies for breach of contract. Government Contracts: Article 299: Constitution of India. Concept of Equity, Fairness and Reasonableness, Doctrine of Promissory Estoppel vs. Executive Necessity, No person liability. E-Contracts: Meaning & need for Digital Goods, Unfair terms in E-contract. Indian Evidence Act: Basic Concepts. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contract of Guarantee
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Distinction between Indemnity and Guarantee, Kinds of Guarantee, Rights of Surety, Liability of Surety, and Discharge of Surety. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Intellectual Property Laws
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning and scope of intellectual properties – The Patent Act of 1970 and its amendments as per WTO agreement, back ground, objects, definition, inventions, patentee, true and first inventor, procedure for grant of process and product patents, WTO rules as to patents, rights to patentee – infringement– remedies. The Copyright Act, 1957- Meaning – Its uses and rights. The Trade Marks Act, 1999 - meaning, registration, procedures – infringement– Authorities concerned –Remedies | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Competition Law
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
The Competition Act, 2002- Concept of Competition, Development of Competition Law, overview of MRTP Act 2002, Anticompetitive Agreements, Abuse of dominant position, combination, regulation of combinations, Competition Commission of India; Appearance before Commission, Compliance of Competition Law. Types of Offence and penalty | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Law of Sale of Goods and Negotiable Instruments Law
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
The Sale of Goods Act, 1930- Definition of Goods, Sale and Agreement to Sell, Conditions and Warranties, Rights & Liabilities of a Buyer & Seller, Rights of an Unpaid Seller. The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881- Statutory definitions, promissory note, bill of exchange or cheque payable. Dishonor of Negotiable Instrument. Types of Offences and penalty. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Law of Consumer Protection
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Consumer Protection Act 1986: Back ground – définitions– consumer, consumer dispute, Complaint Procedure, defect, deficiency, and service, Remedies, Consumer Protection Council, Consumer Redress Agencies, District Forum, State Commission and National Commission | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:11 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cyber Laws
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Information Technology Act, 2000: Objectives, definitions and salient features, provisions pertaining to piracy and related offences and personalities. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Gulshan, S.S. (2013). Business & Corporate Law, Excel Books, New Delhi. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA641E - INDUSTRIAL MARKETING (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The course is designed to provide students with the ability to understand industrial markets and relevant industrial marketing strategies. The course will also cover market structures and demand in business markets. Course Learning Objectives: The objective of this course is to: · To understand the key concepts and theories of Industrial Marketing · To differentiate Consumer Marketing and Industrial Marketing · To outline the scope and importance of Industrial Marketing · To enable the students to apply the concepts, principles of Industrial Marketing in practical situations. · To formulate Industrial Marketing strategies |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the concepts, nature and role of industrial markets CO2: Analyze the issues and develop problem solving skills with
respect to industrial marketing context. CO3: Develop relevant industrial marketing strategies. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Industrial Markets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Industrial Marketing System, Concepts and Characteristics - Types of Industrial Markets - Industrial Buyer Behaviour, Industrial Marketing Vs. Consumer Marketing, Relational approach to Industrial Marketing- The Nature of Industrial Demand & Industrial Customer. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strategic Industrial Marketing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Marketing Information Systems and Marketing Research – B2B Commerce. Factors influencing Organizational Buying: Buying Roles; Organizational Buying Decision Process; Environmental & organizational Influences Organizational Influences on Buying Behaviour: Buying Roles; The Buy Grid Model; The Organizational Buying Decision Process | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pricing Decisions in Industrial Markets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical
Pricing Decisions in Industrial Markets, Pricing Objectives - Price Decision Analysis –Breakeven analysis – net pricing – discount pricing – trade discounts –– factory pricing – freight allowance pricing | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Classification of Industrial Products and Services
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical
New Product Development and Introduction - Industrial Product Management – Terms of Sale – Outright purchase – Hire-purchase – Leasing, Major Equipment; Accessory Equipment; Raw and Processed Materials; Component Parts and Sub- Assemblies; Operating Supplies; Standardized and Non-standardized parts, Industrial services | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Formulating Marketing Channel Strategies and Physical Distribution decisions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical
Channel Management - Promotional Strategies for Industrial Goods/ Services. Formulating channel strategy – Pricing strategy- Promotional strategy – Sales force automation. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supply Chain & Industrial Marketing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical
Conceptual Framework of Supply chain; Decision phases in a supply chain; Process view of a supply chain.; The importance of supply chain flows; Competitive Supply Chain Strategies, Achieving strategic fit. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Inventory Management and Risk Pooling
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical
Introduction; A single warehouse inventory; The economic lot size model; The effect of demand uncertainty ; Risk pooling ; Centralized versus decentralized systems; Managing inventory in the supply chain | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Hawaldar, K. Krishna (2018), Industrial Marketing, TATA McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Milind T. Phadtare (2018),Industrial Marketing, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2. Michael D Hautt and Thomas W Speh, Industrial Marketing Management, The Dyden Press. 3. Peter M. Chisnall, Strategic Industrial Marketing ; Prentice-Hall International 4. M.Govindarajan(2009),Industrial Marketing, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,Noida. 5. Robert R. Reeder, Briety & Betty H. Reeder(2008), Industrial Marketing, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA641F - MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Management control is a vital function within organizations from all sectors of the economy. Failures of management control lead to significant financial losses, damaged reputation, and even financial failure. Thus, in order to maximize the probability of success, organizations must ensure the effective design and application of management controls. The course aims to examine the design and implementation of management controls, while considering various factors influencing the management decision making. The course aim is to examine the application of management control system by cost analysis and behavior, Strategic planning and Budgeting, Variance analysis in control actions and Contemporary issues in management accounting. Attention will be paid to the changing design of management control systems within contemporary organizations. Factors necessary to manage change as organizations and their management controls change are also examined. Course Objectives: This course is intended to 1. To develop students an understanding about various methods of management control system and implementation process in business. 2. To equip students with adequate knowledge about the process of managerial decision making and control system. 3. To impart knowledge on the budgetary control and activity based costing application in real time. To equip the students with expertise in managerial decision making and its implementation considering the ethical aspects and overall impacts on business and society. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To Develop students an understanding about various methods of management control system and implementation process in business.
CO2: To Equip students with adequate knowledge about the process of managerial decision making and control system.
CO3: To Impart knowledge on the budgetary control and activity based costing application in real time. CO4: To Equip the students with expertise in managerial decision making and its implementation considering the ethical aspects and overall impacts on business and society. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management Control: Concepts and Contexts
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Management System: Introduction, Strategies and Management Control, Purpose and Significance of Management Control System, Elements, Types and Pre-requisites of Management Control System, Approaches – Cybernetic and Contingency, Business Strategy, Essentials in Designing Management Control System, Key success variables as control indicators – Input, Product, Marketing, Asset-Management, Performance, Tools of Management Control | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Budgeting and Budgetary Control
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Behavioral Aspects of Budgeting, Functional Budgets, Fixed Budget and Flexible Budget, Capital Expenditure Budget and Evaluation Criterion, Zero Based Budgeting (ZBB), Management by Objective (MBO) and Budgeting as an Aid to Control. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost Analysis for Managerial Decision Making
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application Marginal Costing and Managerial Decision Making- Diversification of products/ introduction of new product, Selection of profitable product mix/sales mix, Problems on limiting factor, Make or Buy decision, Decisions Relating to Acceptance And Rejection of a Special Offer / Order, Selling Price Decisions, Closing down of a division, Outsourcing or Suspending activities. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standard Costing and Variance Analysis for Cost Control
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Standard costs and estimated costs, Advantages and limitations of standard costing, Preliminaries for establishing a system of standard costing, determination of cost centre, classification of accounts, types of standards, organization for standard costing, setting of standards, analysis of variances, Material cost variance, Labor cost variance, Overhead cost variance, Sales variance, Profit Variance due to sales, Variance analysis . | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer Pricing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical – Concept and Objectives of Transfer Pricing, Ideal Situation for Operation of Transfer Pricing Mechanism, Constraints on Sourcing in Transfer Pricing, Methods of Calculating Transfer Pricing – Market based, Cost based, Cost Plus, Negotiated, Dual Pricing, International Transfer Pricing, and Administration of Transfer Pricing. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratio Analysis
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Introduction, Classification- Liquidity ratio- Profitability ratios-turnover ratios- solvency ratios- Interpretation of Ratios | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recent developments in management control system
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Value chain analysis, Quality costing, Target costing, Life cycle costing, Inflation Accounting, Kaizen Costing, Lean Accounting, Human Resource Accounting, Socio-Economic Costing- Activity Based Costing and Analysis– Meaning and Approach, Traditional Costing Vs. Activity Based Costing, Main activities and cost drivers, Steps in development of ABC System, Application of ABC. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Das Subhash Chandra (Management Control System: Principles and Practices, PHI Learning Private Limited, latest edition. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Robert N. Anthony and Vijay Govindarjan (2019). Management Control System, Mc Graw Hill Publication, 12th Edition. 2. Pandey.I.M. (2020). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House. 3. Gupta, S.K. (2019). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers. 4. Gordon,E.,& Jeyram, N. (2019). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Himalaya Publications. 5. Khan,M. Y. & Jain, P.K. (2020). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill Education. Madegowda.J. (2013). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA641H - KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Today’s turbulent business environment has been characterized by ‘the knowledge era’ where competitive advantage is based upon the resource-based view of the firm and successful utilization of employee knowledge. It is the organization that can capture, manage and apply the different forms of knowledge prevalent in the workplace that will grow and flourish. The purpose of the course is to explore the concept of knowledge and the means by which organizations seek to manage it through formal technological practices and informal social systems. The course looks at a theoretical and practitioner point of view and seeks to provide a 360 degree overview of the domain of Knowledge Management.
Course Outcomes:
To provide solutions to the issues pertaining to managing knowledge. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To assess the application of theories in organizations in order to identify and justify effective knowledge management practices. CO2: To provide an outline about the importance of knowledge management in developing people and organizations. CO3: To enable the students to apply the concepts, principles and models of knowledge management in practical situations. CO4: To evaluate the various process, approaches and strategies for managing knowledge in organizations |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Knowledge Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to Knowledge Management; Multidisciplinary Nature of KM - The Two Major Types of Knowledge, The Concept Analysis Technique; History of Knowledge Management - From Physical Assets to Knowledge Assets Organizational Perspectives on Knowledge Management; Importance of KM - KM for Individuals, Communities, and Organizations | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Knowledge Management Cycle
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Major Approaches to the KM Cycle - The Zack KM Cycle, The Bukowitz and Williams KM Cycle, The McElroy KM Cycle, The Wiig KM Cycle; An Integrated KM Cycle; Strategic Implications of the KM Cycle; Practical Considerations for Managing Knowledge. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Knowledge Management Models
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Major Theoretical KM Models - The von Krogh and Roos Model of Organizational Epistemology, The Nonaka and Takeuchi Knowledge Spiral Model, The Knowledge Creation Process, Knowledge Conversion, Knowledge Spiral. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Knowledge Capture and Codification
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Tacit Knowledge Capture - Tacit Knowledge Capture at Individual and Group Levels, Interviewing Experts, Structured Interviewing, Stories, Learning by Being Told, Learning by Observation; Tacit Knowledge Capture at the Organizational Level; Explicit Knowledge Codification - Cognitive Maps, Decision Trees, Knowledge Taxonomies | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Knowledge Sharing and Communities of Practice
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
The Social Nature of Knowledge; Sociograms and Social Network Analysis, Knowledge-Sharing Communities - Types of Communities, Roles and Responsibilities in CoPs, Knowledge Sharing in Virtual CoPs; Obstacles to Knowledge Sharing, The Undernet. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Knowledge Management Tools
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Knowledge Capture and Creation Tools - Content Creation Tools, Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, Blogs, Content Management Tools; Knowledge Sharing and Dissemination Tools - Groupware and Collaboration Tools, Wikis, Networking Technologies; Knowledge Acquisition and Application Tools - Intelligent Filtering Tools, Adaptive Technologies. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Role of Organizational Culture
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Different Types of Cultures, Organizational Culture Analysis, Culture at the Foundation of KM, The Effects of Culture on Individuals; Cultural Transformation to a Knowledge-Sharing Culture; Organizational Maturity Models - KM Maturity Models, COP Maturity Models. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Dalkir, K. (2017) Knowledge management in theory and practice (3rded.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Rhem, A. J. (2017). Knowledge management in practice. New York: CRC Press. 2. Leonard-Barton, D., Swap, W. C., & Barton, G. (2015). Critical knowledge transfer: Tools for managing your company's deep smarts.Boston, US: Harvard Business Review Press. 3. Horaguchi. (2014). Collective knowledge management: Foundations of international business in the age of .. [Place of publication not identified]: Edward Elgar Publishing 4. Jay Liebowitz., & Liebowitz, J. (2012). Knowledge Management Handbook: Collaboration and social networking (2nd ed.). London: CRC Press. 5. Pugh, K. (2011). Sharing hidden know-how: How managers solve thorny problems with the knowledge jam. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA641M - INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This is an elective course offered in the sixth semester to students of marketing specialization. Students learn various aspects of the evolution, growth and development of marketing communications.
Course Objectives: · To identify the promotional elements in the marketing programmes · To demonstrate the role of various communication models. · To examine the role and functions of specialized marketing organizations. · To curate the process of budgeting for IMC To interpret social insights of research to build creative strategy for IMC. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Identify the promotional elements in the marketing programmes CO2: Demonstrate the role of various communication models. CO3: Examine the role and functions of specialized marketing organizations. CO4: Curate the process of budgeting for IMC CO5: Interpret social insights of research to build creative strategy for IMC. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to IMC
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Concept of integrated marketing communications (IMC), Evolution and Importance of IMC, Elements of the Promotional Mix and its Role in the IMC Programme, IMC Planning Process Model | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Integrated Marketing Programme Situation Analysis
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Role of advertising and promotion in an organization’s integrated marketing programme, Elements of the Marketing Mix and its impact on IMC, Target Marketing, Segmentation and Positioning strategies and its application in IMC | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Analysing the Communication Process
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Analysing the Communication Process Models of Communication Process, Organizing for advertising and other aspects of IMC, Agencies and other integrated services in IMC, Source, Message Structure and Channel Factors | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Objectives and Budgeting for IMC Programme
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Importance of setting specific objectives and Problems encountered, Methods of Budget Setting, Process of Budget setting | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Developing the IMC Programme
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Role of Creative Strategy in advertising, Research inputs in creative process, role of various client and agency personnel, creative execution styles, evaluation and approval process, Media Planning and Strategy, Evaluation of Broadcast and Print Media | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Monitoring, Evaluation and Control
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Measuring Promotional Programme Effectiveness, Regulations in Advertising, Sales Promotions and Direct Marketing, Role and Functions of various regulatory agencies. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contemporary Perspectives in IMC
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Global vs Localized Marketing and Advertising, Role of promotional mix in international IMC, Various perspectives of Social, Economic and Ethical aspects of advertising and promotion | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Belch, George E. and Michael A. Belch (2000), Advertising and Promotion: An Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective, 6th Ed. Boston: Irwin McGraw-Hill | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Shimp, T. A(2014) Integrated Marketing Communication in Advertising and Promotion, 8th Ed,Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi Philip J. Kitchen; Patrick De Pelsmacker (2004), Integrated Marketing Communications: A Primer, Routledge | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA642E - MANAGING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Management of Intellectual Property course includes essential components Patents, Trade Marks, Copy Rights, Geographical Indications and Designs. As the future managers will have to acquire, protect, harness and manage such vital intangible and invisible assets that are common to manage every business. Course Objectives: · To find out the key components of intellectual property and their use in business · To compare and contrast the different forms of intellectual property from the perspective of nature and subject matter of legal protection. · To identify the real life examples of application of different intellectual property in businesses · To analyse the legal disputes involving companies in relation to intellectual property · To explain the integration of intellectual property with businesses with examples To develop an ability to apply for the acquisition of different types of intellectual property |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Find out the key components of intellectual property and their use in business. CO2: Compare and contrast the different forms of intellectual property from the perspective of nature and subject matter of legal protection. CO3: Identify the real life examples of application of different intellectual property in businesses CO4: Analyze the legal disputes involving companies in relation to intellectual property CO5: Explain the integration of intellectual property with businesses with examples CO6: Develop an ability to apply for the acquisition of different types of intellectual property |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Intellectual Property
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction- Objectives, Concept of Property/IP: Classification of Property; Intellectual Property Rights- Meaning and importance; Kinds of IPR: Distinguishing Features- Patents, Copyrights and Neighboring Rights, Trade and Service Marks, Designs, Geographical Indications and Designs. Developments in other areas of Intellectual Property and Data. Meaning, significance, and procedure of acquisition and Protection of Data, Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, Integrated Circuit & Plant Varieties. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Law Of Copyright And Neighboring Rights.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Law Of Copyrights- Definition, Nature Of Protection, Evolution Of Copyright Law, Basic Concepts Under Copyright Act- Basis Of Copyright Protection, Underlying Concepts, Idea-Expression Dichotomy, Originality/Creativity, Fixation, Term Of Copyright Protection- Categories Of Copyrightable Works / Subject Matter Of Copyright; Rights Of The Copyright Owner; License And Assignment,- Compulsory License & Statutory License, Copyright Act 1957; Infringement Of Copyright - Introduction, Essentials Of Infringement, Facts To Be Established By Plaintiff In Case Of Infringement, Tests For Infringement, International Regime, Trips Agreement – Three Step Test, The Berne Convention, Remedies For Infringement- Civil Remedies, Criminal Remedies | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Law Of Patents
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Development Of Law Of Patents- What Is Patent, Justification and Evolution Of Patent Law ,Need For A Patent System; Patentability Requirements- Introduction, Patentability Requirements: Patentable Subject Matter, Novelty, Prior Art, Relevant Cases; Utility/Industrial Applicability; Grant; Infringement Of Patents, Freedom To Operate, Defenses For Infringement Action & Remedies; Prosecution History Estoppel- Defenses, Experiment, Research Or Education, Government Use, Patent Exhaustion, Patent Misuse, Inequitable Conduct, Remedies - Relevant Cases, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Law Of Trademarks
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction, Evolution and Development Of The Law Of Trademark, Spectrum Of Distinctiveness, Definition Of Trademark, Non-Conventional Marks; Procedure For Registration Of Trademark - Application, Examination, Grounds Of Refusal Of Registration, Acceptance & Advertisement, Opposition, Registration, Renewal; Rights Of Trademark Owner, Assignment Of Trademarks, Licensing Of Trademark, Infringement - Essentials, Dilution Of Trademark, Registration Of Collective Marks; Passing Off - Essential Elements Of Passing Off, Difference Between Infringement And Passing Off, Remedies For Infringement, Classification Of Goods | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Law of Geographical Indications
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Geographic Indications-Objective, Introduction, Justification For Protection; International Position-Paris Convention On The Protection Of Intellectual Property, 1883, The Madrid Agreement, Lisbon Agreement, Trips Agreement, Bilateral Agreements, Regional Developments – Eu – Designation Of Origin And Geographical Indication, 6.2.6.2. Product Specification, Application For Registration, Examination By The Commission, Objections, Names, Indications And Symbols, Amending The Product Specification, Official Controls, Cancellation, Protection, Relations Between Trademarks, Designations Of Origin And Gi, Committee Procedure, Fees, Case Study: Spanish Champagne Case; Geographical Indication Protection In India - Criteria, Procedure For Registration In India, Duration, Rights, Overlap Between Trademark And Gi, Remedies; Case Studies- Darjeeling Tea Case, Pochampally Ikat Case; Information Provided By The Geographic Indication Registry, Chennai, India- | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Law Of Designs
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
The Law Of Designs- Introduction, Meaning Of Designs; Evolution and Development Of Law Of Designs, Basic Principles Of Design Rights, Protection For Designs, Historical Perspective, Philosophy Of Design Protection; Publication; Procedure For Registration Of Designs, Forms- Shape, Configuration, Pattern, Excluded Subject- Matter- Method Or Principle Of Construction, Registered Designs, Design Right, Term Of Design Protection, Copyright In Design, Registration Of Designs In India, Rights Of The Owner Of Designs And Tests For Infringement | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Fundamentals of Intellectual Property (English) 1st Edition (Paperback, Dr. Kalyan C. Kankanala) Publisher: Asia Law House ISBN: 9789381849514, 938184951X. Edition: 3rd Edition, 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 2. Susan K Sell, Private Power, Public Law: The Globalization of Intellectual Property Rights, Cambridge University Press, 2003 3. N.S. Gopalakrishnan & T.G. Ajitha, Principles of Intellectual Property, Eastern Book Company, 3rd Edition , 2016 4. Jayashree Watal, Intellectual Property Rights in the WTO and Developing Countries, Oxford University Press, 2001 5. Lionel Bently& Brad Sherman, Intellectual Property Law, Oxford University Press, 3rd Edition, 2008 6. Peter Drahos, A Philosophy of Intellectual Property, Dartmouth Pub Co, 1996 7. Duggal Pavan, Legal Framework on Electronic Commerce & IntellectualProperty Rights, Universal Publishing House, 2014 8. Paul Torremans, Intellectual Property And Human Rights, Kluwer LawInternational, 2008 9. Steven D Anderman, Interface Between Intellectual Property Rights andCompetition Policy, Cambridge University Press, 2007. Philippe Cullet, Intellectual Property Protection and Sustainable Development, Lexis Nexis, 2005. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA642F - CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The corporate world is undergoing a sea change and firms have been growing in size, becoming global and diversifying into new areas. They quite often face different challenges, more so in case of Indian companies. The last decade has seen numerous M&As, which have often forced firms to adopt special strategies for growth and survival. Today M&As have become a global phenomenon and Indian companies which had often been targets of Mergers and acquisitions, reversed the trend and started acquiring other companies both in India and abroad. This course intends to provide knowledge on different aspects of Mergers and acquisitions.
Course Objectives: · To understand Mergers and acquisitions happening in corporate world · To evaluate the M&A process · To compute the organizational synergies resulted by corporate restructuring · To understand need for and performance of cross border mergers and acquisitions |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To comprehend the Mergers & Acquisitions process CO2: To evaluate different business valuation approaches CO3: To analyse different legal aspects involved in Mergers & Acquisition. CO4: To assess need for and performance of cross border mergers and acquisition |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mergers and Acquisitions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction – Forms of corporate restructuring –M&A, Joint Ventures, sell-off and spin-off, divestitures, LBO, MBO,MLP, ESOP- History of merger movement –types of merger- Economic rationale for different types of merger - Motives behind Mergers – theories of merger- synergy of mergers and acquisitions – Internal and external change forces contributing towards M&A activities Readings and cases: M&A: Theone thing you need to get right by Roger L Martin 3 Common M&A Pitfalls and how to avoid them by Craig Walker Surviving M&A: How to thrive amid the turmoil by Mitchell Lee Marks, Philip Mirvis and Ron Ashkenas Improving the odds of M&A success by Tom Herd, Terry W Steger and Arun K Saksena | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger Process
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Identification of target – Negotiation – closing the deal – due diligence – M&A integration – organisational and human aspects – Managerial challenges of M&A Readings and cases: The Mergers and Acquisitions process by John C Coates H.J. Heinz Merger and Acquistion by David P Stowell and Nicholas Kawar Sustainability and Post-Merger Integration: The Dow Chemical Company’s 2009 Acquisition of Rohm & Haas 3 Ways M&A Is Different When You are acquiring a Digital Company by Arnaud Leroi Building a global corporate social responsibility program via mergers and acquisitions: A Managerial framework by Kathleen Marshall Park, Olimpia Meglio, Svante Schriber | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:14 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Valuation of operating and financial synergy – Valuation of LBO – Methods of financing- cash offer, share exchange ratio – M&A as a capital budgeting decision Readings and cases: Evaluating M&A Deals: Accretion vs. Dilution of Earnings-per-share Methods for evaluation for M&A Evaluating M&A Deals: Introduction to the Deal NPV Business Valuation in M&A Mergers and acquisitions: Overcoming pitfalls, building synergy, and creating value by Michael Hitt and et al Teuer Furniture (A): Discounted Cash Flow Valuation by Mitchell Peterson DuPont Corporation: Sale of Performance coatings (LBO) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Takeover
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Types of takeover – Hostile takeover approaches – Takeover defences – Anti-takeover amendments- SEBI takeover code Readings and cases: How Emerging Giants Are Rewriting the Rules of M&A The Leaders: Who Make M&A Work | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal and Accounting
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Legal and Accounting aspects of M&A – accounting for amalgamation- Pooling of interest method, Purchase method – Provisions of companies Act of 2013, Income Tax Act 1961, Provisions of competition Act. Readings and cases: TYCO –M&A Machine – Stanford Case Accounting for Mergers & Acquisitions | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cross Border Deals
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Cross Border Mergers and Acquisitions – The theory of MNE – Reasons – strategies and performance of CBMA. Readings and cases: Why do Cross-border Merger/Acquisition Deals become Delayed, or Unsuccessful? – ACross-Case Analysis in the Dynamic Industries Tata Steel and Corus Case Videocon and Daewoo Electronics corporation case | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Godbole, P. (2018). Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring. Noida: Vikas Publishing House. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Kale, R. S. (2013). Mergers and Acquisitions. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 2. Rajesh, K.B. (2010). Mergers and Acquisitions. Text and Cases. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill. 3. Sudarsanam, S. (2010). Creating Value through Mergers and Acquisitions. New Delhi: Peasons Education. 4. Pandey, I.M. (2010). Financial Management. New Delhi: Vikas Publishig house. 5. Gauchan, P. A. (2014). Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings. New Delhi: Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,. 6. Jha, N. (2011). Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,. 7. Yaragol, P. B., & S, B. C. (2015). Mergers & Acquisitions. Delhi: Kalyani Publishers. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA642H - ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Organizational Change & Development (OD) is an emerging behavioral science discipline that provides experiential approach to learning. Strong leadership, right policies, and effective communication are the three basic pillars for any successful change and managing change involves an array of activities ranging from creation of organizational identities, knowledge development, management of diversity, constant upgradation of technology, alignment of strategic goals with economic environment, creation of appropriate cultures, restructuring of roles, coping with market competition, and management of internal as well as external crises. Course Objectives:
To assess various team interventions, techno-structural interventions and strategic human resource interventions for organizational change and development. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: : On having completed this course student will be able to: CLO1: Demonstrate an understanding of OD principles and processes CLO2: Apply system thinking framework to organizational change CLO3: Apply OD models in relevance to the business problems CLO4: Choose an appropriate organizational improvement framework for an effective change management CLO5: Build HR strategies by identifying the right approach to organizational change CLO6: Appraise and Choose various OD interventions( team, techno-structural and strategic human resource) and tools for an effective change and development . |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Organizational Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Content and Process theories of Organizational change, Need for Organizational change, Organizational change-Transformation and Renewal, Organization Renewal-Adapting to change( A model of Adaptive Orientation), Change triggers-Business Development driven change-Culture driven change-Strategy driven change-Process driven change-Competency driven change-Innovation driven change, Types of change-Planned and Unplanned change, System thinking and change, Change process- unfreezing ,changing and refreezing. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing Organizational Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Change management principles, Organization Improvement Process through change management, Implementing change improvement systems, Organizational Effectiveness and Excellence-European Foundation for Quality Management (EFQM) Excellence model-Managerial roles theory for achieving organizational effectiveness and excellence- People Capability Maturity Model (P-CMM) for Organizational Excellence | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Organizational Development
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Nature of Planned change, Organization Transformation and Development, Definitions and concepts of OD, OD-The Planned Change Process, Need for OD in Organization, OD Values and Goals, OD as Action Research Process, Characteristics of OD, History of OD, Organization Culture & change-creating a winning culture- Impact of key factors, cultural resistance to change, Psychological contract, Experiential approach to learning. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The process of Organization Diagnosis
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Entering and Contracting- OD Consultant-Role and style-External and Internal Consulting team-Readiness of the Organization for OD-Consultant and Client Relationship modes-Red flags in the Consultant- client relationship; Diagnosing Organizations- Process, Diagnostic models-Analytical model, Emergent-Group Behavior model, Management Consulting Model, Sociotechnical system model, Cause maps and social network analysis model, Open systems model, Level of Diagnosis- Individual, group and Organization- Data Collection Process- Methods for collecting data and techniques for analyzing data, feeding back diagnostic information- determining the content of the feedback & Survey Feedback- Designing Interventions- Effective interventions; Designing effective interventions and Overview of Interventions.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Human Process Intervention
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Interpersonal and Group Process Approaches: Process Consultation, Third- Party Interventions, Team Building, Johari Window and Transactional Analysis. Organization Process Approaches: Organization Confrontation Meeting, Intergroup Relations Interventions, and Large-Group Interventions. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Techno Structural Interventions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Restructuring Organizations: Structural Design & Reengineering. Employee Involvement and Work Design: Motivational Approach, Sociotechnical System Approach and Engineering Approach | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strategic Human Resource Management Change Interventions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Performance Management: Model of Performance Management, Goal Setting and Reward System. Developing talent: Career Planning and Development Interventions, Coaching and Mentoring, Management and Leadership Development Interventions. Managing Workforce Diversity and Wellness: Workforce diversity interventions, Employee Stress and Wellness Interventions. Transformational change: Organization Design and Culture Change, Self-Designing Organizations, Learning Organization, Third-wave organization, Trans- Organizational change- Rationale, Strategic Alliance Interventions, Network Interventions. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Cummings, T.G., & Worley, C.G. (2015).Organization Development and Change. Southwestern: Cengage Learning. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Anderson, D.L. (2016). Organization Development: The Process of Leading Organizational Change. Sage South Asia. 2. Harvey, D.R., & Brown, R. D. (2013).An Experiential approach to organization development. New Delhi: Pearson Prentice Hall. Wendell, F.L., & Bell, C.H. (2017). Organization Development; Behavioral Science Interventions for Organization Improvement. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA642M - SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course is designed to help students learn about sales and distribution management concepts and how to apply them to solve business problems. Students will examine the dynamics of business decision making and demonstrate the ability to identify professional selling and negotiation skills, and man management skills. This course brings in features in Distribution Management like channel design, and the different components of distribution such as logistic management and channel information system
Course Objectives:
● To understand the skills, attitudes, techniques and approaches required for effective decision making in the areas of Sales and Distribution. ● To pay special emphasis on the practicing manager’s problems and dilemmas. ● To develop skills critical for evaluating, selecting and creating sales and distribution strategies. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the key concepts in Sales and Distribution Management CO2: Analyze the strategic role of Sales management in attaining competitive advantage for a firm. CO3: Apply and relate Sales and Distribution Management with other key departments of a firm CO4: Understand emerging and important topics related to Sales and Distribution Management CO5: Understand, design, plan, manage and control the best processes so that value-addition occurs in the most efficient and effective way |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Sales Management and Process in selling
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Objectives and scope of Personal Selling, role of Sales Management in Marketing, role of Sales Management in Marketing Strategy Development, nature and responsibilities of Sales Management, Careers in Sales Management. Approaches to Personal Selling, Process of Personal Selling | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling Skills and Selling Strategies
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Modern roles and Required Skills for Sales Managers, nature and scope of personal selling strategy, formulation of personal selling strategy, sales planning and estimating the budget. International trends in sales | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales Force Automation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales Force Recruitment, Motivation and Control
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling on the Internet
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Designing Customer Oriented Marketing Channels and Logistic Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Channel Information System
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
A, Nag (2013).Sales and Distribution Management, McGraw Hill. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA643E - TECHNOLOGY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course is designed for students interested in learning about the fundamental issues related to starting and managing technology-based new ventures. The course explores the development of innovative business models and new commercial ventures within the broad field of science and technology. The course encourages students to consider how technology-based solutions can solve economic and socially oriented problems. The course prepares students for more intensive entrepreneurship courses, such as Venture Creation and Entrepreneurial Growth Strategies, which focus on testing, developing, and growing new businesses
Course Objectives:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Interpret the challenges posed by high technology entrepreneurial ventures and role that technology entrepreneurship plays in the global economy and in society. CO2: Develop the capabilities to find the opportunities and come up with constructive ideas
keeping in mind future demands of the market in a science and technology context; CO3: Propose new ideas of products/services to the dynamic market. CO4: Design a business plan to take a science-/technology-based product/service to market; and Pitch a venture to a potential funder or customer. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Technology Entrepreneurship Today
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Trends, Opportunities, Challenges for today’s technology entrepreneur, what comes first- Technology or Entrepreneurial idea, Innovation; Global markets, Effectuation | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Five Pillars of Technology Entrepreneurship
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Five Pillars of Technology Entrepreneurship - fundamental tools and techniques for success-Value Creation, The Lean Startup, Customer Discovery and Validation, The Business Model Canvas and The Entrepreneurial Method. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Technology Venture Idea Generation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Starting point, developing a credible idea for a new product or service, Minimum Viable Product (MVP)getting critical feedback, refining idea, Continuous innovation, Opportunity register; Point of Pain, Target market, Single product venture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Markets and Product / Service Development
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Product planning and development process, - idea stage, the concept stage, the product development stage, and the test market stage, market segmentation, targeting and assessing the market potential | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal Structure, Equity Distribution and Capital Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Developing a viable business around an idea or opportunity, attracting the interest of co-ventures or sources of capital, choice of legal structure for the entity, and the distribution of equity amongst the co-venturers, Investor capital, capital management plan, alternatives to raising debt or equity capital | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Technology Business Plan Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Project Management for technology entrepreneurs. Developing and Implementing Business plan, Technology business plan; Marketing plan; Financial plan; Organizational plan; Operational plan. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Launching the Venture and Marketing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Launching Strategies - enterprise-level, corporate-level, business-level, and functional-level, relationships between the technology venture and society, diversification and managing the portfolio of products and markets, Competitive parity; Market penetration strategy; First mover advantage; Value chain; Intellectual property (IP). Marketing and Selling Your Products, Customer focus, customer satisfaction, Target market; Market-skimming; Market-penetration pricing; Arbitrary determination method; Competitive parity method. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Thomas N. Duening, Robert D. Hisrich, Michael A. Lechter, (2020). Technology Entrepreneurship- Taking Innovation to the Marketplace (Third Edition), Academic Press. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Thomas H. Byers Professor Prof. (Author),Richard C. Dorf (Author),Andrew Nelson Assistant Professor Dr. (Author) (2014). Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education 2. Natasha Evers and James Cunningham. (2014). Technology Entrepreneurship: Bringing Innovation to the Marketplace, Palgrave 3. John Bessant and Joe Tidd .Innovation and Entrepreneurship( 2015). Wiley | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA643F - PROJECT AND INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Project finance is a well-established technique for raising funds for large scale projects that require huge capital expenditure but have long term pay-offs. The pay-offs to the financiers come from the estimated cash flows of the project, as the sponsors of these projects often ring-fence their position statements from the risks of the project. It requires asset-specific financial structuring to minimize the risks and enhance the expected returns for their stakeholders. Presently, Infrastructure development lies at the nexus of economic growth, productive investment, job creation, and poverty reduction. This developmental line works on expanding infrastructure finance markets across economies, leveraging private funding from institutional investors and from various Government bodies. This course is specifically designed for students seeking to understand the technical dynamics of investment in large-scale projects and to develop the skills in managing long term project and infrastructure finance. Course Objectives:
To build a deep understanding of different business culture and regulatory norms applicable to infrastructure projects with multiple stakeholder patterns. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Determine a systematic approach towards project financing methods to raise and create value for infrastructure and large-scale projects. CO2: Demonstrate a critical ability to analyses and structure project development phases. CO3: Asses the techniques to mitigate specific risks and provide incentives in infrastructure projects. CO4: Formulate a rigorous business plan to finance an infrastructure project. CO5: Asses the social cost benefits derived through infrastructure developmental projects |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Project and Infrastructure Finance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Definition of Project Finance (Basel II Guidelines) , Rationale and scope of Infrastructure and Finance, Capital Expenditure Decisions, Traditional On-balance-sheet Financing, From Corporate to Project Finance, Leveraging Project Finance to Fund Infrastructure, RBI and Infrastructure Lending (Addendum) . | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Project Finance and PPP Module
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Conceptual Framework – Public Private Partnerships (PPP) and Project Finance Loans, Current Status of Global Project Finance Markets, Sources of Funds for Large Projects (Domestic Commercial Banks; Infrastructure Finance by Non-banking Finance Companies; Insurance and Pension Funds; External Commercial Borrowings; Insurance and Pension Funds; Real Estate Investment Trusts and Infrastructure Investment Trusts) Role of IDFC, ILFS Limited, IIFC Limited, Multilateral Agencies (IFC, ADB, AIIB), Issues Faced in India. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Generation and Screening of Project Ideas
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Generation of ideas – Monitoring, the environment - regulatory framework for projects - corporate appraisal - preliminary screening - project rating index. Sources of positive NPV qualities of a successful entrepreneur - the porter model for estimation of profit potential of industries. Market and demand analysis: Situational analysis and specification of objectives. Technical Analysis: Study of Material Inputs and Utilities – Manufacturing Process and technology. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Valuing the Project and Project Cash Flows
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Operating Cash Flows – Creating Cash Flow Models (Gross Revenues, Operating Expenditure, Net working capital, Capita Expenditure , Salvage Value, Free Cash flow to the project, Financing costs, Forecasting cash flows), Free cash flow and Capital cash flow methods of valuing projects, Credit Ratios, Accounting Ratios, Optimal Capital Structure. Estimation of cost of project and means of financing - estimates of sales and production - cost of production - working capital requirement and its financing - estimates of working results – breakeven points - projected cash flow statement - projected balance sheet. Assessment of the Tax Burden. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Measurement of Risk
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Types (pre-construction risks, Construction risk, Cost risk component, Sponsor risk, Management risk, Technology risk, Supply risk, Market risk, Legal risk) and Measure of Risk . Special Decision Situations: Choice between Mutually Exclusive Projects of unequal life - Optimal Timing Decision - Determination of Economic Life - inter-relationships between Investment and Financing aspects. Assessing and lose characteristic – Default risk. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Social Cost Benefit Analysis
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Rationale for Social Cost Benefit Analysis (SCBA) – UNIDO Approach to SCBA - Little and Mirle Approach to SCBA, Qualitative Considerations-Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Contribution to Government Revenue, Political Stability, Priority and Evaluation of International Competitiveness. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Project Management Tools & Techniques
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Classical Technique, Network techniques for Project Management - Development of Project Network - Time Estimation (Gantt Chart) - Determination of critical path - scheduling when resources are limit - PERT and CPM models - Network cost system (Only Problems on Resources Allocation and resources leveling), Waterfall / Linear, Scrum- Agile Project Management Technique. Project review and administrative aspects: Initial review – Performance evaluation - Abandonment analysis. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Project Financing in India (Infrastructure Finance in India)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Means of Finance - Norms and Policies of Financial Institutions - SEBI Guidelines - Sample Financing plans - structure of Financial Institutions in India - Schemes of assistance - Term Loans procedures - Project Appraisal by Financial Institutions. Regulatory Norms | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Vikas Srivastava and Rajaraman V (2017) Project and Infrastructure Finance: Corporate Banking Perspective. Oxford University Press. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Prasanna Chandra (2011). Project Preparation Appraisal Budgeting and Implementation. New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill. 2. Stefano Gatti (2018) Project Finance in Theory and Practice: Designing, Structuring and Financing Private and Public Projects, Elsevier, 3rd edition. 3. Bagchi S K (2010) Project Infrastructure Finance Ane Books Pvt Ltd., 4. Bennet P. Lientz, Kathryn P. Rea (2010). Breakthrough Technology Project Management. New Delhi. Academic Press. 5. Machiraju, H.R. (2009). Introduction to Project Finance. New Delhi. Vikas Publishing House. 6. Narendra Singh (2009). Problems and Solutions in Project Management and Control. New Delhi. Himalaya Publishing House. 7. Rao.P.C.K (2009). Project Management and control. New Delhi. Sultan Chand & Sons. 8. Vasanth Desai (2008). Project Management. New Delhi. Himalaya Publishing House. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA643H - STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Strategic human resource management is very critical to a firm’s success in the contemporary business world. This course explores the strategic role of human resources in organizational performance, human resource environment in organizations, human resource evaluation, measuring employee performance, mentoring and career management. This course provides an insight on how human resources can be looked from an investment perspective and how an integration of human resource strategy and business strategy becomes a point of competitive advantage for companies. Course Objectives:
To examine the human aspect of strategic implementation. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student will be able to: CLO1: Interpret the opportunities and challenges posed by business environment to human resources management. CLO2: Develop different SHRM approaches in implementing business strategies to manage challenges of business environment. CLO3: Choose an appropriate framework in analyzing the significance of human resources as investment and as a source of sustainable competitive advantage CLO4: Propose and apply HR strategy in relations to business strategy CLO5: Evaluate social and ethical issues related to adopting a human resource strategy. CLO6: Formulate HR policies and program to address the social and ethical issues. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Strategic HRM
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Definition of SHRM, Need and Importance of SHRM – From Traditional HRM to SHRM – Linking HR Strategy with Business Strategy- Developing an HRM Plan - Gaining Competitive Advantage through HR, On becoming a strategic partners, The VRIO Framework, The changing role of HR, Future Challenges of HR. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Human Resource Environment
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Technology and Structure, Work force Diversity, Societal and Demographic Changes, Change in Employment Relationships - Temporary and Contract Labour Global Environment, Global Competition | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
An Investment perspective of Human resources
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Human resource investment considerations, investments in T&D, investment practices for improved retention, investments in job secure workforce, ethical implications of employment practices, non-traditional investment approaches. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Human resource planning
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Strategic role of HRP, overview of HRP, managerial issues in planning, selecting forecasting techniques, forecasting the supply of HR, forecasting the demand. Efficient utilization of HR, dealing with employee shortages, selection of employees, dealing with employee surpluses, special implementation challenges. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strategy implementation: development and reward management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Employee development, strategically oriented performance measurement systems, strategically oriented compensation systems. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retrenchment Strategies
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Understanding what is “Retrenchment” and “Redundancy”, Selection of Employees for Retrenchment, Downsizing, HR Outsourcing and Employee Leasing. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Human Aspect of Strategies Implementation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Organization Culture, Culture and Leadership, Human Side of Merger and Acquisition, Organizational Power and Politics. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Greer, C.R. (2017). Strategic Human Resource Management (3ndedi), Pearson education.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Agarwala, T. (2010). Strategic Human Resource Management, Oxford University Press. 2. Paauwe, J. (2017). Strategy, HRM, and performance: A contextual approach (Second edition.). Oxford: Oxford university press. 3. Armstrong, M. 1, & Armstrong, M. (2016). Armstrong's Handbook of Strategic Human Resource Management (6th Ed.). London: Kogan Page. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA643M - RURAL MARKETING (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The course introduces the student to the various aspects of Indian rural markets as the study of rural marketing has become significant because of the saturation of the urban markets and the increase in the purchasing power of the rural population. It covers aspects like relevance and scope of rural market in India, the environment prevailing these dynamics involved in the behavior of rural consumers, rural market segmentation and targeting. It also goes in details for explaining the product strategy adopted by the companies for rural market, pricing strategy and rural distributions includes traditional and modern channels. Course Objectives: · To illustrate the evolution of rural market and classification of rural marketing · To plan the STP for rural markets. · To apply the marketing mix and branding concepts for rural markets · To analyse pricing and distribution strategy for a rural market To recommend a rural communication with help of rural financial services |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1 : Explore the various facets of rural marketing and develop an insight into rural marketing regarding different concepts and basic practices in this area CO2: ? Identify the challenges and opportunities in the field of rural marketing for the budding managers and also expose the students to the rural market environment and the emerging challenges in the globalization of the economies. CO3: To acquaint the students with the appropriate concepts and techniques in the area of rural marketing CO4: Apply adaptations to the rural marketing mix (4 A?s) to meet the needs of rural consumers. CO5: Understand the concept and methodology for conducting the research in rural mark |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Rural Markets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Definition, scope of rural marketing, their evolution over period of time and Demographic pattern of Rural Market concepts, and components of rural markets, classification of rural markets, rural vs. urban markets. Need for rural marketing, types of rural customers, Evolution of Rural Marketing: Pre-1960s, 1960-1990 and 1990 – Present Rural Market Structure, Size of Rural Market, FMCG Market and Durable Market, Literacy Levels, Expenditure Pattern, Factors affecting Rural Consumer Behaviour, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rural Market & STP
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Rise of Consumerism, Consumer Buying Process, Opinion Leadership Process, Diffusion of Innovation, Brand Loyalty, Growing connectivity in rural India, role of rural women& rural youth. Segmenting, Targeting and Positioning, Segmentation- Heterogeneity in Rural, Prerequisites for Effective Segmentation, Degrees of Segmentation, Basis of Segmentation and Approaches to Rural Segmentation- Targeting- Evaluation and Selection of Segments, Coverage of Segments, Positioning- Identifying the positioning Concept, Selecting the positioning Concept, Developing the Concept, Communicating the Concept, Urban vs. rural marketing. Rural consumer behaviour – buyer characteristics, decision process, and behaviour patterns, evaluation procedure, brand loyalty, innovation adoption | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing Mix and New Product Development for Rural Market
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Product Strategy Introduction, Marketing Mix Challenges, Product concepts classification-Five Levels Products, Classification of Products, Rural Product Categories – Fast moving Consumer goods, Consumer Durables, Agriculture Goods, Services, New Product Development Consumer Adoption Process, Product life cycle, Product Mix, Branding in Rural India- Brand building in Rural India, Brand Spectrum in Rural, Brand Loyalty Vs Stickiness, Fake Brands: Lookalikes, Spell-alike, Duplicates | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pricing Strategy & Rural Distribution
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Pricing Strategy / Pricing Objectives, Pricing Methods Introduction: Accessing Rural Markets, Coverage Status in Rural Markets, Channels of Distribution, Evolution of Rural Distribution Systems- Wholesaling, Rural Retail System, Vans, Rural Mobile Traders: The last Mile Distribution, Haats/Shandies, Public Distribution System, Co-operative Societies Behavior of the Channel, Prevalent Rural Distribution Models | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rural Distribution Models
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Distribution Models of FMCG Companies, Distribution Model of Durable Companies, Distribution of fake products, Emerging Distribution Models- Corporate –SHG Linkage, Satellite Distribution, Syndicated Distribution, ITC’s Distribution Model, Petrol pumps and Extension counters, Barefoot agents, Agricultural agents, Agricultural input dealers, Ideal distribution model for Rural Market. Innovations in rural markets: ICT in Rural Distribution, Project i - Shakti – HUL, Project e-Choupal – ITC | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rural Communication ? Conventional & Unconventional
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Challenges in Rural Communication, A view of Communication Process, Developing Effective- Profiling the Target Audience, determining communication objectives, designing the message, selecting the communication channels, deciding the promotion mix, Creating advertisement for rural audiences’ rural media- Mass media. Non- Conventional Media, melas, Haats, Interactive games, folk media, puppet shows, POP displays, Personalized media, Rural Media: The importance of the two-step flow of communication Media Typology, The Media Model, Media innovation | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rural Financial Services
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Development banking – social banking – banking structure: commercial banks, cooperative, RRBS constraints in credit delivery system - NABARD and rural development –Innovative Credit Delivery Systems, Micro Finance, Financial Products in Rural Area | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. M Gopalswamy T.P (2009). Rural Marketing (3rd edi), Vikas Publishing house. 2. Dogra (2007). Rural Marketing (7th edi), Tata McGraw-Hill Education. 3. Krishnamacharyulu C.G. (2011). Cases in Rural Marketing. (2nd ed). Pearson Education. 4. Mathur, U.C. (2008). Rural Marketing(1st edi). Excel books. 5.Prahlad C.K (2005). Fortune at the bottom of the Pyramid. Wharton School Publishing 6. Allen R.K, (2005). Bringing new technology to market (1st edi). Prentice Hall Publication. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA644E - QUALITY MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Total quality management (TQM) is a philosophy, methodology and system of tools aimed to create and maintain mechanism of organization’s continuous improvement. It involves all departments and employees into improvement of processes and products. It helps to reduce costs and to meet and exceed needs and expectations of customers and other stakeholders of an organization. This course covers the fundamentals and requirements for a Quality Management System. It provides a basic knowledge of concepts, philosophies, and requirements for the series of standards and management systems. Quality management is a major business strategy for increasing productivity and gaining competitive advantage in all industries and types of organizations. This course covers differing perspectives and definitions of quality; tools and techniques for managing quality and continuous improvement; statistical methods; creation and interpretation of control charts; and Six Sigma tools for detection and isolation of sources of variation, process control, and capability analysis. The goal is to develop an operational use and familiarity with contemporary methods that are effective in managing quality, including Six Sigma. Course Objectives:
To solve the issues in benchmarking process and formulate strategies for continuous improvement. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Explain the basic concepts of quality and basic framework of total quality management. CO2: Apply the concept of strategic thinking in quality management CO3: Analyze the issues related to quality management
CO4: Recommend quality management systems and standards for enhancing organizational productivity CO5: Plan for continuous improvement.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Quality
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evolution of Quality, Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Quality Control, Quality Assurance, TQM PRINCIPLES ,Leadership – Strategic quality planning, Quality statements - Customer focus – Customer orientation, Customer satisfaction, Customer complaints, Customer retention - Employee involvement – Motivation, Empowerment, Team and Teamwork, Recognition and Reward, Performance appraisal – Continuous process improvement – PDSA cycle, 5s, Kaizen - Supplier partnership – partnering, Supplier selection, Supplier Rating, Total Quality Management (TQM), Significant Contributions-Shewhart, Edwards Deming, Philip B. Crosby, Joseph Juran, Genichi Taguchi, Shigeo Shingo, Kaoru Ishikawa, Masaaki Imai. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Quality as a Strategic Decision & Customer Focus
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning of Strategy and Strategic Quality Management, Mission and Vision Statements, Quality Policy, Quality Objectives, Strategic Planning and Implementation, Competitive Analysis, Management Commitment to Quality, Meaning of Customer and Customer Focus, Classification of customers, Customer Focus, Customer Perception of Quality, Factors affecting customer perception, Customer Requirements, Meeting Customer Needs and Expectations, Customer Satisfaction and Customer Delight, Handling Customer Complaints. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of Quality & Continuous Improvement Process
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of Quality, Categories of Cost of Quality, Models of Cost of Quality, Optimizing Costs, Preventing Cost of Quality, Process Concept, Meaning and Importance of Continuous Improvement Process, Elements of Continuous Improvement, Juran Trilogy, Kaizen, PDSA Cycle and Other Improvement Strategies, Business Process Reengineering | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supplier Relations & Quality Control Tools
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Principles of Supplier Relations / Supplier Relationship Development, Togetherness, Types of Suppliers, Outsourcing, Outsourcing strategy, Partnering, Goals of partnership, Building successful partnership, Supplier Selection and Rating, Establishing due process, Criteria for supplier selection, Supplier rating, Sourcing, Supplier certification, Check Sheet, Histogram, Shapes of histogram, Drawing a histogram, Pareto Chart, Drawing a Pareto chart, Cause & Effect Diagram, Scatter Diagram, Control charts | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Quality Management Systems & Productivity
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Quality Management System, Quality Management Principles, ISO 9001 Structure, Quality Audits, ISO Registration, Requirements, Benefits of ISO registration, Examples of ISO Standard Application, Defining Productivity, Importance of Productivity, Productivity Factors, Workforce and Productivity, Work study for productivity, Managing Improvement | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Benchmarking
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition of Benchmarking, Reasons for Benchmarking, Types of Benchmarking, Benchmarking Process, Advantages of Benchmarking, Limitations of Benchmarking | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Quality Awards
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award, Deming Prize-categories-criteria-committee, Rajiv Gandhi National Quality Award- Eligibility requirements- Award categories- Assessment criteria, IMC Ramakrishna Bajaj National Quality Awards, Award categories, Award criteria, Quality Bodies in India, EFQM award | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Zeiri, “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA644H - PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The course examines the importance of effective performance management systems that help organizations in achieving short and long term goals. It explains and reinforces the concept that performance management is not a one-time supervisory event, but an ongoing process of planning, facilitating, assessing, and improving individual and organizational performance. In addition, the course emphasizes the importance of measuring the effectiveness of human resource activities that are designed to enhance individual and organizational performance. The course seeks to provide theoretical and practical perspectives of effective performance management systems. Course Objectives:
To design and suggest comprehensive performance management initiatives for organizations. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Compare the differences between performance appraisal and performance management CO2: Identify an appropriate performance appraisal method. CO3: Choose an appropriate Performance Management system for the continuous improvement of performance. CO4: Analyse various performance management programmes and to identify the best practices in managing the performance of individuals and teams CO5: To recommend various initiatives like Coaching, documenting development behaviour and outcomes, giving feedback & Conducting performance review meetings for improving the performance of individuals and teams. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Performance Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Definition of performance management, Objectives of performance management, Characteristics of performance management, and Pitfalls of poorly implemented performance management systems; Process of performance management – Prerequisites, performance planning, performance execution, performance assessment, performance review, performance renewal and re-contracting. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Defining Performance and Choosing a Measurement Approach
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Defining performance, determinants of performance, performance dimensions, approaches to measuring performance – behaviours, results, traits. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Measuring Results and Behavior
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Measuring Results – determining accountabilities, determining objectives, determining performance standards; Measuring Behaviours – comparative systems, absolute systems.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gathering Performance Information
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Appraisal forms – characteristics of appraisal forms, determining overall rating, appraisal period and number of meetings, appraisal information sources, model of rater motivation, preventing rating distortion through rater training programs | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Implementing a Performance Management System
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Communication plan, appeals process, training programs for acquisition of requisite skills, pilot testing, ongoing monitoring and evaluation, online implementation. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Performance Management Skills
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Coaching, coaching styles, coaching process, observation and documentation of developmental behavior and outcomes, giving feedback, disciplinary process and termination, performance review meetings. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Managing Team Performance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Definition and importance of teams, types of teams and implications for performance management, purposes and challenges of team performance management, including team performance in the performance management system, rewarding team performance. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Aguinis, H (2013). Performance Management (3rd edition). New Jersey, USA: Pearson. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Armstrong, M. (2017). Armstrong on reinventing performance management: Building a culture of continuous improvement. London: Kogan Page | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA644M - DIGITAL MARKETING (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The emerging powers of internet and related technologies have changed the Market place in the world, by making transactions quick, economical and convenient. The course aims at enabling students with the techniques that can be used for marketing in the digital/internet world.
To enable students with the techniques that can be used for marketing in the digital/internet world |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Learned the basics of digital marketing and would be able to use it effectively to run full-fledged campaigns. CO2: Apply and Develop Web Business Models CO3: Learned to develop a comprehensive digital marketing strategy |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing in the Digital Era
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer in the Digital Era
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business Drivers in the Virtual World,
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Web Business Models
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Online Tools for Marketing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to SEO, SEM, Email Marketing-Need for Emails, Types of Emails, options in Email advertising, Mobile Marketing Overview of the B2B and B2C Mobile Marketing; Consumer engagement and its Importance, Driving Consumer engagement, Engagement Marketing through Content Management, Measurement of Consumer Engagement, Blogging as a co-creation Tool, Concept of Online Campaign Management, Campaign Management using Corporate Blogs, Measuring Campaign effectiveness | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
STP and Analytics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The Contemporary Digital Revolution
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Damian Ryan. ( 2014). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the Digital Generation, Kogan Page | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA645E - ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: Entrepreneurial Finance is a set of ideas that is applicable to a broad spectrum of firms, from small entrepreneurial software firms to large international conglomerates. The financing needs of firms at the ends of this spectrum are significantly different from each other. This course will focus on financing issues facing new, young, and small business ventures. The course is intended for both entrepreneurs and employees in these types of ventures. The various stages in the life cycle of entrepreneurial finance, techniques of cash flow estimates, lease financing, Tax aspects in start-up financing and the art of writing a Business plan will be elaborated.
Course Objectives: · To understand the different stages in the life cycle of entrepreneurial finance. · To comprehend with the nature and characteristics of entrepreneurial finance. · To assess the requirement for Venture Capital funding · To resolve mathematical and analytical problems related to financial management enabling decision-making. To construct a business plan for a new venture. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the different stages in the life cycle of entrepreneurial finance. CO2: Explain the nature and characteristics of entrepreneurial finance. CO3: Assess the requirement for Venture Capital funding CO4: Solve mathematical and analytical problems related to financial management enabling decision-making. CO5: Construct a business plan for a new venture. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Entrepreneurial finance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
The fundamental financial aspects of the management of small business and entrepreneurial firms (sole proprietorships, partnership, small private corporations), Difference between Entrepreneurial financing and normal business financing- Financial Risks faced by entrepreneurs- Early stage funding credit risk. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sources of Finance
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Various sources of Finance available: Boot strapping, External finance_ Long term sources -Equity Shares, Preference Shares and debentures- Kinds Private Placements- IPO-SEBI- FDI- Institutional Finance - Banks - IDBI, IFCI, IIBI, ICICI, SIDBI, SFC's in India - Merchant Banks in India - NBFC's in India - their way of financing in India for small and medium business, Angel investor and Venture capital. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Entrepreneurial Project and Appraisal
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Application
Concepts Capital Expenditures - Importance and difficulties - Phases of Capital budgeting Levels of Capital budgeting - Estimation of Project Cash flows -Expenditures - Time value of money. Pay-back period - NPV of inflows - IRR concepts -Cost of acquiring capital - Planning of portfolio. Risk Analysis - Economic Risk -Industry Risk - Company Risk - Financial Risk. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Venture capital financing
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Venture capital - Meaning - origin - Importance –Early stage growth financing, Venture capital in India – Benefits. Intangible asset financing- Staged financing of venture capital-assessing VC share and portfolio- VC market in India – VC market in Europe and USA.
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Private Equity Participation
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning, Overview of the private Equity market, Later stage growth financing, Mezzanine Financing, PE cycle, Exit strategy. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Entrepreneurial Finance and Tax planning
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Finance planning by entrepreneurs: Hire Purchase - Concept - Evaluation of Hire Purchase Proposals - Leasing - Overview -Tax aspects - Lease Accounting - Evaluation of Leasing Proposals. Tax planning for start-ups – location of business, nature of business, nature of business organization. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preparing the Financing Plan
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Preparation of Start-up budget including marketing, pay roll budgets, Start-up cost sheet, projected statements -BEP, projected cash flows, projected Profit/loss account, projected balance sheet, projected business ratios, developing revenue models, importance of review of plans, Introduction to start up ERP packages, Long term financing- Withholding Tax Considerations- Estimating the Borrowing capacity of a project- Loan repayment | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Entrepreneurial Finance, Leach Melicher, Southwestern/CengageLearning | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA645F - DEBT MARKETS AND MUTUAL FUNDS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The course intends to provide a comprehensive knowledge on the Debt market and Mutual funds. Mutual funds have become a much sought after investment product in recent years. This course demystifies the concept of mutual funds and helps create awareness and knowledge about the industry and its functioning We will cover topics such as Fixed Income Securities Markets, Bond Mathematics, Risk Identification in Bond, Corporate Debt Market, Bond Portfolio Management Strategies, and Mutual Fund Valuations. Debt markets are an important source of funds, especially in a developing economy like India. Like all other countries, the debt market in India is also considered a useful substitute to banking channels for finance. The intent of the course is to provide students with a basic understanding of the Debt market and how to value those securities. Course Objectives: · To compare and contrast the Fixed Income Securities Market environment in India · To demonstrate bond valuations and Risk Identification in Fixed Income Securities · To distinguish the Government securities and Corporate Debt Market in India. To interpret the Bond Portfolio Management Strategies. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Compare and contrast the Fixed Income Securities Market
environment in India CO2: Evaluate bonds based on different valuation techniques and the risk
parameters CO3: Rate the Government securities and Corporate Debt securities in
India. CO4: Interpret the Bond Portfolio Management Strategies CO5: Propose the suitable funds to the investors according to their risk
tolerance |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed Income Securities Markets Overview
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Features - types – Debt market in India - Institutional Arrangements - Market Participants and Instruments - Investors Perspectives Risk and Rewards - Treasury Securities Auction - Government Bond Markets - Auction Mechanisms - Uniform vs Discriminatory Auction - Auction and Repo Markets - Markets Implications of Auctions | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bond Mathematics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Time Value of Money - Price and Yield Conventions - Bond Valuation (Advanced Models) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Risk Identification in Bonds
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Credit rating system – risk factors - Duration, Convexity - Immunization Strategies – Bond price theorems – malkiel bond theorems - Yield Curve Analysis - Par Value, Zero, Spot Curve - Term Structure of Interest Rates - (Constructing Yield Curve Bootstrapping) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate Debt Markets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Structure, Rating, Spread - Issuers and Investors Perspectives - Valuation, Convertibles - Financial Distress, Bankruptcy, Current trends in Indian Debt market | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bond Portfolio Management Strategies
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Asset Allocation Decision- Portfolio management Team- Spectrum of Bond Portfolio Strategies-Bond Indexes- Primary Risk factors- Top down versus Bottom up Portfolio construction - Active Portfolio strategies- Use of Leverage. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Mutual Fund
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Introduction - Mutual Funds: Structure in India – Management of Investor's Money custodian - Role of the AMC, Registrar and Transfer Agents. – NFO procedure - investor’s rights and obligations | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mutual Fund Valuations
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual Fund Accounting and Valuation. Portfolio Management- AUM - Managing Unit Holder’s money. Performance Measurement and Evaluation of Mutual Fund Schemes- Mutual Fund as an investment · Developing a Model Portfolio for the investor · Unit holders Protection. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Frank J. Fabozzi (2016) Bond Markets Analysis and Strategies, Pearson | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Bond Market Association. (2008). The fundamentals of municipal bonds.John Wiley. 2. Alexander, C. (2008). Market Risk Analysis Vol. I – Quantitative Methods in Finance. England: John Wiley & Sons. 3. Choudhry, M. (2010). An Introduction to Bond Markets. UK: John Wiley & Sons. 4. Hull, J. C. (2018). Risk Management and Financial Institutions. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons. 5. Jorion, P. (2011): Financial Risk Manager Handbook. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA645H - HUMAN RESOURCE ANALYTICS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course aims at developing analytical skills which will help students to conduct comprehensive analysis of data to develop and streamline HR Policies and strategic decisions of organizations. The course also enables students to understand how HR professionals make data-driven decisions to attract, manage and retain employees, which improves ROI. This course helps students gain employability skills in HR functional area to create better work environment and maximize employee productivity. Course Objectives:
To choose appropriate software to record, maintain, retrieve and analyze human resources information (e.g., staffing, skills, performance ratings and compensation information). |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student will be able to: CLO1 Understand the importance of and the metrics measured by HR analytics CLO2 Apply quantitative and qualitative analysis to understand trends and indicators in human resource data CLO3 Develop effective workforce planning for cost and effort reduction CLO4 Choose information technology to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of human resource functions within the organization. CLO5 Formulate strategies for working across functional areas to solve HR problems that enhances the employability skills. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to HR Analytics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to HR Analytics and its importance, The Language of Metrics and Analytics, Ascending the Value Ladder, The power of analytics, The Model for Predictive Management, Strategic Human Capital Measures, The Value of Statistical Analysis, Basic statistical tests and advanced statistical tests, Hands on experience using SPSS | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The HCM:21 Model
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
The Big Picture, The Importance of Risk Assessment, The Data Speak for Predictive Management, The Intersection of People And Profits: The Employee Value Proposition, More Than Compensation: Attracting, Motivating, And Retaining Employees, Now and in The Future | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Workforce Deployment Metrics
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
The New Face of Workforce Planning, Quality Employee Engagement Measurement: the CEO’s Essential Hucametric to Manage the Future, Process Analysis for Human Resources, Employees per manager, Employee service profiling, Workforce age profiling, Churn over index, Separation clearance time
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HR Performance Analysis
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Performance Analysis: Predicting employee performance, Training requirements, evaluating training and development, Optimizing selection and promotion decisions, Using human capital data for performance management during economic uncertainty | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Designing HR Scorecard
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Balanced Scorecard - Learning and Growth perspective, Customer perspective, Business Process perspective, Financial perspective, Steps to Create Human Resources Scorecard. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Talent Retention Metrics and Talent Analytics Maturity Model
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Retention index, Voluntary and involuntary turnover, Turnover by department, grades, performance, and service tenure, Internal hired index, Career path index, Level wise succession readiness Index | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HR Metrics Dashboard using Excel and Tableau
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Process of development of dashboard, Essential criteria, Leading and Lagging indicators, Selection of appropriate metrics, Revenue per employee, Operating cost per employee, HR cost per employee, Compensation to HR cost, HR Budget variance, HR ROI, Visualizing and publishing HR Data using Excel and Tableau. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Jac Fitz-enz, (2010). The NewHR Analytics, 1st edition, AMACOM | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Ramesh Soundararajan (2016), Winning on HR Analytics: Leveraging Data for Competitive Advantage, 1st Edition, Sage Publications 2. Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya (2017), HR Analytics: Understanding Theories and Applications, 1st Edition, Sage Publications 3. Edwards Martin R, Edwards Kirsten (2016),“Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR Metric”, Kogan Page Publishers, ISBN-0749473924
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA645M - NEURO MARKETING (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: The course focuses on how neuro marketing can help business to achieve an in-depth understanding of consumers’ thinking, choices and purchase decisions. The central focus is to bring awareness about the brain science of consumers’ decision making at the same time this is not a course on brain anatomy.This course comprises of the practical implication of brain science in marketing strategies and how organizations can succeed with neuromarketing research unlike traditional marketing research practices. Course Objectives · To understand the basic interdisciplinary dimensions of Neuro marketing. · To distinguish how neural networks respond to different marketing cues · To interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of Neuromarkeing. · To apply Neuro marketing to predict consumers’ decisions. To examine and diagnose the various strategies of neuromarketing |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: On completion, the students will have a basic understanding of the interdisciplinary dimensions of Neuro marketing. CO2: Distinguish how neural networks respond to different marketing cues CO3: Apply Neuro marketing to predict consumers? decisions CO4: the students should have diagnosed the various strategies of neuromarketing |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
INTRODUCTION
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning and interdisciplinary dimension of Neuro Marketing, behaviourism, positioning-gaps; structure and functions of the human brain., emotions depend on cognitive appraisal of stimulus | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NEURAL CORRELATES OF HUMAN BRAIN APPLIED IN MARKETING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Memory-importance, types, its application to marketing and advertising, 4 stages of memory formation, advertising &seven sins of memory. Brain laterality-usefulness to marketing, applications-communication design, communication strategy, low-involvement & high involvement process, brain waves and brand communication | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BRAIN WAVES AND BRAND COMMUNICATION
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Brain waves, ads create emotional and cognitive impact, branding moments. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DEVICES FOR NEURAL READING
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
EEG-types of waves, CT scanning, MRI, fMRI, Eye tracking, GSR, PET, Biometrics, brain tracking devices and tools to measure neural activities | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:14 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NEUROMARKETING RESEARCH
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Experiments in package design, Retties and Brewer (2000), neuroimages of advertising, advertising and brain waves, experimental ad research-thinking and feeling are necessary, methodology& conclusions drawn from experiments. experimental advertising research- print ads generate more brain waves, design of the study, findings and conclusion, impact of media, product and message on affective, cognitive and persuasive outcomes of ads | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NEUROMARKETING: TOWARDS AN INTEGRATED APPROACH
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Brain laterality, memory formation and interference, rational and emotional components of brand attributes, positioning, marketing research, brand recall, deciding the price | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA651A - ADVANCED DATA ANALYTICS FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course is a comprehensive representation of Advanced Data Analytics, as applied in various function domains of business and management. A Variety of relevant topics like healthcare analytics, Social Media Analytics, Social Networking Analytics, Web Analytics, HR Analytics, Supply Chain Analytics, Marketing Analytics, Retail Analytics and Financial Analytics will transform the students into industry-ready managers This course is designed for students who might seek employment in analytics as well as for students who would want to broaden their understanding of the field. Course Objective: On having completed this course student should be able to:
Evaluate the data modeling in various business applications. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the data processing & principles implemented in different functional domain of business.
CO2: Apply advanced analytics in various business application domain
CO3: Create an understanding of the use of analytics in business applications
CO4: Evaluate the data modeling in various business applications. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Healthcare Analytics
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Data governance, Data Privacy, Data Protection, Data Security in healthcare Organization, Importance of fostering a data-driven culture in a healthcare organization, The Data Life Cycle- Healthcare data sources and data structures, measuring quality and safety of caring and Developing Key Performance Indicators | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Web Analytics & Social Media Analytics
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Web metrics and web analytics, PULSE metrics (Page views, Uptime, Latency, Seven-day active users) on business and technical issues; HEART metrics (Happiness, Engagement, Adoption, Retention, and Task success) on user behavior issues; On-site web analytics, off-site web analytics, Social media analytics, Social media KPIs (reach and engagement), Performing social media analytics (business goal, KPIs, data gathering, analysis, measure and feedback) | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
HR Analytics
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Predictive modeling in HR: Employee retention and turnover, workforce productivity and performance, scenario planning, optimizing selection and promotion decisions, recruitment analytics, attitude and behavioral analytics, emotional analytics in HR | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||
Supply Chain Analytics
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Data Envelopment Analysis, Risk Analysis in Supply Chain, measuring transit risks, supply risks, delivering risks, Risk pooling strategies, Fuzzy Logic and Techniques & application in SCM | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||
Marketing Analytics
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Customer Analytics Overview: Quantifying Customer Value, RFM Analysis, Market Basket Analysis, Digital evolution of retail marketing, Digital natives, Constant connectivity Social interaction, Keeping track of Customer, Price Analytics - Pricing Techniques, Pricing Assessment, Profitable pricing, Pricing for Business Markets, Price Discrimination, Distribution analytics - Distribution Channel Characteristics | |||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||
Financial Analytics
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Understanding data in finance, sources of data, cleaning and pre-processing data, understanding stock price behavior, time series analysis in finance, predicting stock prices using machine learning, News analytics (accessing news using web scrapping) and sentiment analysis in finance, Credit risk Modeling | |||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||
Computational Intelligence
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Internet of Things in Business Decision Making, Cyber Insurance Analytics, Computer Vision, Computational Intelligence Techniques in Business. | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Gerad Feigin (2011), Supply Chain planning and analytics – The right product in the right place at the right time, Business Expert Press | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA652A - DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING (2019 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Data warehousing & Data Mining has recently gained a considerable momentum as a paradigm for driving firm’s daily business analytics operations. This course provides an introduction to fundamental techniques and novel applications of data warehouse and Data Mining. Issues covered by this learning experience include data warehouse planning; data mining techniques, business analytics modeling, design, and implementation. In particular, the role of data warehouse in supporting business intelligence and effective decision making is emphasized through labs, projects and case studies. This course will use Rapid Miner / WEKA, which are popular, open source, graphical data mining & intelligence tools, as well as MySQL open source database. This course should prove valuable to you if you want to join or start an analytics‐centric firm, help an existing organization improve its data mining skill set, and make good managerial decisions regarding data mining and business intelligence. Course Objectives: · To understand and implement classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining · To characterize the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining classification and clustering. · To master data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and business application context. To develop skill in selecting the appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems. |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1: Understand and implement classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining
CO2: Characterize the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining classification and clustering.
CO3: Master data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and business application context.
CO4: Develop skill in selecting the appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Data Warehouse
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Introduction to Data Ware House, Differences between operational data base systems and data Ware House, Data Ware House characteristics, Data Ware House Architecture and its components, Extraction-Transformation-Loading, Logical (Multidimensional), Data Modeling, Schema Design, star and Snow-Flake Schema, Dimension Table characteristics; Fact-Less-Facts, Dimension Table characteristics; OLAP cube, OLAP Operations, OLAP Server Architecture-ROLAP, MOLAP and HOLAP. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Introduction to Data Mining
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction, what is Data Mining, Definition, KDD, Challenges, Data Mining Tasks, Data Preprocessing- Data Cleaning, Missing Data Enrichment, Dimensionality Reduction, Feature Subset Selection, Discretization and Binaryzation, Data Transformation; Measures of similarity and Dissimilarity | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||
Association Rules
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Problem Definition, Frequent Item Set Generation, The APRIORI Principle, Support and Confidence Measures, Association Rule Generation, APRIORI Algorithm, The Partition Algorithms, FP-Growth Algorithms, Compact Representation of Frequent Item Set-Maximal Frequent Item Set, Closed Frequent Item Set | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Classification
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Problem definition, General Approaches to solving a classification problem, Evaluation of Classifiers, Classification techniques, Decision Trees-Decision Tree Construction, Methods for expressing attribute test conditions, Measures for Selecting the Best split, Algorithm for Decision Tree Induction, Naïve-Bayes Classifier, Bayesian Belief Networks; K-nearest neighbor, Classification-Algorithm and characteristics. | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Clustering
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Problem Definition, clustering overview, Evaluation of clustering algorithms, Partitioning clustering K-Means Algorithm, K-Means Additional Issues, PAM Algorithm, Hierarchical Clustering-Algorithm- Agglomerative Methods and Divisive Methods, Basic Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering Algorithm, Specific techniques, Key Issues in Hierarchical Clustering, Strengths and weakness, Outlier Detection | |||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||
Mining Time-Series and Sequence Data
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Regression analysis, simple and multiple linear regression, nonlinear regression, logistic regression, regression trees, regression using Support Vector Machine, other regression models Trend analysis, Sequential pattern mining
| |||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Text Mining and Web Mining
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Mining text databases: Text data analysis and information retrieval, keyword-based association analysis, document classification, text clustering analysis, mining social networks, Web resource discovery, Web usage mining | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber (2006), Data Mining-Concepts and Techniques-, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Elsevier, 2nd Edition Pang-Ning Tan, Vipin Kumar, Michael Steinbanch, Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson Education | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Arun K Pujari, Data Mining Techniques, 3rd Edition, Universities Press. 2. Pualraj Ponnaiah, Data Ware Housing Fundamentals, Wiley Student Edition. 3. Ralph Kimball, The Data Ware House Life Cycle Toolkit- Wiley Student Edition. Vikaram Pudi, P Radha Krishna, Data Mining, Oxford University. | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA653A - ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIETY (2019 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description Driven by the combination of increased access to data, computational power, and improved sensors and algorithms, artificial intelligence (AI) technologies are entering the mainstream of technological innovation. These technologies include search, machine learning, natural language processing, robotics and image processing. The course is an introduction to AI from an applied perspective in Business and Society. It begins by describing what the latest generation of artificial intelligence techniques can actually do. After an introduction of some basic concepts and techniques, the course illustrates both the potential and current limitations of these techniques with examples from a variety of business applications. In a final project, groups of students will participate in the creation of an AI-based application. Course Objectives: · To identify problems where artificial intelligence techniques are applicable · To apply selected basic AI techniques; judge applicability of more advanced techniques. · To participate in the design of systems that act intelligently and learn from experience. To raise students’ awareness of the importance of AI and its application in business and society. |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1: Understand the historical contributions and evolution of intelligence system in AI.
CO2: Apply selected basic AI techniques to selected dataset and in order to solve real business problems.
CO3: Examine the applications of AI in order to solve business and societal problems
C04: Evaluate the specific AI techniques and its application in development of entrepreneurial innovation |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
|
|||||||||
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI History & Philosophy, Logic Based AI, Knowledge Based AI, Contemporary AI
| |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||
Philosophy of Artificial Intelligence
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
| |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||
Application of Artificial Intelligence
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||
Advanced Artificial Intelligence
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Evolutionary Programming, Artificial Neural Network, Fuzzy Logic, Genetic Algorithm, Genetic Programming, Machine Learning (A paradigm of learning, Classification of learning strategies (Rote Learning, Learning by analogy, Learning by instruction, learning by induction, Learning by deduction)), Common Sense Computing, Computer Vision, Virtual Reality, Cognitive Intelligence
| |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
||||||||
Case Study / Use Case
|
|||||||||
Case Study in Conversational systems, Advanced Robotics, Drones, Automated Vehicles, Healthcare application, Gamification and Entertainment
| |||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
AI in Business and Social Organization
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||||||
Innovation and Entrepreneurship in AI
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Stuart J. Russell, Peter Norvig (2010), Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach (2nd edition) by Prentice Hall 2. Steven Finlay, Relativistic, (2017). Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning for Business: A No‐Nonsense Guide to Data Driven Technologies | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Margaret H. Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics, Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0130888923 | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA654F - FINANCIAL MODELING (2019 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: This course aims to familiarize the students with the different aspects of financial decision-making through financial modeling using computer applications specifically Microsoft excel. It is a key domain-specific skill with application in major industries as well as within corporations. It equips students in core finance areas such as Equity Research, Investment Banking, Project Finance, Business Analysis, Credit Rating, Mergers & Acquisitions, Financial Analysis, and Corporate Finance intending to provide better employability.
Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to: · To understand the applications of advanced excel functions in financial modeling. · To forecast the company performance on relevant financial parameters. · To asses and apply mathematical models to different financial variables.
|
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CLO1: To familiarize the students with the application of financial modeling for better financial decision CLO2: To assess the applications of different financial modeling tools CLO3: Analyze the feasibility of pre- and post-Mergers and Acquisition deals. CLO4: Evaluate the financial viability of various projects at different stages of the project. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Introduction to Financial Modelling
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Introduction to Financial Modelling, Need, Uses, application of Financial Modelling in functional areas. Time Value of Money – Compounding and Discounting Techniques,
| |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:14 |
||||||||
Financial Modeling using Excel
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Build a financial model from a scratch using the best structuring techniques - Use efficiently key Excel functions to construct sound financial forecasting models - Economy Industry and Company Framework - Step by Step analysis of company- Interpret and analyze the key ratios used in a financial forecast - Projecting B/S , Income statement - Scenario Analysis. | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Forecasting Cash Flows and Cash Flow Statements
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Cash Flows - Developing dynamic models using Excel - Equity Valuation using DDM, DCF, Relative Valuation, Residual Valuation - Preparing a comprehensive high-quality report | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Equity Research Modeling
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Fundamental & Technical Analysis – Financial Statement Analysis, Geographic Revenue Sheet, Segment Revenue Sheet, Cost Statement, Debt Sheet, Analyze Revenue Drivers - Compute Margins, Balance Sheet -Compute Ratios, TA– Client based scenario, low, medium and high-risk takers, stock or sectorial analysis, Moving Average. Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) – Average returns, expected returns, risk measure – beta, standard deviation. Portfolio Constriction and Evaluation – Sharpe Index Model
| |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Project Finance Modeling
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Why Project evaluation; stage of project; construction & development phase; funding during investment phase; costs during investment phase; life of project; decision making, cash flow waterfall & resolve circular reference problem in interest during construction; Understanding Date functions, Modeling Cash flow waterfall, Scenario Analysis of project management - Delays in Projects - Cost escalation, Input Variation | |||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||
Merger& Acquisition (M&A) Analysis
|
|||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Analytical Building Merger Inputs - Stock and Cash Mix Deal - Contribution Analysis - Accretion and Dilution | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Danielle Stein Fairhurst (2017), Financial Modelling in Excel for Dummies | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Alstair L Day. (2013). Mastering Financial Modeling in Excel. Pearson Publications. 2. Jonathan Swan. (2008). Practical financial modeling -A Guide to Current Practice.John Wiley and Sons.3. Alastair Day. (2010). Mastering Financial Modeling in Microsoft Excel: A practitioner's guide to applied corporate finance (English).
| |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
BBA681 - PROJECT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:1 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: The purpose of the writing a project report is to communicate the findings of the project study undertaken on a particular topic by a student in a systematic way, in partial fulfillment of the BBA program. It is a time-bound and independent study guided by a faculty member. Course Objectives: 1. To enable students to identify the thrust area of research. 2.To conduct the literature survey and problem identification and articulate the research gap 3.Develop research proposal and design for a study 4.To collect and analyze the data and summarize the findings 5.To develop a research report, Present conference papers, and publish articles in refereed journals |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1 : To identify the thrust areas of research CO2: Conduct the literature survey and problem identification and articulate the research gap CO3: Develop research proposal and design for a study CO4: Analyze the data applying statistical tools and summarize the findings CO5: To develop a research report,Present conference papers and publish articles in refereed journals |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Introduction
|
|
It shall justify and highlight the problem proposed to be studied and define the topic and the aim and scope of the work presented in the dissertation. It may also highlight the significant contributions from the investigation. - Industry and Company Profile The Industry and Company Profile should broadly cover the following topics a.Introduction to Industry/area of business b.Total size/annual turnover of the industry c.Key players in the industry & their market share, amount of turn over. Annual Industry Growth Rate, Government policies/regulations influencing the industry (with reference to foreign competition or FDI limit). - Company profile: a.A brief history of the company/business group. b.Year of establishment. Initial investment, founders’ profile, place(s) of business, nature of initial business(es) of the group, & past business performance c.Present position of the company/business group in terms of total investment, type/nature of businesses, total turnover, the total number of employees, product profile, competitor profile, rate of growth of investment, sales, profits, clients or customers, present product/segment-wise market share of the company, subsidiary companies [if any] under the same management, collaboration/joint ventures [if any], performance of its stocks for the past few years, export earnings[if exporting], and certifications/achievements/awards won[if any] and SWOT analysis. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Review of Literature
|
|
This Chapter shall present a critical appraisal of the previous work published in the literature pertaining to the topic of the investigation. The extent and emphasis of the chapter shall depend on the nature of the investigation. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Research Design
|
|
The research methodology chapter must contain the information under the following headings; Problem Statement Objectives of the study Scope of the study Variables and operational definition Hypotheses Questionnaire or instrument design Method of data collection (primary/secondary) Sampling Type / size Statistical design Limitations of the Study Due importance shall be given to experimental setups, procedures adopted and techniques developed, methodologies developed and adopted.
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Analysis and Interpretation
|
|
This the chapter refers to the process of establishing the meaningful relationship between the variables identified in the study using appropriate statistical tools. Important derivations/formulae should normally be presented in the text of these chapters. Representative date in table and figures should be included | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Summary of Findings
|
|
This shall include a thorough evaluation of the investigation carried out and bring out the contributions from the study. The discussion shall logically lead to inferences and conclusions as well as scope for possible further future work. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Recommendations and Conclusions
|
|
This will be the final chapter of the dissertation. A brief report of the work carried out shall form the first part of this Chapter. Conclusions derived from the logical analysis presented in the Results and Discussions Chapter shall be presented and clearly enumerated, each point stated separately. Scope for future work should be stated lucidly in the last part of the Chapter. · Appendix (No chaptalization) Could include any relevant details such as brochure/balance sheet etc, along with a copy of the questionnaire. · References
The candidates shall follow the style of citation and style of listing as per APA 6th edition format.Single spacing should be used for typing references.
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: C R Kothari 'Research Methodology-Methods and Techniques' Second Edition, New Age International Publishers. Respective industry websites | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading C R Kothari 'Research Methodology-Methods and Techniques' Second Edition, New Age International Publishers Respective Industry websites | |
Evaluation Pattern [1.]VIVA-VOCE (50 Marks):-
· Clarity on literature review and research gap: 10 Marks
· Clarity on research design and analysis: 15 Marks
· Clarity on findings and recommendations: 10 Marks
· Conference/ Seminar Presentation & Publication in Conference Proceedings with ISBN: 5 Marks
· Publication in UGC CARE/Scopus indexed journals:10 Marks
[2.]REPORT VALUATION(30 Marks):-
· Introduction and literature review: 10 Marks
· Alignment of objectives, analysis and suggestions: 10 Marks
· Format Complaince:5 Marks
· Research methodology: 05 Marks
[3.]Project Guide Marks: 20 Marks
| |
BECH631N - PUBLIC ECONOMICS (2019 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:5 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description The paper deals with the nature of government intervention and its implications for allocation, distribution and stabilization. Inherently, this study involves a formal analysis of government taxation and expenditures. This paper combines a thorough understanding of fiscal institutions with a careful analysis of the issues which underline budgetary policies in general and Indian experience in particular.
Course Objectives · To provide the students with in-depth understanding of public debt, government taxation and expenditures. · To provide students with a thorough understanding of the theories governing public finance. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: The students will be able to understand the various theories governing public finance and shall gain a thorough understanding about government policies on taxation, debt and expenditure |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||
Role of Government in Organised Society
|
|||||||||||||
The nature, scope and significance of public economics; Public vs Private Finance; Principle of Maximum Social advantage: Approaches and Limitations- Functions of Government; Economic functions; allocation, distribution and stabilization; Regulatory functions of the Government and its economic significance. | |||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:14 |
||||||||||||
Public Goods and Public Sector
|
|||||||||||||
Concept of public goods-characteristics of public goods, national vs. local public goods; determination of provision of public good; Externality: concept of social versus private costs and benefits, merit goods, club goods; Provision versus production of public goods; Market failure and public Provision. | |||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||
Taxation
|
|||||||||||||
Concept of tax; types; canons of taxation; Incidence of taxes; Taxable capacity; Approaches to the principle of Equity in taxation; Ability to Pay principle; Benefit Approach; Sources of Public Revenue; VAT; Goods and Services Tax | |||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:17 |
||||||||||||
Public Expenditure and Public Debt
|
|||||||||||||
Structure and growth of public expenditure; Wagner’s Law of increasing state activities; Wiseman-Peacock hypothesis; Pure theory of public expenditure; Trends of Public expenditure; Subsidies in India; Concepts of public debt; Sources and effects of public debt; Methods of debt redemption - Growth of India’s public debt. | |||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:17 |
||||||||||||
Government Budget and Policy
|
|||||||||||||
Government budget and its structure – Receipts and expenditure - concepts of current and capital account; balanced, surplus, and deficit budgets; concept of budget deficit vs. fiscal deficit; functional classification of budget; Budget, government policy and its impact; Budget multipliers; Principle of federal finance: Different layers of the government; Inter governmental Transfer; horizontal vs. vertical equity; Theory of Grants; Finance Commission.
| |||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Bagchi, A. (2005). Readings in Public Finance. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Jha, R. (2010). Modern Public Economics (2nd ed.). London: Routledge. Musgrave, R. A., & Musgrave, P. B. (2004). Public Finance in Theory and Practice (5th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill. | |||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Atkinson, A., & Stiglitz, J. E. (2015). Lectures on Public Economics. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Basu, K. (2016). An Economist in the Real World: The Art of Policymaking in India. New Delhi: Viking books. Cullis, J., & Jones, P. (2009). Public Finance & Public Choice (3rd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press. Hyman, D. N. (2011). Public Finance: A Contemporary Application of Theory to Policy (10thed.). Boston: Cengage Learning. Jalan, J., Marjit. S., &Santra, S. (2016). India Public Finance and Policy Report 2016: Fiscal Issues and Macro Economy. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Rao, M. G. (2010). Public Economics: Theory and Policy – Essays in Honor of AmareshBagchi. New Delhi: Sage India. Stiglitz. J. E., & Rosengard, J. K. (2015), Economics of the Public Sector (4th ed.). New Delhi: W. W. Norton & Co Inc. Ulbrich, H. H. (2003). Public Finance: In Theory and Practice. London: Thomson Learning. | |||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||
BECH632N - HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:75 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:5 |
||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:5 |
||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||
Course Description The course is designed to be intellectually stimulating and charts out the economic thought from mercantilism to the contemporary period. This course is meant to create an understanding of the economic theory, ideas, doctrines and postulates of the various schools of thought proposed and developed by various economists. Economic thought forms the basis of the ideology and policies adopted in different countries.
Course Objectives
|
|||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||
CO1: Appreciate why ideologies differ in different countries. CO2: Understand the economic theories and postulates put forth by the different schools of thought. CO3: Identify the economists associated with the various schools of thought. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||||||||
Mercantilism and Classical School
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Mercantilism; Laissez Faire: Quesnay and the Physiocrats; Adam Smith: invisible hand, accumulation and income distribution, value, market and competition, institutions; Ricardo–Corn Laws and Theory of Rent; J S Mill: Synthesis of classical economics
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||
Marx?s Economic Theory
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Exploitation and value; wages, trade cycle and laws of movement of the capitalist economy; monetary aspects of the cycle and the crisis. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||||||||||||
Marginalist Revolution and Neoclassical Orthodoxy
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Neoclassical theoretical system; Neo classical orthodoxy- Belle époque; Alfred Marshal | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||
Years of High Theory
|
|||||||||||||||||||
John Maynard Keynes: the general theory; J A Schumpeter: equilibrium and development, trade cycle and money; Market forms: Sraffa–Chamberlin–Joan Robinson: contribution to the study of market forms. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||
Contemporary Developments to Economic Theory
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Golden age to stagflation; Neo-classical Synthesis-Correction: money and inflation; Monetarist Counter Revolution: Milton Friedman; Post Keynesian Approach: Anti-Neoclassical reinterpretation of Keynes; New Keynesian Macroeconomics. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||
Developments in New Welfare Economics
|
|||||||||||||||||||
The debate about market failures and Coase’s theorem; The theory of social choice: Arrow’s Impossibility Theorem; Asymmetric information: Akerlof; Economic Theories of Justice. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||
Institutionalist and Evolutionary Theory
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Unconventional economists: Nicholas Georgescu Roegen and Albert Hirschman; Approaches to institutional analysis: Contractarian, Utilitarian and Evolutionary neo–institutionalism; Von Hayek and the neo-Austrian School. Feminist Economics and economists: Bina Agarwal Randy Albelda andDiane Elson | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||
Economic Thought in India and Economic Ideas of Nobel Laureates
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Gandhian Economic Thought, P.R. Brahamananda, A.K. Sen (1998), Robert A. Mundell (1999), Joseph Stiglitz (2001), Paul Krugman (2008), Richard Thaler (2017) | |||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Screpanti, E &Zamagni, S. (2006). An Outline of the History of Economic Thought. Oxford: Oxford University Press. | |||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Gide, C and Rist, C. (2007). A History of Economic Doctrines. New Delhi: Surjeet Publications. Greenwald, B. C., & Stiglitz, J. E. (1990). Asymmetric Information and the New Theory of the Firm: Financial Constraints and Risk Behavior (No. w3359). National Bureau of Economic Research. Kapp, W and Kapp, L., (1960). History of Economic Thought–A Book of Readings (6th ed.). New York: Barnes Noble Inc. Keynes, J.M. (1939). The General Theory of Employment, Interest, and Money. The University of Adelaide Library Electronic Texts Collection. Krugman, P. (2009). The increasing returns revolution in trade and geography. The American Economic Review, 99(3), 561-571. Mill, J.S. and Bentham, J. (2004) Utilitarianism and other Essays. London: Penguin Classics. Mundell, R. A. (1961). A theory of optimum currency areas. The American economic review, 51(4), 657-665. Robbins, L. (2000). A History of Economic Thought: The LSE Lectures” (Eds.) by Steven G. Medema and Warren J. Samuels, Princeton: Princeton University Press Sen, A. K. (2017). Collective choice and social welfare, Expanded edition, London: Penguin. Smith, A. (2003). The Wealth of Nations. New York: Bantam Classic Edition. Thaler, R. (1985). Mental Accounting and Consumer Choice. Marketing science, 4(3), 199-214. | |||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||
BECH633N - DISSERTATION (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:0 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:0 |
||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:5 |
||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||
One of the requirements of Economics Honours students at CHRIST is the ability to conducted independent research under the guidance of a faculty. Having undergone extensive training in research methodology, statistics and econometrics, this course enables students to demonstrate an understanding of how to apply theoretical knowledge to practice by investigating and careful evaluation of real-life problems. The dissertation should be a minimum of 10,000 words in length (or approximately 35 pages). The word count includes the text, table, quotations, footnotes, title, table of content, and appendices. Abstract is excluded from the word count. Course Objectives
Methodology of Dissertation The dissertation work is carried out under the guidance of a faculty with scheduled meetings for discussion of the progress of the work and timely interim presentations before a panel of faculty to assess the quality of the work. The final submission of the dissertation is followed by a viva voce on the topic of the research.
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||
CO1: identify research topics/areas CO2: formulate a research problem statement CO3: identify the sources and types of reference materials CO4: carry out effective review of literature CO5: formulate research questions, objectives and hypotheses CO6: identify the necessary types and sources of data CO7: identify tools for analyzing the data CO8: interpret the findings CO9: suggest recommendations and policies for solving the problems studied
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:0 |
||||||||||||||||
N/A
|
|||||||||||||||||
N/A | |||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: The essential readings will include the necessary references for the preparation of the literature review. | |||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading The additional readings will include the materials suggested by the guide for broad learning of concepts, theories and methodologies. | |||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation at the end of the semester is based on the following categories:
| |||||||||||||||||
BECH641BN - FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||
This course introduces students to the conceptual and practical operations of the financial markets, institutions and instruments network in Indian context. The course touches up on the topics of financial regulations, equity market, stock evaluation, stock returns and derivative market. Course Objectives · To provide students with in-depth understanding of the operational issues of capital market and money market with its regulatory framework.
|
|||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||
CO1: The students will be able to understand the various concepts and practical operations of the financial markets and apply them in real life |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||
Introduction to Financial Economics
|
|||||||||||||
Role of financial intermediation - Financial markets - Money vs. capital markets - Primary vs. secondary markets - Instruments in the money market - Instruments in the capital markets - Financial institutions; Banking and credit. | |||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||
Financial Regulations and Financial Sector Reforms
|
|||||||||||||
Money Market regulations – Banking sector reforms – quarterly credit policy of RBI - Capital market regulations of SEBI- Legal issues in security trading - FERA & FEMA - Capital account convertibility; International regulatory framework. | |||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||
Equity Market
|
|||||||||||||
IPO and Book building process - Private vs. Public placement – Stock market indexes - Stock quotations – understanding secondary market operations. | |||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
||||||||||||
Stock Evaluations
|
|||||||||||||
Stock evaluation methods - Fundamental vs. Technical analysis - Factors affecting stock prices - Economic factors - Market related factors - Firm specific factors - Indicators of future stock prices - Efficient Market Hypothesis - Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). | |||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||
Stock Risk & Return Analysis
|
|||||||||||||
Measures of risk - Risk and return framework and investment decisions - Methods of determining maximum expected loss – Estimating beta of the stock. | |||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||
Derivative Securities Market
|
|||||||||||||
Financial future market: Markowitz model - Valuation of financial futures - Option market - Speculation with option market – Hedging - Arbitrage and foreign exchange futures market. | |||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Madura, Jeff. (2015). Financial Institutions and Markets (11th ed.), Cengage Learning, USA. | |||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Bailey, R. E. (2005). The economics of financial markets. Cambridge University Press. Copeland, T. E., Weston, J. F., & Shastri, K. (2005). Financial theory and corporate policy. (4th ed.), Pearson. Farrell, J. L., & Reinhart, W. J. (1997). Portfolio management: theory and application. McGraw-Hill. Fisher, E. Donald., &Jordan, J. Roland. (1995). Security Analysis and Portfolio management (6th ed.), Pearson India. Hearth, D., &Zaima, J. K. (2001). Contemporary investments: security and portfolio analysis. Harcourt College Publ. Hull, J. C., (2016). Futures, Options and other Derivatives (9thed.), Pearson. L. M. Bhole., &J. Mahakud. (2009). Financial Institutions and Markets (5th ed.), McGraw-Hill. Machiraju, H. R. (2010). Indian financial system. Vikas Publishing House. Palat, R. (2010). Fundamental Analysis (4th ed.), Vision Books Pvt. Ltd. Radcliffe, R. C. (1997). Investment Concepts, Analysis and Strategies (5th ed.), Addison Wesley. Ross, S. A., Westerfield, R., & Jordan, B. D. (2017). Fundamentals of Corporate Finance (11thed.), McGraw-Hill. Shanken, J. (1982). The arbitrage pricing theory: is it testable?.The Journal of Finance, 37(5), 1129-1140. W. Sharpe., & G. J. Alexander. (1998). Investments (6th ed.), Prentice Hall. Zvi, Bodie, Alex, Kane., Alan, J. Marcus., Stylianos, Perrakis., & Peter, J. Ryan. (2015). Investments, (8th ed.), McGraw-Hill. | |||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||
BECH642AN - ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS: THEORY AND APPLICATION (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||
This course should be accessible to anyone with an analytical mind and familiarity with basic concepts of economics. Since several environmental problems are caused by economic activity, for instance, carbon emissions, over-harvesting of renewable resources and air and water pollution as a by-product of industrial activity, this course examines different approaches to adjusting behaviour through economic institutions such as markets and incentives as well as through regulation, etc. It also addresses the economic implications of environmental policies through practical applications of methods for valuation of environmental goods and services and quantification of environmental damages. Conversely, the impact of economic growth on the environment is also addressed under the rubric of sustainable development. Environmental problems and issues from the Indian and international context (especially global warming) are used to illustrate the concepts and methods presented in the course. |
|||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||
CO1: The course will provide the students a comprehensive understanding about the various pertinent environmental policies and the impact of environmental issues on the economy. CO2: This will be useful for students aiming towards careers in the government sector, policy analysis, business, journalism and international organizations. CO3: To enable the students to understand the economic implications of environmental policies and environmental issues |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to environmental economics; Definition, Nature and Scope; Nexus between environment and economy; Key environmental issues and problems, Material balance principle, Renewable and non-renewable energy sources, Tragedy of commons, common pooled resources, Hotelling’s rule; Pareto optimality and market failure in the presence of externalities. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
The Design and Implementation of Environmental Policy
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Overview, Pigouvian taxes and effluent fees, tradable permits; Liability Rules; Pollution Control Boards; Legislative measures of environmental protection in India; Implementation of environmental policies in India and international experience; Transboundary environmental problems; Economics of climate change. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Environmental Valuation Methods and Applications
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Concepts of environmental value; Total economic value; Valuation of non-market goods and services-theory and practice; measurement methods; Revealed preference methods – travel cost, hedonic pricing; Stated preference methods – Contingent valuation, choice experiment; Cost-benefit analysis of environmental policies and regulations. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sustainable Development
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Concepts; Measurement; Rules for sustainable development, Indicators of sustainable development; Perspectives from Indian experience; Ecosystem services and human well-being; Trade-off between environmental protection and economic growth; Environmental Kuznets’ curve. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
Question Paper Pattern: MSE and ESE (Max. Marks = 50)
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
SDEC612N - SELF-ENHANCEMENT SKILLS II (2019 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
This course will introduce the advanced statistical tools such as Linear Models, Binary and limited dependence models, Time Series analysis and Panel data. Besides, the course also teaches the students how to calculate poverty like Head count ratio and inequality like Gini coefficient and Lorenz curve etc. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: This course will make the students to handle cross section, time series and panel data into their academic and research requirements in an effective way. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Data Analysis I
|
|
Poverty and Inequality estimation, Regression, Correlation, basics of time series and panel data | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Data Analysis II
|
|
Post estimation and hypothesis testing | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Graphical User Interface
|
|
Line charts, scatter plots, bar charts, regression diagnostic graphs | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Programming with STATA
|
|
Basics of programming by STATA | |
Text Books And Reference Books: STATA manuals Long, S., and Freese, J., 2006.Regression Models for Categorical Dependent Variables Using Stata, second ed. Stata Press, Texas. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Longest, K. C. (2014). Using Stata for Qualitative Analysis (2nd ed.). London: Sage Publications. Cameron, C. A. and Trivedi P. K. (2010), Microeconometrics Using Stata, revised edition. College Station, TX: Stata Press | |
Evaluation Pattern Practical Test of 50marks |